2011-08-03 Philippe Waroquiers <philippe.waroquiers@skynet.be>
[deliverable/binutils-gdb.git] / gdb / breakpoint.c
1 /* Everything about breakpoints, for GDB.
2
3 Copyright (C) 1986, 1987, 1988, 1989, 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995,
4 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007,
5 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
6
7 This file is part of GDB.
8
9 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
10 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
11 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
12 (at your option) any later version.
13
14 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
15 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
16 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
17 GNU General Public License for more details.
18
19 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
20 along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
21
22 #include "defs.h"
23 #include "arch-utils.h"
24 #include <ctype.h>
25 #include "hashtab.h"
26 #include "symtab.h"
27 #include "frame.h"
28 #include "breakpoint.h"
29 #include "tracepoint.h"
30 #include "gdbtypes.h"
31 #include "expression.h"
32 #include "gdbcore.h"
33 #include "gdbcmd.h"
34 #include "value.h"
35 #include "command.h"
36 #include "inferior.h"
37 #include "gdbthread.h"
38 #include "target.h"
39 #include "language.h"
40 #include "gdb_string.h"
41 #include "demangle.h"
42 #include "filenames.h"
43 #include "annotate.h"
44 #include "symfile.h"
45 #include "objfiles.h"
46 #include "source.h"
47 #include "linespec.h"
48 #include "completer.h"
49 #include "gdb.h"
50 #include "ui-out.h"
51 #include "cli/cli-script.h"
52 #include "gdb_assert.h"
53 #include "block.h"
54 #include "solib.h"
55 #include "solist.h"
56 #include "observer.h"
57 #include "exceptions.h"
58 #include "memattr.h"
59 #include "ada-lang.h"
60 #include "top.h"
61 #include "wrapper.h"
62 #include "valprint.h"
63 #include "jit.h"
64 #include "xml-syscall.h"
65 #include "parser-defs.h"
66 #include "cli/cli-utils.h"
67 #include "continuations.h"
68
69 /* readline include files */
70 #include "readline/readline.h"
71 #include "readline/history.h"
72
73 /* readline defines this. */
74 #undef savestring
75
76 #include "mi/mi-common.h"
77 #include "python/python.h"
78
79 /* Prototypes for local functions. */
80
81 static void enable_delete_command (char *, int);
82
83 static void enable_once_command (char *, int);
84
85 static void disable_command (char *, int);
86
87 static void enable_command (char *, int);
88
89 static void map_breakpoint_numbers (char *, void (*) (struct breakpoint *,
90 void *),
91 void *);
92
93 static void ignore_command (char *, int);
94
95 static int breakpoint_re_set_one (void *);
96
97 static void breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint *);
98
99 static void clear_command (char *, int);
100
101 static void catch_command (char *, int);
102
103 static int can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value *);
104
105 static void break_command_1 (char *, int, int);
106
107 static void mention (struct breakpoint *);
108
109 static struct breakpoint *set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch *,
110 enum bptype,
111 const struct breakpoint_ops *);
112 /* This function is used in gdbtk sources and thus can not be made
113 static. */
114 struct breakpoint *set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
115 struct symtab_and_line,
116 enum bptype,
117 const struct breakpoint_ops *);
118
119 static struct breakpoint *
120 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint *orig,
121 enum bptype type,
122 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops);
123
124 static void breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR, CORE_ADDR, int, int);
125
126 static CORE_ADDR adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
127 CORE_ADDR bpaddr,
128 enum bptype bptype);
129
130 static void describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch *,
131 struct program_space *, CORE_ADDR,
132 struct obj_section *, int);
133
134 static int breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space *aspace1,
135 CORE_ADDR addr1,
136 struct address_space *aspace2,
137 CORE_ADDR addr2);
138
139 static int watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
140 struct bp_location *loc2);
141
142 static int breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location *bl,
143 struct address_space *aspace,
144 CORE_ADDR addr);
145
146 static void breakpoints_info (char *, int);
147
148 static void watchpoints_info (char *, int);
149
150 static int breakpoint_1 (char *, int,
151 int (*) (const struct breakpoint *));
152
153 static int breakpoint_cond_eval (void *);
154
155 static void cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *);
156
157 static void commands_command (char *, int);
158
159 static void condition_command (char *, int);
160
161 typedef enum
162 {
163 mark_inserted,
164 mark_uninserted
165 }
166 insertion_state_t;
167
168 static int remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location *, insertion_state_t);
169 static int remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location *, insertion_state_t);
170
171 static enum print_stop_action print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs);
172
173 static int watchpoint_check (void *);
174
175 static void maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *, int);
176
177 static int hw_breakpoint_used_count (void);
178
179 static int hw_watchpoint_used_count (enum bptype, int *);
180
181 static void hbreak_command (char *, int);
182
183 static void thbreak_command (char *, int);
184
185 static void enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *, enum bpdisp);
186
187 static void stop_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
188
189 static void stopin_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
190
191 static void stopat_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
192
193 static char *ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg);
194
195 static void catch_exception_command_1 (enum exception_event_kind ex_event,
196 char *arg, int tempflag, int from_tty);
197
198 static void tcatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
199
200 static void detach_single_step_breakpoints (void);
201
202 static int single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *,
203 CORE_ADDR pc);
204
205 static void free_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc);
206 static void incref_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc);
207 static void decref_bp_location (struct bp_location **loc);
208
209 static struct bp_location *allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint *bpt);
210
211 static void update_global_location_list (int);
212
213 static void update_global_location_list_nothrow (int);
214
215 static int is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt);
216
217 static void insert_breakpoint_locations (void);
218
219 static int syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b);
220
221 static void tracepoints_info (char *, int);
222
223 static void delete_trace_command (char *, int);
224
225 static void enable_trace_command (char *, int);
226
227 static void disable_trace_command (char *, int);
228
229 static void trace_pass_command (char *, int);
230
231 static int is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b);
232
233 /* Assuming we're creating a static tracepoint, does S look like a
234 static tracepoint marker spec ("-m MARKER_ID")? */
235 #define is_marker_spec(s) \
236 (s != NULL && strncmp (s, "-m", 2) == 0 && ((s)[2] == ' ' || (s)[2] == '\t'))
237
238 /* The abstract base class all breakpoint_ops structures inherit
239 from. */
240 static struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops;
241
242 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherited by all breakpoint_ops
243 that are implemented on top of software or hardware breakpoints
244 (user breakpoints, internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
245 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
246
247 /* Internal breakpoints class type. */
248 static struct breakpoint_ops internal_breakpoint_ops;
249
250 /* Momentary breakpoints class type. */
251 static struct breakpoint_ops momentary_breakpoint_ops;
252
253 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular user created
254 breakpoints. */
255 struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
256
257 /* A reference-counted struct command_line. This lets multiple
258 breakpoints share a single command list. */
259 struct counted_command_line
260 {
261 /* The reference count. */
262 int refc;
263
264 /* The command list. */
265 struct command_line *commands;
266 };
267
268 struct command_line *
269 breakpoint_commands (struct breakpoint *b)
270 {
271 return b->commands ? b->commands->commands : NULL;
272 }
273
274 /* Flag indicating that a command has proceeded the inferior past the
275 current breakpoint. */
276
277 static int breakpoint_proceeded;
278
279 const char *
280 bpdisp_text (enum bpdisp disp)
281 {
282 /* NOTE: the following values are a part of MI protocol and
283 represent values of 'disp' field returned when inferior stops at
284 a breakpoint. */
285 static const char * const bpdisps[] = {"del", "dstp", "dis", "keep"};
286
287 return bpdisps[(int) disp];
288 }
289
290 /* Prototypes for exported functions. */
291 /* If FALSE, gdb will not use hardware support for watchpoints, even
292 if such is available. */
293 static int can_use_hw_watchpoints;
294
295 static void
296 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
297 struct cmd_list_element *c,
298 const char *value)
299 {
300 fprintf_filtered (file,
301 _("Debugger's willingness to use "
302 "watchpoint hardware is %s.\n"),
303 value);
304 }
305
306 /* If AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE, gdb will not attempt to create pending breakpoints.
307 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE, gdb will automatically create pending breakpoints
308 for unrecognized breakpoint locations.
309 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO, gdb will query when breakpoints are unrecognized. */
310 static enum auto_boolean pending_break_support;
311 static void
312 show_pending_break_support (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
313 struct cmd_list_element *c,
314 const char *value)
315 {
316 fprintf_filtered (file,
317 _("Debugger's behavior regarding "
318 "pending breakpoints is %s.\n"),
319 value);
320 }
321
322 /* If 1, gdb will automatically use hardware breakpoints for breakpoints
323 set with "break" but falling in read-only memory.
324 If 0, gdb will warn about such breakpoints, but won't automatically
325 use hardware breakpoints. */
326 static int automatic_hardware_breakpoints;
327 static void
328 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
329 struct cmd_list_element *c,
330 const char *value)
331 {
332 fprintf_filtered (file,
333 _("Automatic usage of hardware breakpoints is %s.\n"),
334 value);
335 }
336
337 /* If on, gdb will keep breakpoints inserted even as inferior is
338 stopped, and immediately insert any new breakpoints. If off, gdb
339 will insert breakpoints into inferior only when resuming it, and
340 will remove breakpoints upon stop. If auto, GDB will behave as ON
341 if in non-stop mode, and as OFF if all-stop mode.*/
342
343 static const char always_inserted_auto[] = "auto";
344 static const char always_inserted_on[] = "on";
345 static const char always_inserted_off[] = "off";
346 static const char *always_inserted_enums[] = {
347 always_inserted_auto,
348 always_inserted_off,
349 always_inserted_on,
350 NULL
351 };
352 static const char *always_inserted_mode = always_inserted_auto;
353 static void
354 show_always_inserted_mode (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
355 struct cmd_list_element *c, const char *value)
356 {
357 if (always_inserted_mode == always_inserted_auto)
358 fprintf_filtered (file,
359 _("Always inserted breakpoint "
360 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
361 value,
362 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode () ? "on" : "off");
363 else
364 fprintf_filtered (file, _("Always inserted breakpoint mode is %s.\n"),
365 value);
366 }
367
368 int
369 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode (void)
370 {
371 return (always_inserted_mode == always_inserted_on
372 || (always_inserted_mode == always_inserted_auto && non_stop));
373 }
374
375 void _initialize_breakpoint (void);
376
377 /* Are we executing breakpoint commands? */
378 static int executing_breakpoint_commands;
379
380 /* Are overlay event breakpoints enabled? */
381 static int overlay_events_enabled;
382
383 /* See description in breakpoint.h. */
384 int target_exact_watchpoints = 0;
385
386 /* Walk the following statement or block through all breakpoints.
387 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE does so even if the statement deletes the
388 current breakpoint. */
389
390 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS(B) for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next)
391
392 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE(B,TMP) \
393 for (B = breakpoint_chain; \
394 B ? (TMP=B->next, 1): 0; \
395 B = TMP)
396
397 /* Similar iterator for the low-level breakpoints. SAFE variant is
398 not provided so update_global_location_list must not be called
399 while executing the block of ALL_BP_LOCATIONS. */
400
401 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS(B,BP_TMP) \
402 for (BP_TMP = bp_location; \
403 BP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count && (B = *BP_TMP); \
404 BP_TMP++)
405
406 /* Iterator for tracepoints only. */
407
408 #define ALL_TRACEPOINTS(B) \
409 for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next) \
410 if (is_tracepoint (B))
411
412 /* Chains of all breakpoints defined. */
413
414 struct breakpoint *breakpoint_chain;
415
416 /* Array is sorted by bp_location_compare - primarily by the ADDRESS. */
417
418 static struct bp_location **bp_location;
419
420 /* Number of elements of BP_LOCATION. */
421
422 static unsigned bp_location_count;
423
424 /* Maximum alignment offset between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS and
425 ADDRESS for the current elements of BP_LOCATION which get a valid
426 result from bp_location_has_shadow. You can use it for roughly
427 limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to scan for shadow bytes for
428 an address you need to read. */
429
430 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max;
431
432 /* Maximum offset plus alignment between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS
433 + bp_target_info.SHADOW_LEN and ADDRESS for the current elements of
434 BP_LOCATION which get a valid result from bp_location_has_shadow.
435 You can use it for roughly limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to
436 scan for shadow bytes for an address you need to read. */
437
438 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max;
439
440 /* The locations that no longer correspond to any breakpoint, unlinked
441 from bp_location array, but for which a hit may still be reported
442 by a target. */
443 VEC(bp_location_p) *moribund_locations = NULL;
444
445 /* Number of last breakpoint made. */
446
447 static int breakpoint_count;
448
449 /* The value of `breakpoint_count' before the last command that
450 created breakpoints. If the last (break-like) command created more
451 than one breakpoint, then the difference between BREAKPOINT_COUNT
452 and PREV_BREAKPOINT_COUNT is more than one. */
453 static int prev_breakpoint_count;
454
455 /* Number of last tracepoint made. */
456
457 static int tracepoint_count;
458
459 static struct cmd_list_element *breakpoint_set_cmdlist;
460 static struct cmd_list_element *breakpoint_show_cmdlist;
461 struct cmd_list_element *save_cmdlist;
462
463 /* Return whether a breakpoint is an active enabled breakpoint. */
464 static int
465 breakpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint *b)
466 {
467 return (b->enable_state == bp_enabled);
468 }
469
470 /* Set breakpoint count to NUM. */
471
472 static void
473 set_breakpoint_count (int num)
474 {
475 prev_breakpoint_count = breakpoint_count;
476 breakpoint_count = num;
477 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("bpnum"), num);
478 }
479
480 /* Used by `start_rbreak_breakpoints' below, to record the current
481 breakpoint count before "rbreak" creates any breakpoint. */
482 static int rbreak_start_breakpoint_count;
483
484 /* Called at the start an "rbreak" command to record the first
485 breakpoint made. */
486
487 void
488 start_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
489 {
490 rbreak_start_breakpoint_count = breakpoint_count;
491 }
492
493 /* Called at the end of an "rbreak" command to record the last
494 breakpoint made. */
495
496 void
497 end_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
498 {
499 prev_breakpoint_count = rbreak_start_breakpoint_count;
500 }
501
502 /* Used in run_command to zero the hit count when a new run starts. */
503
504 void
505 clear_breakpoint_hit_counts (void)
506 {
507 struct breakpoint *b;
508
509 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
510 b->hit_count = 0;
511 }
512
513 /* Allocate a new counted_command_line with reference count of 1.
514 The new structure owns COMMANDS. */
515
516 static struct counted_command_line *
517 alloc_counted_command_line (struct command_line *commands)
518 {
519 struct counted_command_line *result
520 = xmalloc (sizeof (struct counted_command_line));
521
522 result->refc = 1;
523 result->commands = commands;
524 return result;
525 }
526
527 /* Increment reference count. This does nothing if CMD is NULL. */
528
529 static void
530 incref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line *cmd)
531 {
532 if (cmd)
533 ++cmd->refc;
534 }
535
536 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
537 destroy the counted_command_line. Sets *CMDP to NULL. This does
538 nothing if *CMDP is NULL. */
539
540 static void
541 decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line **cmdp)
542 {
543 if (*cmdp)
544 {
545 if (--(*cmdp)->refc == 0)
546 {
547 free_command_lines (&(*cmdp)->commands);
548 xfree (*cmdp);
549 }
550 *cmdp = NULL;
551 }
552 }
553
554 /* A cleanup function that calls decref_counted_command_line. */
555
556 static void
557 do_cleanup_counted_command_line (void *arg)
558 {
559 decref_counted_command_line (arg);
560 }
561
562 /* Create a cleanup that calls decref_counted_command_line on the
563 argument. */
564
565 static struct cleanup *
566 make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line **cmdp)
567 {
568 return make_cleanup (do_cleanup_counted_command_line, cmdp);
569 }
570
571 /* Default address, symtab and line to put a breakpoint at
572 for "break" command with no arg.
573 If default_breakpoint_valid is zero, the other three are
574 not valid, and "break" with no arg is an error.
575
576 This set by print_stack_frame, which calls set_default_breakpoint. */
577
578 int default_breakpoint_valid;
579 CORE_ADDR default_breakpoint_address;
580 struct symtab *default_breakpoint_symtab;
581 int default_breakpoint_line;
582 struct program_space *default_breakpoint_pspace;
583
584 \f
585 /* Return the breakpoint with the specified number, or NULL
586 if the number does not refer to an existing breakpoint. */
587
588 struct breakpoint *
589 get_breakpoint (int num)
590 {
591 struct breakpoint *b;
592
593 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
594 if (b->number == num)
595 return b;
596
597 return NULL;
598 }
599
600 \f
601
602 void
603 set_breakpoint_condition (struct breakpoint *b, char *exp,
604 int from_tty)
605 {
606 xfree (b->cond_string);
607 b->cond_string = NULL;
608
609 if (is_watchpoint (b))
610 {
611 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
612
613 xfree (w->cond_exp);
614 w->cond_exp = NULL;
615 }
616 else
617 {
618 struct bp_location *loc;
619
620 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
621 {
622 xfree (loc->cond);
623 loc->cond = NULL;
624 }
625 }
626
627 if (*exp == 0)
628 {
629 if (from_tty)
630 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint %d now unconditional.\n"), b->number);
631 }
632 else
633 {
634 char *arg = exp;
635
636 /* I don't know if it matters whether this is the string the user
637 typed in or the decompiled expression. */
638 b->cond_string = xstrdup (arg);
639 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
640
641 if (is_watchpoint (b))
642 {
643 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
644
645 innermost_block = NULL;
646 arg = exp;
647 w->cond_exp = parse_exp_1 (&arg, 0, 0);
648 if (*arg)
649 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
650 w->cond_exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
651 }
652 else
653 {
654 struct bp_location *loc;
655
656 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
657 {
658 arg = exp;
659 loc->cond =
660 parse_exp_1 (&arg, block_for_pc (loc->address), 0);
661 if (*arg)
662 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
663 }
664 }
665 }
666 breakpoints_changed ();
667 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
668 }
669
670 /* condition N EXP -- set break condition of breakpoint N to EXP. */
671
672 static void
673 condition_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
674 {
675 struct breakpoint *b;
676 char *p;
677 int bnum;
678
679 if (arg == 0)
680 error_no_arg (_("breakpoint number"));
681
682 p = arg;
683 bnum = get_number (&p);
684 if (bnum == 0)
685 error (_("Bad breakpoint argument: '%s'"), arg);
686
687 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
688 if (b->number == bnum)
689 {
690 /* Check if this breakpoint has a Python object assigned to
691 it, and if it has a definition of the "stop"
692 method. This method and conditions entered into GDB from
693 the CLI are mutually exclusive. */
694 if (b->py_bp_object
695 && gdbpy_breakpoint_has_py_cond (b->py_bp_object))
696 error (_("Cannot set a condition where a Python 'stop' "
697 "method has been defined in the breakpoint."));
698 set_breakpoint_condition (b, p, from_tty);
699 return;
700 }
701
702 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum);
703 }
704
705 /* Check that COMMAND do not contain commands that are suitable
706 only for tracepoints and not suitable for ordinary breakpoints.
707 Throw if any such commands is found. */
708
709 static void
710 check_no_tracepoint_commands (struct command_line *commands)
711 {
712 struct command_line *c;
713
714 for (c = commands; c; c = c->next)
715 {
716 int i;
717
718 if (c->control_type == while_stepping_control)
719 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command can "
720 "only be used for tracepoints"));
721
722 for (i = 0; i < c->body_count; ++i)
723 check_no_tracepoint_commands ((c->body_list)[i]);
724
725 /* Not that command parsing removes leading whitespace and comment
726 lines and also empty lines. So, we only need to check for
727 command directly. */
728 if (strstr (c->line, "collect ") == c->line)
729 error (_("The 'collect' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
730
731 if (strstr (c->line, "teval ") == c->line)
732 error (_("The 'teval' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
733 }
734 }
735
736 /* Encapsulate tests for different types of tracepoints. */
737
738 static int
739 is_tracepoint_type (enum bptype type)
740 {
741 return (type == bp_tracepoint
742 || type == bp_fast_tracepoint
743 || type == bp_static_tracepoint);
744 }
745
746 int
747 is_tracepoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
748 {
749 return is_tracepoint_type (b->type);
750 }
751
752 /* A helper function that validates that COMMANDS are valid for a
753 breakpoint. This function will throw an exception if a problem is
754 found. */
755
756 static void
757 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
758 struct command_line *commands)
759 {
760 if (is_tracepoint (b))
761 {
762 /* We need to verify that each top-level element of commands is
763 valid for tracepoints, that there's at most one
764 while-stepping element, and that while-stepping's body has
765 valid tracing commands excluding nested while-stepping. */
766 struct command_line *c;
767 struct command_line *while_stepping = 0;
768 for (c = commands; c; c = c->next)
769 {
770 if (c->control_type == while_stepping_control)
771 {
772 if (b->type == bp_fast_tracepoint)
773 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
774 "cannot be used for fast tracepoint"));
775 else if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
776 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
777 "cannot be used for static tracepoint"));
778
779 if (while_stepping)
780 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
781 "can be used only once"));
782 else
783 while_stepping = c;
784 }
785 }
786 if (while_stepping)
787 {
788 struct command_line *c2;
789
790 gdb_assert (while_stepping->body_count == 1);
791 c2 = while_stepping->body_list[0];
792 for (; c2; c2 = c2->next)
793 {
794 if (c2->control_type == while_stepping_control)
795 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command cannot be nested"));
796 }
797 }
798 }
799 else
800 {
801 check_no_tracepoint_commands (commands);
802 }
803 }
804
805 /* Return a vector of all the static tracepoints set at ADDR. The
806 caller is responsible for releasing the vector. */
807
808 VEC(breakpoint_p) *
809 static_tracepoints_here (CORE_ADDR addr)
810 {
811 struct breakpoint *b;
812 VEC(breakpoint_p) *found = 0;
813 struct bp_location *loc;
814
815 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
816 if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
817 {
818 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
819 if (loc->address == addr)
820 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p, found, b);
821 }
822
823 return found;
824 }
825
826 /* Set the command list of B to COMMANDS. If breakpoint is tracepoint,
827 validate that only allowed commands are included. */
828
829 void
830 breakpoint_set_commands (struct breakpoint *b,
831 struct command_line *commands)
832 {
833 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b, commands);
834
835 decref_counted_command_line (&b->commands);
836 b->commands = alloc_counted_command_line (commands);
837 breakpoints_changed ();
838 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
839 }
840
841 /* Set the internal `silent' flag on the breakpoint. Note that this
842 is not the same as the "silent" that may appear in the breakpoint's
843 commands. */
844
845 void
846 breakpoint_set_silent (struct breakpoint *b, int silent)
847 {
848 int old_silent = b->silent;
849
850 b->silent = silent;
851 if (old_silent != silent)
852 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
853 }
854
855 /* Set the thread for this breakpoint. If THREAD is -1, make the
856 breakpoint work for any thread. */
857
858 void
859 breakpoint_set_thread (struct breakpoint *b, int thread)
860 {
861 int old_thread = b->thread;
862
863 b->thread = thread;
864 if (old_thread != thread)
865 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
866 }
867
868 /* Set the task for this breakpoint. If TASK is 0, make the
869 breakpoint work for any task. */
870
871 void
872 breakpoint_set_task (struct breakpoint *b, int task)
873 {
874 int old_task = b->task;
875
876 b->task = task;
877 if (old_task != task)
878 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
879 }
880
881 void
882 check_tracepoint_command (char *line, void *closure)
883 {
884 struct breakpoint *b = closure;
885
886 validate_actionline (&line, b);
887 }
888
889 /* A structure used to pass information through
890 map_breakpoint_numbers. */
891
892 struct commands_info
893 {
894 /* True if the command was typed at a tty. */
895 int from_tty;
896
897 /* The breakpoint range spec. */
898 char *arg;
899
900 /* Non-NULL if the body of the commands are being read from this
901 already-parsed command. */
902 struct command_line *control;
903
904 /* The command lines read from the user, or NULL if they have not
905 yet been read. */
906 struct counted_command_line *cmd;
907 };
908
909 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that sets the commands for
910 commands_command. */
911
912 static void
913 do_map_commands_command (struct breakpoint *b, void *data)
914 {
915 struct commands_info *info = data;
916
917 if (info->cmd == NULL)
918 {
919 struct command_line *l;
920
921 if (info->control != NULL)
922 l = copy_command_lines (info->control->body_list[0]);
923 else
924 {
925 struct cleanup *old_chain;
926 char *str;
927
928 str = xstrprintf (_("Type commands for breakpoint(s) "
929 "%s, one per line."),
930 info->arg);
931
932 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, str);
933
934 l = read_command_lines (str,
935 info->from_tty, 1,
936 (is_tracepoint (b)
937 ? check_tracepoint_command : 0),
938 b);
939
940 do_cleanups (old_chain);
941 }
942
943 info->cmd = alloc_counted_command_line (l);
944 }
945
946 /* If a breakpoint was on the list more than once, we don't need to
947 do anything. */
948 if (b->commands != info->cmd)
949 {
950 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b, info->cmd->commands);
951 incref_counted_command_line (info->cmd);
952 decref_counted_command_line (&b->commands);
953 b->commands = info->cmd;
954 breakpoints_changed ();
955 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
956 }
957 }
958
959 static void
960 commands_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
961 struct command_line *control)
962 {
963 struct cleanup *cleanups;
964 struct commands_info info;
965
966 info.from_tty = from_tty;
967 info.control = control;
968 info.cmd = NULL;
969 /* If we read command lines from the user, then `info' will hold an
970 extra reference to the commands that we must clean up. */
971 cleanups = make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&info.cmd);
972
973 if (arg == NULL || !*arg)
974 {
975 if (breakpoint_count - prev_breakpoint_count > 1)
976 arg = xstrprintf ("%d-%d", prev_breakpoint_count + 1,
977 breakpoint_count);
978 else if (breakpoint_count > 0)
979 arg = xstrprintf ("%d", breakpoint_count);
980 else
981 {
982 /* So that we don't try to free the incoming non-NULL
983 argument in the cleanup below. Mapping breakpoint
984 numbers will fail in this case. */
985 arg = NULL;
986 }
987 }
988 else
989 /* The command loop has some static state, so we need to preserve
990 our argument. */
991 arg = xstrdup (arg);
992
993 if (arg != NULL)
994 make_cleanup (xfree, arg);
995
996 info.arg = arg;
997
998 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, do_map_commands_command, &info);
999
1000 if (info.cmd == NULL)
1001 error (_("No breakpoints specified."));
1002
1003 do_cleanups (cleanups);
1004 }
1005
1006 static void
1007 commands_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
1008 {
1009 commands_command_1 (arg, from_tty, NULL);
1010 }
1011
1012 /* Like commands_command, but instead of reading the commands from
1013 input stream, takes them from an already parsed command structure.
1014
1015 This is used by cli-script.c to DTRT with breakpoint commands
1016 that are part of if and while bodies. */
1017 enum command_control_type
1018 commands_from_control_command (char *arg, struct command_line *cmd)
1019 {
1020 commands_command_1 (arg, 0, cmd);
1021 return simple_control;
1022 }
1023
1024 /* Return non-zero if BL->TARGET_INFO contains valid information. */
1025
1026 static int
1027 bp_location_has_shadow (struct bp_location *bl)
1028 {
1029 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
1030 return 0;
1031 if (!bl->inserted)
1032 return 0;
1033 if (bl->target_info.shadow_len == 0)
1034 /* BL isn't valid, or doesn't shadow memory. */
1035 return 0;
1036 return 1;
1037 }
1038
1039 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address MEMADDR,
1040 by replacing any memory breakpoints with their shadowed contents.
1041
1042 The range of shadowed area by each bp_location is:
1043 bl->address - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1044 up to bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1045 The range we were requested to resolve shadows for is:
1046 memaddr ... memaddr + len
1047 Thus the safe cutoff boundaries for performance optimization are
1048 memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1049 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max)
1050 and:
1051 bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max <= memaddr */
1052
1053 void
1054 breakpoint_restore_shadows (gdb_byte *buf, ULONGEST memaddr, LONGEST len)
1055 {
1056 /* Left boundary, right boundary and median element of our binary
1057 search. */
1058 unsigned bc_l, bc_r, bc;
1059
1060 /* Find BC_L which is a leftmost element which may affect BUF
1061 content. It is safe to report lower value but a failure to
1062 report higher one. */
1063
1064 bc_l = 0;
1065 bc_r = bp_location_count;
1066 while (bc_l + 1 < bc_r)
1067 {
1068 struct bp_location *bl;
1069
1070 bc = (bc_l + bc_r) / 2;
1071 bl = bp_location[bc];
1072
1073 /* Check first BL->ADDRESS will not overflow due to the added
1074 constant. Then advance the left boundary only if we are sure
1075 the BC element can in no way affect the BUF content (MEMADDR
1076 to MEMADDR + LEN range).
1077
1078 Use the BP_LOCATION_SHADOW_LEN_AFTER_ADDRESS_MAX safety
1079 offset so that we cannot miss a breakpoint with its shadow
1080 range tail still reaching MEMADDR. */
1081
1082 if ((bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1083 >= bl->address)
1084 && (bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1085 <= memaddr))
1086 bc_l = bc;
1087 else
1088 bc_r = bc;
1089 }
1090
1091 /* Due to the binary search above, we need to make sure we pick the
1092 first location that's at BC_L's address. E.g., if there are
1093 multiple locations at the same address, BC_L may end up pointing
1094 at a duplicate location, and miss the "master"/"inserted"
1095 location. Say, given locations L1, L2 and L3 at addresses A and
1096 B:
1097
1098 L1@A, L2@A, L3@B, ...
1099
1100 BC_L could end up pointing at location L2, while the "master"
1101 location could be L1. Since the `loc->inserted' flag is only set
1102 on "master" locations, we'd forget to restore the shadow of L1
1103 and L2. */
1104 while (bc_l > 0
1105 && bp_location[bc_l]->address == bp_location[bc_l - 1]->address)
1106 bc_l--;
1107
1108 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1109
1110 for (bc = bc_l; bc < bp_location_count; bc++)
1111 {
1112 struct bp_location *bl = bp_location[bc];
1113 CORE_ADDR bp_addr = 0;
1114 int bp_size = 0;
1115 int bptoffset = 0;
1116
1117 /* bp_location array has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
1118 if (bl->owner->type == bp_none)
1119 warning (_("reading through apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
1120 bl->owner->number);
1121
1122 /* Performance optimization: any further element can no longer affect BUF
1123 content. */
1124
1125 if (bl->address >= bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1126 && memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1127 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max))
1128 break;
1129
1130 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl))
1131 continue;
1132 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl->target_info.placed_address_space, 0,
1133 current_program_space->aspace, 0))
1134 continue;
1135
1136 /* Addresses and length of the part of the breakpoint that
1137 we need to copy. */
1138 bp_addr = bl->target_info.placed_address;
1139 bp_size = bl->target_info.shadow_len;
1140
1141 if (bp_addr + bp_size <= memaddr)
1142 /* The breakpoint is entirely before the chunk of memory we
1143 are reading. */
1144 continue;
1145
1146 if (bp_addr >= memaddr + len)
1147 /* The breakpoint is entirely after the chunk of memory we are
1148 reading. */
1149 continue;
1150
1151 /* Offset within shadow_contents. */
1152 if (bp_addr < memaddr)
1153 {
1154 /* Only copy the second part of the breakpoint. */
1155 bp_size -= memaddr - bp_addr;
1156 bptoffset = memaddr - bp_addr;
1157 bp_addr = memaddr;
1158 }
1159
1160 if (bp_addr + bp_size > memaddr + len)
1161 {
1162 /* Only copy the first part of the breakpoint. */
1163 bp_size -= (bp_addr + bp_size) - (memaddr + len);
1164 }
1165
1166 memcpy (buf + bp_addr - memaddr,
1167 bl->target_info.shadow_contents + bptoffset, bp_size);
1168 }
1169 }
1170 \f
1171
1172 /* Return true if BPT is of any hardware watchpoint kind. */
1173
1174 static int
1175 is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt)
1176 {
1177 return (bpt->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
1178 || bpt->type == bp_read_watchpoint
1179 || bpt->type == bp_access_watchpoint);
1180 }
1181
1182 /* Return true if BPT is of any watchpoint kind, hardware or
1183 software. */
1184
1185 int
1186 is_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt)
1187 {
1188 return (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt)
1189 || bpt->type == bp_watchpoint);
1190 }
1191
1192 /* Returns true if the current thread and its running state are safe
1193 to evaluate or update watchpoint B. Watchpoints on local
1194 expressions need to be evaluated in the context of the thread that
1195 was current when the watchpoint was created, and, that thread needs
1196 to be stopped to be able to select the correct frame context.
1197 Watchpoints on global expressions can be evaluated on any thread,
1198 and in any state. It is presently left to the target allowing
1199 memory accesses when threads are running. */
1200
1201 static int
1202 watchpoint_in_thread_scope (struct watchpoint *b)
1203 {
1204 return (ptid_equal (b->watchpoint_thread, null_ptid)
1205 || (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, b->watchpoint_thread)
1206 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid)));
1207 }
1208
1209 /* Set watchpoint B to disp_del_at_next_stop, even including its possible
1210 associated bp_watchpoint_scope breakpoint. */
1211
1212 static void
1213 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (struct watchpoint *w)
1214 {
1215 struct breakpoint *b = &w->base;
1216
1217 if (b->related_breakpoint != b)
1218 {
1219 gdb_assert (b->related_breakpoint->type == bp_watchpoint_scope);
1220 gdb_assert (b->related_breakpoint->related_breakpoint == b);
1221 b->related_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
1222 b->related_breakpoint->related_breakpoint = b->related_breakpoint;
1223 b->related_breakpoint = b;
1224 }
1225 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
1226 }
1227
1228 /* Assuming that B is a watchpoint:
1229 - Reparse watchpoint expression, if REPARSE is non-zero
1230 - Evaluate expression and store the result in B->val
1231 - Evaluate the condition if there is one, and store the result
1232 in b->loc->cond.
1233 - Update the list of values that must be watched in B->loc.
1234
1235 If the watchpoint disposition is disp_del_at_next_stop, then do
1236 nothing. If this is local watchpoint that is out of scope, delete
1237 it.
1238
1239 Even with `set breakpoint always-inserted on' the watchpoints are
1240 removed + inserted on each stop here. Normal breakpoints must
1241 never be removed because they might be missed by a running thread
1242 when debugging in non-stop mode. On the other hand, hardware
1243 watchpoints (is_hardware_watchpoint; processed here) are specific
1244 to each LWP since they are stored in each LWP's hardware debug
1245 registers. Therefore, such LWP must be stopped first in order to
1246 be able to modify its hardware watchpoints.
1247
1248 Hardware watchpoints must be reset exactly once after being
1249 presented to the user. It cannot be done sooner, because it would
1250 reset the data used to present the watchpoint hit to the user. And
1251 it must not be done later because it could display the same single
1252 watchpoint hit during multiple GDB stops. Note that the latter is
1253 relevant only to the hardware watchpoint types bp_read_watchpoint
1254 and bp_access_watchpoint. False hit by bp_hardware_watchpoint is
1255 not user-visible - its hit is suppressed if the memory content has
1256 not changed.
1257
1258 The following constraints influence the location where we can reset
1259 hardware watchpoints:
1260
1261 * target_stopped_by_watchpoint and target_stopped_data_address are
1262 called several times when GDB stops.
1263
1264 [linux]
1265 * Multiple hardware watchpoints can be hit at the same time,
1266 causing GDB to stop. GDB only presents one hardware watchpoint
1267 hit at a time as the reason for stopping, and all the other hits
1268 are presented later, one after the other, each time the user
1269 requests the execution to be resumed. Execution is not resumed
1270 for the threads still having pending hit event stored in
1271 LWP_INFO->STATUS. While the watchpoint is already removed from
1272 the inferior on the first stop the thread hit event is kept being
1273 reported from its cached value by linux_nat_stopped_data_address
1274 until the real thread resume happens after the watchpoint gets
1275 presented and thus its LWP_INFO->STATUS gets reset.
1276
1277 Therefore the hardware watchpoint hit can get safely reset on the
1278 watchpoint removal from inferior. */
1279
1280 static void
1281 update_watchpoint (struct watchpoint *b, int reparse)
1282 {
1283 int within_current_scope;
1284 struct frame_id saved_frame_id;
1285 int frame_saved;
1286
1287 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
1288 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
1289 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
1290 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b))
1291 return;
1292
1293 if (b->base.disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
1294 return;
1295
1296 frame_saved = 0;
1297
1298 /* Determine if the watchpoint is within scope. */
1299 if (b->exp_valid_block == NULL)
1300 within_current_scope = 1;
1301 else
1302 {
1303 struct frame_info *fi = get_current_frame ();
1304 struct gdbarch *frame_arch = get_frame_arch (fi);
1305 CORE_ADDR frame_pc = get_frame_pc (fi);
1306
1307 /* If we're in a function epilogue, unwinding may not work
1308 properly, so do not attempt to recreate locations at this
1309 point. See similar comments in watchpoint_check. */
1310 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch, frame_pc))
1311 return;
1312
1313 /* Save the current frame's ID so we can restore it after
1314 evaluating the watchpoint expression on its own frame. */
1315 /* FIXME drow/2003-09-09: It would be nice if evaluate_expression
1316 took a frame parameter, so that we didn't have to change the
1317 selected frame. */
1318 frame_saved = 1;
1319 saved_frame_id = get_frame_id (get_selected_frame (NULL));
1320
1321 fi = frame_find_by_id (b->watchpoint_frame);
1322 within_current_scope = (fi != NULL);
1323 if (within_current_scope)
1324 select_frame (fi);
1325 }
1326
1327 /* We don't free locations. They are stored in the bp_location array
1328 and update_global_location_list will eventually delete them and
1329 remove breakpoints if needed. */
1330 b->base.loc = NULL;
1331
1332 if (within_current_scope && reparse)
1333 {
1334 char *s;
1335
1336 if (b->exp)
1337 {
1338 xfree (b->exp);
1339 b->exp = NULL;
1340 }
1341 s = b->exp_string_reparse ? b->exp_string_reparse : b->exp_string;
1342 b->exp = parse_exp_1 (&s, b->exp_valid_block, 0);
1343 /* If the meaning of expression itself changed, the old value is
1344 no longer relevant. We don't want to report a watchpoint hit
1345 to the user when the old value and the new value may actually
1346 be completely different objects. */
1347 value_free (b->val);
1348 b->val = NULL;
1349 b->val_valid = 0;
1350
1351 /* Note that unlike with breakpoints, the watchpoint's condition
1352 expression is stored in the breakpoint object, not in the
1353 locations (re)created below. */
1354 if (b->base.cond_string != NULL)
1355 {
1356 if (b->cond_exp != NULL)
1357 {
1358 xfree (b->cond_exp);
1359 b->cond_exp = NULL;
1360 }
1361
1362 s = b->base.cond_string;
1363 b->cond_exp = parse_exp_1 (&s, b->cond_exp_valid_block, 0);
1364 }
1365 }
1366
1367 /* If we failed to parse the expression, for example because
1368 it refers to a global variable in a not-yet-loaded shared library,
1369 don't try to insert watchpoint. We don't automatically delete
1370 such watchpoint, though, since failure to parse expression
1371 is different from out-of-scope watchpoint. */
1372 if ( !target_has_execution)
1373 {
1374 /* Without execution, memory can't change. No use to try and
1375 set watchpoint locations. The watchpoint will be reset when
1376 the target gains execution, through breakpoint_re_set. */
1377 }
1378 else if (within_current_scope && b->exp)
1379 {
1380 int pc = 0;
1381 struct value *val_chain, *v, *result, *next;
1382 struct program_space *frame_pspace;
1383
1384 fetch_subexp_value (b->exp, &pc, &v, &result, &val_chain);
1385
1386 /* Avoid setting b->val if it's already set. The meaning of
1387 b->val is 'the last value' user saw, and we should update
1388 it only if we reported that last value to user. As it
1389 happens, the code that reports it updates b->val directly.
1390 We don't keep track of the memory value for masked
1391 watchpoints. */
1392 if (!b->val_valid && !is_masked_watchpoint (&b->base))
1393 {
1394 b->val = v;
1395 b->val_valid = 1;
1396 }
1397
1398 frame_pspace = get_frame_program_space (get_selected_frame (NULL));
1399
1400 /* Look at each value on the value chain. */
1401 for (v = val_chain; v; v = value_next (v))
1402 {
1403 /* If it's a memory location, and GDB actually needed
1404 its contents to evaluate the expression, then we
1405 must watch it. If the first value returned is
1406 still lazy, that means an error occurred reading it;
1407 watch it anyway in case it becomes readable. */
1408 if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_memory
1409 && (v == val_chain || ! value_lazy (v)))
1410 {
1411 struct type *vtype = check_typedef (value_type (v));
1412
1413 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked
1414 for it explicitly, never if they just happen to
1415 appear in the middle of some value chain. */
1416 if (v == result
1417 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
1418 && TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY))
1419 {
1420 CORE_ADDR addr;
1421 int len, type;
1422 struct bp_location *loc, **tmp;
1423
1424 addr = value_address (v);
1425 len = TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v));
1426 type = hw_write;
1427 if (b->base.type == bp_read_watchpoint)
1428 type = hw_read;
1429 else if (b->base.type == bp_access_watchpoint)
1430 type = hw_access;
1431
1432 loc = allocate_bp_location (&b->base);
1433 for (tmp = &(b->base.loc); *tmp != NULL; tmp = &((*tmp)->next))
1434 ;
1435 *tmp = loc;
1436 loc->gdbarch = get_type_arch (value_type (v));
1437
1438 loc->pspace = frame_pspace;
1439 loc->address = addr;
1440 loc->length = len;
1441 loc->watchpoint_type = type;
1442 }
1443 }
1444 }
1445
1446 /* Change the type of breakpoint between hardware assisted or
1447 an ordinary watchpoint depending on the hardware support
1448 and free hardware slots. REPARSE is set when the inferior
1449 is started. */
1450 if (reparse)
1451 {
1452 int reg_cnt;
1453 enum bp_loc_type loc_type;
1454 struct bp_location *bl;
1455
1456 reg_cnt = can_use_hardware_watchpoint (val_chain);
1457
1458 if (reg_cnt)
1459 {
1460 int i, target_resources_ok, other_type_used;
1461
1462 /* Use an exact watchpoint when there's only one memory region to be
1463 watched, and only one debug register is needed to watch it. */
1464 b->exact = target_exact_watchpoints && reg_cnt == 1;
1465
1466 /* We need to determine how many resources are already
1467 used for all other hardware watchpoints plus this one
1468 to see if we still have enough resources to also fit
1469 this watchpoint in as well. To guarantee the
1470 hw_watchpoint_used_count call below counts this
1471 watchpoint, make sure that it is marked as a hardware
1472 watchpoint. */
1473 if (b->base.type == bp_watchpoint)
1474 b->base.type = bp_hardware_watchpoint;
1475
1476 i = hw_watchpoint_used_count (b->base.type, &other_type_used);
1477 target_resources_ok = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint
1478 (b->base.type, i, other_type_used);
1479 if (target_resources_ok <= 0)
1480 {
1481 int sw_mode = b->base.ops->works_in_software_mode (&b->base);
1482
1483 if (target_resources_ok == 0 && !sw_mode)
1484 error (_("Target does not support this type of "
1485 "hardware watchpoint."));
1486 else if (target_resources_ok < 0 && !sw_mode)
1487 error (_("There are not enough available hardware "
1488 "resources for this watchpoint."));
1489 else
1490 b->base.type = bp_watchpoint;
1491 }
1492 }
1493 else if (!b->base.ops->works_in_software_mode (&b->base))
1494 error (_("Expression cannot be implemented with "
1495 "read/access watchpoint."));
1496 else
1497 b->base.type = bp_watchpoint;
1498
1499 loc_type = (b->base.type == bp_watchpoint? bp_loc_other
1500 : bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint);
1501 for (bl = b->base.loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
1502 bl->loc_type = loc_type;
1503 }
1504
1505 for (v = val_chain; v; v = next)
1506 {
1507 next = value_next (v);
1508 if (v != b->val)
1509 value_free (v);
1510 }
1511
1512 /* If a software watchpoint is not watching any memory, then the
1513 above left it without any location set up. But,
1514 bpstat_stop_status requires a location to be able to report
1515 stops, so make sure there's at least a dummy one. */
1516 if (b->base.type == bp_watchpoint && b->base.loc == NULL)
1517 {
1518 struct breakpoint *base = &b->base;
1519 base->loc = allocate_bp_location (base);
1520 base->loc->pspace = frame_pspace;
1521 base->loc->address = -1;
1522 base->loc->length = -1;
1523 base->loc->watchpoint_type = -1;
1524 }
1525 }
1526 else if (!within_current_scope)
1527 {
1528 printf_filtered (_("\
1529 Watchpoint %d deleted because the program has left the block\n\
1530 in which its expression is valid.\n"),
1531 b->base.number);
1532 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
1533 }
1534
1535 /* Restore the selected frame. */
1536 if (frame_saved)
1537 select_frame (frame_find_by_id (saved_frame_id));
1538 }
1539
1540
1541 /* Returns 1 iff breakpoint location should be
1542 inserted in the inferior. */
1543 static int
1544 should_be_inserted (struct bp_location *bl)
1545 {
1546 if (bl->owner == NULL || !breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner))
1547 return 0;
1548
1549 if (bl->owner->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
1550 return 0;
1551
1552 if (!bl->enabled || bl->shlib_disabled || bl->duplicate)
1553 return 0;
1554
1555 /* This is set for example, when we're attached to the parent of a
1556 vfork, and have detached from the child. The child is running
1557 free, and we expect it to do an exec or exit, at which point the
1558 OS makes the parent schedulable again (and the target reports
1559 that the vfork is done). Until the child is done with the shared
1560 memory region, do not insert breakpoints in the parent, otherwise
1561 the child could still trip on the parent's breakpoints. Since
1562 the parent is blocked anyway, it won't miss any breakpoint. */
1563 if (bl->pspace->breakpoints_not_allowed)
1564 return 0;
1565
1566 /* Tracepoints are inserted by the target at a time of its choosing,
1567 not by us. */
1568 if (is_tracepoint (bl->owner))
1569 return 0;
1570
1571 return 1;
1572 }
1573
1574 /* Same as should_be_inserted but does the check assuming
1575 that the location is not duplicated. */
1576
1577 static int
1578 unduplicated_should_be_inserted (struct bp_location *bl)
1579 {
1580 int result;
1581 const int save_duplicate = bl->duplicate;
1582
1583 bl->duplicate = 0;
1584 result = should_be_inserted (bl);
1585 bl->duplicate = save_duplicate;
1586 return result;
1587 }
1588
1589 /* Insert a low-level "breakpoint" of some type. BL is the breakpoint
1590 location. Any error messages are printed to TMP_ERROR_STREAM; and
1591 DISABLED_BREAKS, and HW_BREAKPOINT_ERROR are used to report problems.
1592 Returns 0 for success, 1 if the bp_location type is not supported or
1593 -1 for failure.
1594
1595 NOTE drow/2003-09-09: This routine could be broken down to an
1596 object-style method for each breakpoint or catchpoint type. */
1597 static int
1598 insert_bp_location (struct bp_location *bl,
1599 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream,
1600 int *disabled_breaks,
1601 int *hw_breakpoint_error)
1602 {
1603 int val = 0;
1604
1605 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || bl->inserted)
1606 return 0;
1607
1608 /* Initialize the target-specific information. */
1609 memset (&bl->target_info, 0, sizeof (bl->target_info));
1610 bl->target_info.placed_address = bl->address;
1611 bl->target_info.placed_address_space = bl->pspace->aspace;
1612 bl->target_info.length = bl->length;
1613
1614 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
1615 || bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1616 {
1617 if (bl->owner->type != bp_hardware_breakpoint)
1618 {
1619 /* If the explicitly specified breakpoint type
1620 is not hardware breakpoint, check the memory map to see
1621 if the breakpoint address is in read only memory or not.
1622
1623 Two important cases are:
1624 - location type is not hardware breakpoint, memory
1625 is readonly. We change the type of the location to
1626 hardware breakpoint.
1627 - location type is hardware breakpoint, memory is
1628 read-write. This means we've previously made the
1629 location hardware one, but then the memory map changed,
1630 so we undo.
1631
1632 When breakpoints are removed, remove_breakpoints will use
1633 location types we've just set here, the only possible
1634 problem is that memory map has changed during running
1635 program, but it's not going to work anyway with current
1636 gdb. */
1637 struct mem_region *mr
1638 = lookup_mem_region (bl->target_info.placed_address);
1639
1640 if (mr)
1641 {
1642 if (automatic_hardware_breakpoints)
1643 {
1644 enum bp_loc_type new_type;
1645
1646 if (mr->attrib.mode != MEM_RW)
1647 new_type = bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint;
1648 else
1649 new_type = bp_loc_software_breakpoint;
1650
1651 if (new_type != bl->loc_type)
1652 {
1653 static int said = 0;
1654
1655 bl->loc_type = new_type;
1656 if (!said)
1657 {
1658 fprintf_filtered (gdb_stdout,
1659 _("Note: automatically using "
1660 "hardware breakpoints for "
1661 "read-only addresses.\n"));
1662 said = 1;
1663 }
1664 }
1665 }
1666 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
1667 && mr->attrib.mode != MEM_RW)
1668 warning (_("cannot set software breakpoint "
1669 "at readonly address %s"),
1670 paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address));
1671 }
1672 }
1673
1674 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
1675 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_off
1676 || bl->section == NULL
1677 || !(section_is_overlay (bl->section)))
1678 {
1679 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
1680
1681 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
1682 }
1683 else
1684 {
1685 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
1686 Shall we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
1687 if (!overlay_events_enabled)
1688 {
1689 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active,
1690 so we must try to set a breakpoint at the LMA.
1691 This will not work for a hardware breakpoint. */
1692 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1693 warning (_("hardware breakpoint %d not supported in overlay!"),
1694 bl->owner->number);
1695 else
1696 {
1697 CORE_ADDR addr = overlay_unmapped_address (bl->address,
1698 bl->section);
1699 /* Set a software (trap) breakpoint at the LMA. */
1700 bl->overlay_target_info = bl->target_info;
1701 bl->overlay_target_info.placed_address = addr;
1702 val = target_insert_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
1703 &bl->overlay_target_info);
1704 if (val != 0)
1705 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1706 "Overlay breakpoint %d "
1707 "failed: in ROM?\n",
1708 bl->owner->number);
1709 }
1710 }
1711 /* Shall we set a breakpoint at the VMA? */
1712 if (section_is_mapped (bl->section))
1713 {
1714 /* Yes. This overlay section is mapped into memory. */
1715 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
1716 }
1717 else
1718 {
1719 /* No. This breakpoint will not be inserted.
1720 No error, but do not mark the bp as 'inserted'. */
1721 return 0;
1722 }
1723 }
1724
1725 if (val)
1726 {
1727 /* Can't set the breakpoint. */
1728 if (solib_name_from_address (bl->pspace, bl->address))
1729 {
1730 /* See also: disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs. */
1731 val = 0;
1732 bl->shlib_disabled = 1;
1733 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bl->owner);
1734 if (!*disabled_breaks)
1735 {
1736 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1737 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
1738 bl->owner->number);
1739 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1740 "Temporarily disabling shared "
1741 "library breakpoints:\n");
1742 }
1743 *disabled_breaks = 1;
1744 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1745 "breakpoint #%d\n", bl->owner->number);
1746 }
1747 else
1748 {
1749 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1750 {
1751 *hw_breakpoint_error = 1;
1752 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1753 "Cannot insert hardware "
1754 "breakpoint %d.\n",
1755 bl->owner->number);
1756 }
1757 else
1758 {
1759 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1760 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
1761 bl->owner->number);
1762 fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream,
1763 "Error accessing memory address ");
1764 fputs_filtered (paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address),
1765 tmp_error_stream);
1766 fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream, ": %s.\n",
1767 safe_strerror (val));
1768 }
1769
1770 }
1771 }
1772 else
1773 bl->inserted = 1;
1774
1775 return val;
1776 }
1777
1778 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
1779 /* NOTE drow/2003-09-08: This state only exists for removing
1780 watchpoints. It's not clear that it's necessary... */
1781 && bl->owner->disposition != disp_del_at_next_stop)
1782 {
1783 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
1784 && bl->owner->ops->insert_location != NULL);
1785
1786 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
1787
1788 /* If trying to set a read-watchpoint, and it turns out it's not
1789 supported, try emulating one with an access watchpoint. */
1790 if (val == 1 && bl->watchpoint_type == hw_read)
1791 {
1792 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_temp;
1793
1794 /* But don't try to insert it, if there's already another
1795 hw_access location that would be considered a duplicate
1796 of this one. */
1797 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_temp)
1798 if (loc != bl
1799 && loc->watchpoint_type == hw_access
1800 && watchpoint_locations_match (bl, loc))
1801 {
1802 bl->duplicate = 1;
1803 bl->inserted = 1;
1804 bl->target_info = loc->target_info;
1805 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_access;
1806 val = 0;
1807 break;
1808 }
1809
1810 if (val == 1)
1811 {
1812 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_access;
1813 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
1814
1815 if (val)
1816 /* Back to the original value. */
1817 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_read;
1818 }
1819 }
1820
1821 bl->inserted = (val == 0);
1822 }
1823
1824 else if (bl->owner->type == bp_catchpoint)
1825 {
1826 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
1827 && bl->owner->ops->insert_location != NULL);
1828
1829 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
1830 if (val)
1831 {
1832 bl->owner->enable_state = bp_disabled;
1833
1834 if (val == 1)
1835 warning (_("\
1836 Error inserting catchpoint %d: Your system does not support this type\n\
1837 of catchpoint."), bl->owner->number);
1838 else
1839 warning (_("Error inserting catchpoint %d."), bl->owner->number);
1840 }
1841
1842 bl->inserted = (val == 0);
1843
1844 /* We've already printed an error message if there was a problem
1845 inserting this catchpoint, and we've disabled the catchpoint,
1846 so just return success. */
1847 return 0;
1848 }
1849
1850 return 0;
1851 }
1852
1853 /* This function is called when program space PSPACE is about to be
1854 deleted. It takes care of updating breakpoints to not reference
1855 PSPACE anymore. */
1856
1857 void
1858 breakpoint_program_space_exit (struct program_space *pspace)
1859 {
1860 struct breakpoint *b, *b_temp;
1861 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_temp;
1862
1863 /* Remove any breakpoint that was set through this program space. */
1864 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_temp)
1865 {
1866 if (b->pspace == pspace)
1867 delete_breakpoint (b);
1868 }
1869
1870 /* Breakpoints set through other program spaces could have locations
1871 bound to PSPACE as well. Remove those. */
1872 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_temp)
1873 {
1874 struct bp_location *tmp;
1875
1876 if (loc->pspace == pspace)
1877 {
1878 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
1879 if (loc->owner->loc == loc)
1880 loc->owner->loc = loc->next;
1881 else
1882 for (tmp = loc->owner->loc; tmp->next != NULL; tmp = tmp->next)
1883 if (tmp->next == loc)
1884 {
1885 tmp->next = loc->next;
1886 break;
1887 }
1888 }
1889 }
1890
1891 /* Now update the global location list to permanently delete the
1892 removed locations above. */
1893 update_global_location_list (0);
1894 }
1895
1896 /* Make sure all breakpoints are inserted in inferior.
1897 Throws exception on any error.
1898 A breakpoint that is already inserted won't be inserted
1899 again, so calling this function twice is safe. */
1900 void
1901 insert_breakpoints (void)
1902 {
1903 struct breakpoint *bpt;
1904
1905 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
1906 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt))
1907 {
1908 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt;
1909
1910 update_watchpoint (w, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
1911 }
1912
1913 update_global_location_list (1);
1914
1915 /* update_global_location_list does not insert breakpoints when
1916 always_inserted_mode is not enabled. Explicitly insert them
1917 now. */
1918 if (!breakpoints_always_inserted_mode ())
1919 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
1920 }
1921
1922 /* Used when starting or continuing the program. */
1923
1924 static void
1925 insert_breakpoint_locations (void)
1926 {
1927 struct breakpoint *bpt;
1928 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
1929 int error = 0;
1930 int val = 0;
1931 int disabled_breaks = 0;
1932 int hw_breakpoint_error = 0;
1933
1934 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
1935 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
1936
1937 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
1938 there was an error. */
1939 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream, "Warning:\n");
1940
1941 save_current_space_and_thread ();
1942
1943 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
1944 {
1945 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || bl->inserted)
1946 continue;
1947
1948 /* There is no point inserting thread-specific breakpoints if
1949 the thread no longer exists. ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location
1950 has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
1951 if (bl->owner->thread != -1
1952 && !valid_thread_id (bl->owner->thread))
1953 continue;
1954
1955 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
1956
1957 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
1958 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
1959 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
1960 insert breakpoints. */
1961 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch)
1962 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
1963 continue;
1964
1965 val = insert_bp_location (bl, tmp_error_stream, &disabled_breaks,
1966 &hw_breakpoint_error);
1967 if (val)
1968 error = val;
1969 }
1970
1971 /* If we failed to insert all locations of a watchpoint, remove
1972 them, as half-inserted watchpoint is of limited use. */
1973 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
1974 {
1975 int some_failed = 0;
1976 struct bp_location *loc;
1977
1978 if (!is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt))
1979 continue;
1980
1981 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt))
1982 continue;
1983
1984 if (bpt->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
1985 continue;
1986
1987 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
1988 if (!loc->inserted && should_be_inserted (loc))
1989 {
1990 some_failed = 1;
1991 break;
1992 }
1993 if (some_failed)
1994 {
1995 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
1996 if (loc->inserted)
1997 remove_breakpoint (loc, mark_uninserted);
1998
1999 hw_breakpoint_error = 1;
2000 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2001 "Could not insert hardware watchpoint %d.\n",
2002 bpt->number);
2003 error = -1;
2004 }
2005 }
2006
2007 if (error)
2008 {
2009 /* If a hardware breakpoint or watchpoint was inserted, add a
2010 message about possibly exhausted resources. */
2011 if (hw_breakpoint_error)
2012 {
2013 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2014 "Could not insert hardware breakpoints:\n\
2015 You may have requested too many hardware breakpoints/watchpoints.\n");
2016 }
2017 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
2018 error_stream (tmp_error_stream);
2019 }
2020
2021 do_cleanups (cleanups);
2022 }
2023
2024 /* Used when the program stops.
2025 Returns zero if successful, or non-zero if there was a problem
2026 removing a breakpoint location. */
2027
2028 int
2029 remove_breakpoints (void)
2030 {
2031 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2032 int val = 0;
2033
2034 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2035 {
2036 if (bl->inserted)
2037 val |= remove_breakpoint (bl, mark_uninserted);
2038 }
2039 return val;
2040 }
2041
2042 /* Remove breakpoints of process PID. */
2043
2044 int
2045 remove_breakpoints_pid (int pid)
2046 {
2047 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2048 int val;
2049 struct inferior *inf = find_inferior_pid (pid);
2050
2051 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2052 {
2053 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
2054 continue;
2055
2056 if (bl->inserted)
2057 {
2058 val = remove_breakpoint (bl, mark_uninserted);
2059 if (val != 0)
2060 return val;
2061 }
2062 }
2063 return 0;
2064 }
2065
2066 int
2067 reattach_breakpoints (int pid)
2068 {
2069 struct cleanup *old_chain;
2070 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2071 int val;
2072 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream;
2073 int dummy1 = 0, dummy2 = 0;
2074 struct inferior *inf;
2075 struct thread_info *tp;
2076
2077 tp = any_live_thread_of_process (pid);
2078 if (tp == NULL)
2079 return 1;
2080
2081 inf = find_inferior_pid (pid);
2082 old_chain = save_inferior_ptid ();
2083
2084 inferior_ptid = tp->ptid;
2085
2086 tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
2087 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
2088
2089 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2090 {
2091 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
2092 continue;
2093
2094 if (bl->inserted)
2095 {
2096 bl->inserted = 0;
2097 val = insert_bp_location (bl, tmp_error_stream, &dummy1, &dummy2);
2098 if (val != 0)
2099 {
2100 do_cleanups (old_chain);
2101 return val;
2102 }
2103 }
2104 }
2105 do_cleanups (old_chain);
2106 return 0;
2107 }
2108
2109 static int internal_breakpoint_number = -1;
2110
2111 /* Set the breakpoint number of B, depending on the value of INTERNAL.
2112 If INTERNAL is non-zero, the breakpoint number will be populated
2113 from internal_breakpoint_number and that variable decremented.
2114 Otherwise the breakpoint number will be populated from
2115 breakpoint_count and that value incremented. Internal breakpoints
2116 do not set the internal var bpnum. */
2117 static void
2118 set_breakpoint_number (int internal, struct breakpoint *b)
2119 {
2120 if (internal)
2121 b->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
2122 else
2123 {
2124 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
2125 b->number = breakpoint_count;
2126 }
2127 }
2128
2129 static struct breakpoint *
2130 create_internal_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
2131 CORE_ADDR address, enum bptype type,
2132 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
2133 {
2134 struct symtab_and_line sal;
2135 struct breakpoint *b;
2136
2137 init_sal (&sal); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
2138
2139 sal.pc = address;
2140 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (sal.pc);
2141 sal.pspace = current_program_space;
2142
2143 b = set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, type, ops);
2144 b->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
2145 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
2146
2147 return b;
2148 }
2149
2150 static const char *const longjmp_names[] =
2151 {
2152 "longjmp", "_longjmp", "siglongjmp", "_siglongjmp"
2153 };
2154 #define NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES ARRAY_SIZE(longjmp_names)
2155
2156 /* Per-objfile data private to breakpoint.c. */
2157 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
2158 {
2159 /* Minimal symbol for "_ovly_debug_event" (if any). */
2160 struct minimal_symbol *overlay_msym;
2161
2162 /* Minimal symbol(s) for "longjmp", "siglongjmp", etc. (if any). */
2163 struct minimal_symbol *longjmp_msym[NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES];
2164
2165 /* Minimal symbol for "std::terminate()" (if any). */
2166 struct minimal_symbol *terminate_msym;
2167
2168 /* Minimal symbol for "_Unwind_DebugHook" (if any). */
2169 struct minimal_symbol *exception_msym;
2170 };
2171
2172 static const struct objfile_data *breakpoint_objfile_key;
2173
2174 /* Minimal symbol not found sentinel. */
2175 static struct minimal_symbol msym_not_found;
2176
2177 /* Returns TRUE if MSYM point to the "not found" sentinel. */
2178
2179 static int
2180 msym_not_found_p (const struct minimal_symbol *msym)
2181 {
2182 return msym == &msym_not_found;
2183 }
2184
2185 /* Return per-objfile data needed by breakpoint.c.
2186 Allocate the data if necessary. */
2187
2188 static struct breakpoint_objfile_data *
2189 get_breakpoint_objfile_data (struct objfile *objfile)
2190 {
2191 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
2192
2193 bp_objfile_data = objfile_data (objfile, breakpoint_objfile_key);
2194 if (bp_objfile_data == NULL)
2195 {
2196 bp_objfile_data = obstack_alloc (&objfile->objfile_obstack,
2197 sizeof (*bp_objfile_data));
2198
2199 memset (bp_objfile_data, 0, sizeof (*bp_objfile_data));
2200 set_objfile_data (objfile, breakpoint_objfile_key, bp_objfile_data);
2201 }
2202 return bp_objfile_data;
2203 }
2204
2205 static void
2206 create_overlay_event_breakpoint (void)
2207 {
2208 struct objfile *objfile;
2209 const char *const func_name = "_ovly_debug_event";
2210
2211 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
2212 {
2213 struct breakpoint *b;
2214 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
2215 CORE_ADDR addr;
2216
2217 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
2218
2219 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym))
2220 continue;
2221
2222 if (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym == NULL)
2223 {
2224 struct minimal_symbol *m;
2225
2226 m = lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name, objfile);
2227 if (m == NULL)
2228 {
2229 /* Avoid future lookups in this objfile. */
2230 bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym = &msym_not_found;
2231 continue;
2232 }
2233 bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym = m;
2234 }
2235
2236 addr = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym);
2237 b = create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile), addr,
2238 bp_overlay_event,
2239 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
2240 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
2241
2242 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_auto)
2243 {
2244 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
2245 overlay_events_enabled = 1;
2246 }
2247 else
2248 {
2249 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
2250 overlay_events_enabled = 0;
2251 }
2252 }
2253 update_global_location_list (1);
2254 }
2255
2256 static void
2257 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint (void)
2258 {
2259 struct program_space *pspace;
2260 struct cleanup *old_chain;
2261
2262 old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
2263
2264 ALL_PSPACES (pspace)
2265 {
2266 struct objfile *objfile;
2267
2268 set_current_program_space (pspace);
2269
2270 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
2271 {
2272 int i;
2273 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
2274 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
2275
2276 gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
2277 if (!gdbarch_get_longjmp_target_p (gdbarch))
2278 continue;
2279
2280 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
2281
2282 for (i = 0; i < NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES; i++)
2283 {
2284 struct breakpoint *b;
2285 const char *func_name;
2286 CORE_ADDR addr;
2287
2288 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i]))
2289 continue;
2290
2291 func_name = longjmp_names[i];
2292 if (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i] == NULL)
2293 {
2294 struct minimal_symbol *m;
2295
2296 m = lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name, objfile);
2297 if (m == NULL)
2298 {
2299 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
2300 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i] = &msym_not_found;
2301 continue;
2302 }
2303 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i] = m;
2304 }
2305
2306 addr = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i]);
2307 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, addr, bp_longjmp_master,
2308 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
2309 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
2310 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
2311 }
2312 }
2313 }
2314 update_global_location_list (1);
2315
2316 do_cleanups (old_chain);
2317 }
2318
2319 /* Create a master std::terminate breakpoint. */
2320 static void
2321 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint (void)
2322 {
2323 struct program_space *pspace;
2324 struct cleanup *old_chain;
2325 const char *const func_name = "std::terminate()";
2326
2327 old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
2328
2329 ALL_PSPACES (pspace)
2330 {
2331 struct objfile *objfile;
2332 CORE_ADDR addr;
2333
2334 set_current_program_space (pspace);
2335
2336 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
2337 {
2338 struct breakpoint *b;
2339 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
2340
2341 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
2342
2343 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym))
2344 continue;
2345
2346 if (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym == NULL)
2347 {
2348 struct minimal_symbol *m;
2349
2350 m = lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name, NULL, objfile);
2351 if (m == NULL || (MSYMBOL_TYPE (m) != mst_text
2352 && MSYMBOL_TYPE (m) != mst_file_text))
2353 {
2354 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
2355 bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym = &msym_not_found;
2356 continue;
2357 }
2358 bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym = m;
2359 }
2360
2361 addr = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym);
2362 b = create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile), addr,
2363 bp_std_terminate_master,
2364 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
2365 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
2366 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
2367 }
2368 }
2369
2370 update_global_location_list (1);
2371
2372 do_cleanups (old_chain);
2373 }
2374
2375 /* Install a master breakpoint on the unwinder's debug hook. */
2376
2377 void
2378 create_exception_master_breakpoint (void)
2379 {
2380 struct objfile *objfile;
2381 const char *const func_name = "_Unwind_DebugHook";
2382
2383 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
2384 {
2385 struct breakpoint *b;
2386 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
2387 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
2388 CORE_ADDR addr;
2389
2390 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
2391
2392 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym))
2393 continue;
2394
2395 gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
2396
2397 if (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym == NULL)
2398 {
2399 struct minimal_symbol *debug_hook;
2400
2401 debug_hook = lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name, NULL, objfile);
2402 if (debug_hook == NULL)
2403 {
2404 bp_objfile_data->exception_msym = &msym_not_found;
2405 continue;
2406 }
2407
2408 bp_objfile_data->exception_msym = debug_hook;
2409 }
2410
2411 addr = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym);
2412 addr = gdbarch_convert_from_func_ptr_addr (gdbarch, addr,
2413 &current_target);
2414 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, addr, bp_exception_master,
2415 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
2416 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
2417 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
2418 }
2419
2420 update_global_location_list (1);
2421 }
2422
2423 void
2424 update_breakpoints_after_exec (void)
2425 {
2426 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
2427 struct bp_location *bploc, **bplocp_tmp;
2428
2429 /* We're about to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists. If the
2430 INSERTED flag is true, GDB will try to lift the breakpoints by
2431 writing the breakpoints' "shadow contents" back into memory. The
2432 "shadow contents" are NOT valid after an exec, so GDB should not
2433 do that. Instead, the target is responsible from marking
2434 breakpoints out as soon as it detects an exec. We don't do that
2435 here instead, because there may be other attempts to delete
2436 breakpoints after detecting an exec and before reaching here. */
2437 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bploc, bplocp_tmp)
2438 if (bploc->pspace == current_program_space)
2439 gdb_assert (!bploc->inserted);
2440
2441 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
2442 {
2443 if (b->pspace != current_program_space)
2444 continue;
2445
2446 /* Solib breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
2447 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event)
2448 {
2449 delete_breakpoint (b);
2450 continue;
2451 }
2452
2453 /* JIT breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
2454 if (b->type == bp_jit_event)
2455 {
2456 delete_breakpoint (b);
2457 continue;
2458 }
2459
2460 /* Thread event breakpoints must be set anew after an exec(),
2461 as must overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints. */
2462 if (b->type == bp_thread_event || b->type == bp_overlay_event
2463 || b->type == bp_longjmp_master || b->type == bp_std_terminate_master
2464 || b->type == bp_exception_master)
2465 {
2466 delete_breakpoint (b);
2467 continue;
2468 }
2469
2470 /* Step-resume breakpoints are meaningless after an exec(). */
2471 if (b->type == bp_step_resume || b->type == bp_hp_step_resume)
2472 {
2473 delete_breakpoint (b);
2474 continue;
2475 }
2476
2477 /* Longjmp and longjmp-resume breakpoints are also meaningless
2478 after an exec. */
2479 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_longjmp_resume
2480 || b->type == bp_exception || b->type == bp_exception_resume)
2481 {
2482 delete_breakpoint (b);
2483 continue;
2484 }
2485
2486 if (b->type == bp_catchpoint)
2487 {
2488 /* For now, none of the bp_catchpoint breakpoints need to
2489 do anything at this point. In the future, if some of
2490 the catchpoints need to something, we will need to add
2491 a new method, and call this method from here. */
2492 continue;
2493 }
2494
2495 /* bp_finish is a special case. The only way we ought to be able
2496 to see one of these when an exec() has happened, is if the user
2497 caught a vfork, and then said "finish". Ordinarily a finish just
2498 carries them to the call-site of the current callee, by setting
2499 a temporary bp there and resuming. But in this case, the finish
2500 will carry them entirely through the vfork & exec.
2501
2502 We don't want to allow a bp_finish to remain inserted now. But
2503 we can't safely delete it, 'cause finish_command has a handle to
2504 the bp on a bpstat, and will later want to delete it. There's a
2505 chance (and I've seen it happen) that if we delete the bp_finish
2506 here, that its storage will get reused by the time finish_command
2507 gets 'round to deleting the "use to be a bp_finish" breakpoint.
2508 We really must allow finish_command to delete a bp_finish.
2509
2510 In the absence of a general solution for the "how do we know
2511 it's safe to delete something others may have handles to?"
2512 problem, what we'll do here is just uninsert the bp_finish, and
2513 let finish_command delete it.
2514
2515 (We know the bp_finish is "doomed" in the sense that it's
2516 momentary, and will be deleted as soon as finish_command sees
2517 the inferior stopped. So it doesn't matter that the bp's
2518 address is probably bogus in the new a.out, unlike e.g., the
2519 solib breakpoints.) */
2520
2521 if (b->type == bp_finish)
2522 {
2523 continue;
2524 }
2525
2526 /* Without a symbolic address, we have little hope of the
2527 pre-exec() address meaning the same thing in the post-exec()
2528 a.out. */
2529 if (b->addr_string == NULL)
2530 {
2531 delete_breakpoint (b);
2532 continue;
2533 }
2534 }
2535 /* FIXME what about longjmp breakpoints? Re-create them here? */
2536 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
2537 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
2538 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
2539 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
2540 }
2541
2542 int
2543 detach_breakpoints (int pid)
2544 {
2545 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2546 int val = 0;
2547 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_inferior_ptid ();
2548 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
2549
2550 if (pid == PIDGET (inferior_ptid))
2551 error (_("Cannot detach breakpoints of inferior_ptid"));
2552
2553 /* Set inferior_ptid; remove_breakpoint_1 uses this global. */
2554 inferior_ptid = pid_to_ptid (pid);
2555 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2556 {
2557 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
2558 continue;
2559
2560 if (bl->inserted)
2561 val |= remove_breakpoint_1 (bl, mark_inserted);
2562 }
2563
2564 /* Detach single-step breakpoints as well. */
2565 detach_single_step_breakpoints ();
2566
2567 do_cleanups (old_chain);
2568 return val;
2569 }
2570
2571 /* Remove the breakpoint location BL from the current address space.
2572 Note that this is used to detach breakpoints from a child fork.
2573 When we get here, the child isn't in the inferior list, and neither
2574 do we have objects to represent its address space --- we should
2575 *not* look at bl->pspace->aspace here. */
2576
2577 static int
2578 remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location *bl, insertion_state_t is)
2579 {
2580 int val;
2581
2582 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
2583 gdb_assert (bl->owner != NULL);
2584
2585 if (bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
2586 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
2587 return 0;
2588
2589 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
2590 This should not ever happen. */
2591 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type != bp_none);
2592
2593 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2594 || bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2595 {
2596 /* "Normal" instruction breakpoint: either the standard
2597 trap-instruction bp (bp_breakpoint), or a
2598 bp_hardware_breakpoint. */
2599
2600 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
2601 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_off
2602 || bl->section == NULL
2603 || !(section_is_overlay (bl->section)))
2604 {
2605 /* No overlay handling: just remove the breakpoint. */
2606 val = bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
2607 }
2608 else
2609 {
2610 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
2611 Did we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
2612 if (!overlay_events_enabled)
2613 {
2614 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active, so we
2615 should have set a breakpoint at the LMA. Remove it.
2616 */
2617 /* Ignore any failures: if the LMA is in ROM, we will
2618 have already warned when we failed to insert it. */
2619 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2620 target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
2621 &bl->overlay_target_info);
2622 else
2623 target_remove_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
2624 &bl->overlay_target_info);
2625 }
2626 /* Did we set a breakpoint at the VMA?
2627 If so, we will have marked the breakpoint 'inserted'. */
2628 if (bl->inserted)
2629 {
2630 /* Yes -- remove it. Previously we did not bother to
2631 remove the breakpoint if the section had been
2632 unmapped, but let's not rely on that being safe. We
2633 don't know what the overlay manager might do. */
2634
2635 /* However, we should remove *software* breakpoints only
2636 if the section is still mapped, or else we overwrite
2637 wrong code with the saved shadow contents. */
2638 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
2639 || section_is_mapped (bl->section))
2640 val = bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
2641 else
2642 val = 0;
2643 }
2644 else
2645 {
2646 /* No -- not inserted, so no need to remove. No error. */
2647 val = 0;
2648 }
2649 }
2650
2651 /* In some cases, we might not be able to remove a breakpoint
2652 in a shared library that has already been removed, but we
2653 have not yet processed the shlib unload event. */
2654 if (val && solib_name_from_address (bl->pspace, bl->address))
2655 val = 0;
2656
2657 if (val)
2658 return val;
2659 bl->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
2660 }
2661 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint)
2662 {
2663 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
2664 && bl->owner->ops->remove_location != NULL);
2665
2666 bl->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
2667 bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
2668
2669 /* Failure to remove any of the hardware watchpoints comes here. */
2670 if ((is == mark_uninserted) && (bl->inserted))
2671 warning (_("Could not remove hardware watchpoint %d."),
2672 bl->owner->number);
2673 }
2674 else if (bl->owner->type == bp_catchpoint
2675 && breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
2676 && !bl->duplicate)
2677 {
2678 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
2679 && bl->owner->ops->remove_location != NULL);
2680
2681 val = bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
2682 if (val)
2683 return val;
2684
2685 bl->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
2686 }
2687
2688 return 0;
2689 }
2690
2691 static int
2692 remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location *bl, insertion_state_t is)
2693 {
2694 int ret;
2695 struct cleanup *old_chain;
2696
2697 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
2698 gdb_assert (bl->owner != NULL);
2699
2700 if (bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
2701 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
2702 return 0;
2703
2704 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
2705 This should not ever happen. */
2706 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type != bp_none);
2707
2708 old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread ();
2709
2710 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
2711
2712 ret = remove_breakpoint_1 (bl, is);
2713
2714 do_cleanups (old_chain);
2715 return ret;
2716 }
2717
2718 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints. */
2719
2720 void
2721 mark_breakpoints_out (void)
2722 {
2723 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2724
2725 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2726 if (bl->pspace == current_program_space)
2727 bl->inserted = 0;
2728 }
2729
2730 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints and delete any
2731 breakpoints which should go away between runs of the program.
2732
2733 Plus other such housekeeping that has to be done for breakpoints
2734 between runs.
2735
2736 Note: this function gets called at the end of a run (by
2737 generic_mourn_inferior) and when a run begins (by
2738 init_wait_for_inferior). */
2739
2740
2741
2742 void
2743 breakpoint_init_inferior (enum inf_context context)
2744 {
2745 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
2746 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2747 int ix;
2748 struct program_space *pspace = current_program_space;
2749
2750 /* If breakpoint locations are shared across processes, then there's
2751 nothing to do. */
2752 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch))
2753 return;
2754
2755 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2756 {
2757 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2758 if (bl->pspace == pspace
2759 && bl->owner->enable_state != bp_permanent)
2760 bl->inserted = 0;
2761 }
2762
2763 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
2764 {
2765 if (b->loc && b->loc->pspace != pspace)
2766 continue;
2767
2768 switch (b->type)
2769 {
2770 case bp_call_dummy:
2771
2772 /* If the call dummy breakpoint is at the entry point it will
2773 cause problems when the inferior is rerun, so we better get
2774 rid of it. */
2775
2776 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
2777
2778 /* Also get rid of scope breakpoints. */
2779
2780 case bp_shlib_event:
2781
2782 /* Also remove solib event breakpoints. Their addresses may
2783 have changed since the last time we ran the program.
2784 Actually we may now be debugging against different target;
2785 and so the solib backend that installed this breakpoint may
2786 not be used in by the target. E.g.,
2787
2788 (gdb) file prog-linux
2789 (gdb) run # native linux target
2790 ...
2791 (gdb) kill
2792 (gdb) file prog-win.exe
2793 (gdb) tar rem :9999 # remote Windows gdbserver.
2794 */
2795
2796 delete_breakpoint (b);
2797 break;
2798
2799 case bp_watchpoint:
2800 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
2801 case bp_read_watchpoint:
2802 case bp_access_watchpoint:
2803 {
2804 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
2805
2806 /* Likewise for watchpoints on local expressions. */
2807 if (w->exp_valid_block != NULL)
2808 delete_breakpoint (b);
2809 else if (context == inf_starting)
2810 {
2811 /* Reset val field to force reread of starting value in
2812 insert_breakpoints. */
2813 if (w->val)
2814 value_free (w->val);
2815 w->val = NULL;
2816 w->val_valid = 0;
2817 }
2818 }
2819 break;
2820 default:
2821 break;
2822 }
2823 }
2824
2825 /* Get rid of the moribund locations. */
2826 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, bl); ++ix)
2827 decref_bp_location (&bl);
2828 VEC_free (bp_location_p, moribund_locations);
2829 }
2830
2831 /* These functions concern about actual breakpoints inserted in the
2832 target --- to e.g. check if we need to do decr_pc adjustment or if
2833 we need to hop over the bkpt --- so we check for address space
2834 match, not program space. */
2835
2836 /* breakpoint_here_p (PC) returns non-zero if an enabled breakpoint
2837 exists at PC. It returns ordinary_breakpoint_here if it's an
2838 ordinary breakpoint, or permanent_breakpoint_here if it's a
2839 permanent breakpoint.
2840 - When continuing from a location with an ordinary breakpoint, we
2841 actually single step once before calling insert_breakpoints.
2842 - When continuing from a location with a permanent breakpoint, we
2843 need to use the `SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT' macro, provided by
2844 the target, to advance the PC past the breakpoint. */
2845
2846 enum breakpoint_here
2847 breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
2848 {
2849 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2850 int any_breakpoint_here = 0;
2851
2852 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2853 {
2854 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2855 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2856 continue;
2857
2858 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2859 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
2860 || bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
2861 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl, aspace, pc))
2862 {
2863 if (overlay_debugging
2864 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
2865 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
2866 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
2867 else if (bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
2868 return permanent_breakpoint_here;
2869 else
2870 any_breakpoint_here = 1;
2871 }
2872 }
2873
2874 return any_breakpoint_here ? ordinary_breakpoint_here : 0;
2875 }
2876
2877 /* Return true if there's a moribund breakpoint at PC. */
2878
2879 int
2880 moribund_breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
2881 {
2882 struct bp_location *loc;
2883 int ix;
2884
2885 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
2886 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc, aspace, pc))
2887 return 1;
2888
2889 return 0;
2890 }
2891
2892 /* Returns non-zero if there's a breakpoint inserted at PC, which is
2893 inserted using regular breakpoint_chain / bp_location array
2894 mechanism. This does not check for single-step breakpoints, which
2895 are inserted and removed using direct target manipulation. */
2896
2897 int
2898 regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace,
2899 CORE_ADDR pc)
2900 {
2901 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2902
2903 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2904 {
2905 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2906 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2907 continue;
2908
2909 if (bl->inserted
2910 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl, aspace, pc))
2911 {
2912 if (overlay_debugging
2913 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
2914 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
2915 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
2916 else
2917 return 1;
2918 }
2919 }
2920 return 0;
2921 }
2922
2923 /* Returns non-zero iff there's either regular breakpoint
2924 or a single step breakpoint inserted at PC. */
2925
2926 int
2927 breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
2928 {
2929 if (regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace, pc))
2930 return 1;
2931
2932 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace, pc))
2933 return 1;
2934
2935 return 0;
2936 }
2937
2938 /* This function returns non-zero iff there is a software breakpoint
2939 inserted at PC. */
2940
2941 int
2942 software_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace,
2943 CORE_ADDR pc)
2944 {
2945 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2946
2947 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2948 {
2949 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
2950 continue;
2951
2952 if (bl->inserted
2953 && breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
2954 aspace, pc))
2955 {
2956 if (overlay_debugging
2957 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
2958 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
2959 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
2960 else
2961 return 1;
2962 }
2963 }
2964
2965 /* Also check for software single-step breakpoints. */
2966 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace, pc))
2967 return 1;
2968
2969 return 0;
2970 }
2971
2972 int
2973 hardware_watchpoint_inserted_in_range (struct address_space *aspace,
2974 CORE_ADDR addr, ULONGEST len)
2975 {
2976 struct breakpoint *bpt;
2977
2978 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
2979 {
2980 struct bp_location *loc;
2981
2982 if (bpt->type != bp_hardware_watchpoint
2983 && bpt->type != bp_access_watchpoint)
2984 continue;
2985
2986 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt))
2987 continue;
2988
2989 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
2990 if (loc->pspace->aspace == aspace && loc->inserted)
2991 {
2992 CORE_ADDR l, h;
2993
2994 /* Check for intersection. */
2995 l = max (loc->address, addr);
2996 h = min (loc->address + loc->length, addr + len);
2997 if (l < h)
2998 return 1;
2999 }
3000 }
3001 return 0;
3002 }
3003
3004 /* breakpoint_thread_match (PC, PTID) returns true if the breakpoint at
3005 PC is valid for process/thread PTID. */
3006
3007 int
3008 breakpoint_thread_match (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc,
3009 ptid_t ptid)
3010 {
3011 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3012 /* The thread and task IDs associated to PTID, computed lazily. */
3013 int thread = -1;
3014 int task = 0;
3015
3016 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3017 {
3018 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3019 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
3020 continue;
3021
3022 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has bl->OWNER always non-NULL. */
3023 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
3024 && bl->owner->enable_state != bp_permanent)
3025 continue;
3026
3027 if (!breakpoint_location_address_match (bl, aspace, pc))
3028 continue;
3029
3030 if (bl->owner->thread != -1)
3031 {
3032 /* This is a thread-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
3033 matches that thread. If thread hasn't been computed yet,
3034 it is now time to do so. */
3035 if (thread == -1)
3036 thread = pid_to_thread_id (ptid);
3037 if (bl->owner->thread != thread)
3038 continue;
3039 }
3040
3041 if (bl->owner->task != 0)
3042 {
3043 /* This is a task-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
3044 matches that task. If task hasn't been computed yet,
3045 it is now time to do so. */
3046 if (task == 0)
3047 task = ada_get_task_number (ptid);
3048 if (bl->owner->task != task)
3049 continue;
3050 }
3051
3052 if (overlay_debugging
3053 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
3054 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
3055 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
3056
3057 return 1;
3058 }
3059
3060 return 0;
3061 }
3062 \f
3063
3064 /* bpstat stuff. External routines' interfaces are documented
3065 in breakpoint.h. */
3066
3067 int
3068 ep_is_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *ep)
3069 {
3070 return (ep->type == bp_catchpoint);
3071 }
3072
3073 /* Frees any storage that is part of a bpstat. Does not walk the
3074 'next' chain. */
3075
3076 static void
3077 bpstat_free (bpstat bs)
3078 {
3079 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
3080 value_free (bs->old_val);
3081 decref_counted_command_line (&bs->commands);
3082 decref_bp_location (&bs->bp_location_at);
3083 xfree (bs);
3084 }
3085
3086 /* Clear a bpstat so that it says we are not at any breakpoint.
3087 Also free any storage that is part of a bpstat. */
3088
3089 void
3090 bpstat_clear (bpstat *bsp)
3091 {
3092 bpstat p;
3093 bpstat q;
3094
3095 if (bsp == 0)
3096 return;
3097 p = *bsp;
3098 while (p != NULL)
3099 {
3100 q = p->next;
3101 bpstat_free (p);
3102 p = q;
3103 }
3104 *bsp = NULL;
3105 }
3106
3107 /* Return a copy of a bpstat. Like "bs1 = bs2" but all storage that
3108 is part of the bpstat is copied as well. */
3109
3110 bpstat
3111 bpstat_copy (bpstat bs)
3112 {
3113 bpstat p = NULL;
3114 bpstat tmp;
3115 bpstat retval = NULL;
3116
3117 if (bs == NULL)
3118 return bs;
3119
3120 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
3121 {
3122 tmp = (bpstat) xmalloc (sizeof (*tmp));
3123 memcpy (tmp, bs, sizeof (*tmp));
3124 incref_counted_command_line (tmp->commands);
3125 incref_bp_location (tmp->bp_location_at);
3126 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
3127 {
3128 tmp->old_val = value_copy (bs->old_val);
3129 release_value (tmp->old_val);
3130 }
3131
3132 if (p == NULL)
3133 /* This is the first thing in the chain. */
3134 retval = tmp;
3135 else
3136 p->next = tmp;
3137 p = tmp;
3138 }
3139 p->next = NULL;
3140 return retval;
3141 }
3142
3143 /* Find the bpstat associated with this breakpoint. */
3144
3145 bpstat
3146 bpstat_find_breakpoint (bpstat bsp, struct breakpoint *breakpoint)
3147 {
3148 if (bsp == NULL)
3149 return NULL;
3150
3151 for (; bsp != NULL; bsp = bsp->next)
3152 {
3153 if (bsp->breakpoint_at == breakpoint)
3154 return bsp;
3155 }
3156 return NULL;
3157 }
3158
3159 /* Put in *NUM the breakpoint number of the first breakpoint we are
3160 stopped at. *BSP upon return is a bpstat which points to the
3161 remaining breakpoints stopped at (but which is not guaranteed to be
3162 good for anything but further calls to bpstat_num).
3163
3164 Return 0 if passed a bpstat which does not indicate any breakpoints.
3165 Return -1 if stopped at a breakpoint that has been deleted since
3166 we set it.
3167 Return 1 otherwise. */
3168
3169 int
3170 bpstat_num (bpstat *bsp, int *num)
3171 {
3172 struct breakpoint *b;
3173
3174 if ((*bsp) == NULL)
3175 return 0; /* No more breakpoint values */
3176
3177 /* We assume we'll never have several bpstats that correspond to a
3178 single breakpoint -- otherwise, this function might return the
3179 same number more than once and this will look ugly. */
3180 b = (*bsp)->breakpoint_at;
3181 *bsp = (*bsp)->next;
3182 if (b == NULL)
3183 return -1; /* breakpoint that's been deleted since */
3184
3185 *num = b->number; /* We have its number */
3186 return 1;
3187 }
3188
3189 /* Modify BS so that the actions will not be performed. */
3190
3191 void
3192 bpstat_clear_actions (bpstat bs)
3193 {
3194 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
3195 {
3196 decref_counted_command_line (&bs->commands);
3197 bs->commands_left = NULL;
3198 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
3199 {
3200 value_free (bs->old_val);
3201 bs->old_val = NULL;
3202 }
3203 }
3204 }
3205
3206 /* Called when a command is about to proceed the inferior. */
3207
3208 static void
3209 breakpoint_about_to_proceed (void)
3210 {
3211 if (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
3212 {
3213 struct thread_info *tp = inferior_thread ();
3214
3215 /* Allow inferior function calls in breakpoint commands to not
3216 interrupt the command list. When the call finishes
3217 successfully, the inferior will be standing at the same
3218 breakpoint as if nothing happened. */
3219 if (tp->control.in_infcall)
3220 return;
3221 }
3222
3223 breakpoint_proceeded = 1;
3224 }
3225
3226 /* Stub for cleaning up our state if we error-out of a breakpoint
3227 command. */
3228 static void
3229 cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *ignore)
3230 {
3231 executing_breakpoint_commands = 0;
3232 }
3233
3234 /* Execute all the commands associated with all the breakpoints at
3235 this location. Any of these commands could cause the process to
3236 proceed beyond this point, etc. We look out for such changes by
3237 checking the global "breakpoint_proceeded" after each command.
3238
3239 Returns true if a breakpoint command resumed the inferior. In that
3240 case, it is the caller's responsibility to recall it again with the
3241 bpstat of the current thread. */
3242
3243 static int
3244 bpstat_do_actions_1 (bpstat *bsp)
3245 {
3246 bpstat bs;
3247 struct cleanup *old_chain;
3248 int again = 0;
3249
3250 /* Avoid endless recursion if a `source' command is contained
3251 in bs->commands. */
3252 if (executing_breakpoint_commands)
3253 return 0;
3254
3255 executing_breakpoint_commands = 1;
3256 old_chain = make_cleanup (cleanup_executing_breakpoints, 0);
3257
3258 prevent_dont_repeat ();
3259
3260 /* This pointer will iterate over the list of bpstat's. */
3261 bs = *bsp;
3262
3263 breakpoint_proceeded = 0;
3264 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
3265 {
3266 struct counted_command_line *ccmd;
3267 struct command_line *cmd;
3268 struct cleanup *this_cmd_tree_chain;
3269
3270 /* Take ownership of the BSP's command tree, if it has one.
3271
3272 The command tree could legitimately contain commands like
3273 'step' and 'next', which call clear_proceed_status, which
3274 frees stop_bpstat's command tree. To make sure this doesn't
3275 free the tree we're executing out from under us, we need to
3276 take ownership of the tree ourselves. Since a given bpstat's
3277 commands are only executed once, we don't need to copy it; we
3278 can clear the pointer in the bpstat, and make sure we free
3279 the tree when we're done. */
3280 ccmd = bs->commands;
3281 bs->commands = NULL;
3282 this_cmd_tree_chain
3283 = make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&ccmd);
3284 cmd = bs->commands_left;
3285 bs->commands_left = NULL;
3286
3287 while (cmd != NULL)
3288 {
3289 execute_control_command (cmd);
3290
3291 if (breakpoint_proceeded)
3292 break;
3293 else
3294 cmd = cmd->next;
3295 }
3296
3297 /* We can free this command tree now. */
3298 do_cleanups (this_cmd_tree_chain);
3299
3300 if (breakpoint_proceeded)
3301 {
3302 if (target_can_async_p ())
3303 /* If we are in async mode, then the target might be still
3304 running, not stopped at any breakpoint, so nothing for
3305 us to do here -- just return to the event loop. */
3306 ;
3307 else
3308 /* In sync mode, when execute_control_command returns
3309 we're already standing on the next breakpoint.
3310 Breakpoint commands for that stop were not run, since
3311 execute_command does not run breakpoint commands --
3312 only command_line_handler does, but that one is not
3313 involved in execution of breakpoint commands. So, we
3314 can now execute breakpoint commands. It should be
3315 noted that making execute_command do bpstat actions is
3316 not an option -- in this case we'll have recursive
3317 invocation of bpstat for each breakpoint with a
3318 command, and can easily blow up GDB stack. Instead, we
3319 return true, which will trigger the caller to recall us
3320 with the new stop_bpstat. */
3321 again = 1;
3322 break;
3323 }
3324 }
3325 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3326 return again;
3327 }
3328
3329 void
3330 bpstat_do_actions (void)
3331 {
3332 /* Do any commands attached to breakpoint we are stopped at. */
3333 while (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid)
3334 && target_has_execution
3335 && !is_exited (inferior_ptid)
3336 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid))
3337 /* Since in sync mode, bpstat_do_actions may resume the inferior,
3338 and only return when it is stopped at the next breakpoint, we
3339 keep doing breakpoint actions until it returns false to
3340 indicate the inferior was not resumed. */
3341 if (!bpstat_do_actions_1 (&inferior_thread ()->control.stop_bpstat))
3342 break;
3343 }
3344
3345 /* Print out the (old or new) value associated with a watchpoint. */
3346
3347 static void
3348 watchpoint_value_print (struct value *val, struct ui_file *stream)
3349 {
3350 if (val == NULL)
3351 fprintf_unfiltered (stream, _("<unreadable>"));
3352 else
3353 {
3354 struct value_print_options opts;
3355 get_user_print_options (&opts);
3356 value_print (val, stream, &opts);
3357 }
3358 }
3359
3360 /* Generic routine for printing messages indicating why we
3361 stopped. The behavior of this function depends on the value
3362 'print_it' in the bpstat structure. Under some circumstances we
3363 may decide not to print anything here and delegate the task to
3364 normal_stop(). */
3365
3366 static enum print_stop_action
3367 print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs)
3368 {
3369 switch (bs->print_it)
3370 {
3371 case print_it_noop:
3372 /* Nothing should be printed for this bpstat entry. */
3373 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
3374 break;
3375
3376 case print_it_done:
3377 /* We still want to print the frame, but we already printed the
3378 relevant messages. */
3379 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
3380 break;
3381
3382 case print_it_normal:
3383 {
3384 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
3385
3386 /* bs->breakpoint_at can be NULL if it was a momentary breakpoint
3387 which has since been deleted. */
3388 if (b == NULL)
3389 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
3390
3391 /* Normal case. Call the breakpoint's print_it method. */
3392 return b->ops->print_it (bs);
3393 }
3394 break;
3395
3396 default:
3397 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
3398 _("print_bp_stop_message: unrecognized enum value"));
3399 break;
3400 }
3401 }
3402
3403 /* Print a message indicating what happened. This is called from
3404 normal_stop(). The input to this routine is the head of the bpstat
3405 list - a list of the eventpoints that caused this stop. This
3406 routine calls the generic print routine for printing a message
3407 about reasons for stopping. This will print (for example) the
3408 "Breakpoint n," part of the output. The return value of this
3409 routine is one of:
3410
3411 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing.
3412 PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and expect subsequent
3413 code to print the location. An example is
3414 "Breakpoint 1, " which should be followed by
3415 the location.
3416 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, but there is no need
3417 to also print the location part of the message.
3418 An example is the catch/throw messages, which
3419 don't require a location appended to the end.
3420 PRINT_NOTHING: We have done some printing and we don't need any
3421 further info to be printed. */
3422
3423 enum print_stop_action
3424 bpstat_print (bpstat bs)
3425 {
3426 int val;
3427
3428 /* Maybe another breakpoint in the chain caused us to stop.
3429 (Currently all watchpoints go on the bpstat whether hit or not.
3430 That probably could (should) be changed, provided care is taken
3431 with respect to bpstat_explains_signal). */
3432 for (; bs; bs = bs->next)
3433 {
3434 val = print_bp_stop_message (bs);
3435 if (val == PRINT_SRC_ONLY
3436 || val == PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
3437 || val == PRINT_NOTHING)
3438 return val;
3439 }
3440
3441 /* We reached the end of the chain, or we got a null BS to start
3442 with and nothing was printed. */
3443 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
3444 }
3445
3446 /* Evaluate the expression EXP and return 1 if value is zero. This is
3447 used inside a catch_errors to evaluate the breakpoint condition.
3448 The argument is a "struct expression *" that has been cast to a
3449 "char *" to make it pass through catch_errors. */
3450
3451 static int
3452 breakpoint_cond_eval (void *exp)
3453 {
3454 struct value *mark = value_mark ();
3455 int i = !value_true (evaluate_expression ((struct expression *) exp));
3456
3457 value_free_to_mark (mark);
3458 return i;
3459 }
3460
3461 /* Allocate a new bpstat. Link it to the FIFO list by BS_LINK_POINTER. */
3462
3463 static bpstat
3464 bpstat_alloc (struct bp_location *bl, bpstat **bs_link_pointer)
3465 {
3466 bpstat bs;
3467
3468 bs = (bpstat) xmalloc (sizeof (*bs));
3469 bs->next = NULL;
3470 **bs_link_pointer = bs;
3471 *bs_link_pointer = &bs->next;
3472 bs->breakpoint_at = bl->owner;
3473 bs->bp_location_at = bl;
3474 incref_bp_location (bl);
3475 /* If the condition is false, etc., don't do the commands. */
3476 bs->commands = NULL;
3477 bs->commands_left = NULL;
3478 bs->old_val = NULL;
3479 bs->print_it = print_it_normal;
3480 return bs;
3481 }
3482 \f
3483 /* The target has stopped with waitstatus WS. Check if any hardware
3484 watchpoints have triggered, according to the target. */
3485
3486 int
3487 watchpoints_triggered (struct target_waitstatus *ws)
3488 {
3489 int stopped_by_watchpoint = target_stopped_by_watchpoint ();
3490 CORE_ADDR addr;
3491 struct breakpoint *b;
3492
3493 if (!stopped_by_watchpoint)
3494 {
3495 /* We were not stopped by a watchpoint. Mark all watchpoints
3496 as not triggered. */
3497 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
3498 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
3499 {
3500 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
3501
3502 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_no;
3503 }
3504
3505 return 0;
3506 }
3507
3508 if (!target_stopped_data_address (&current_target, &addr))
3509 {
3510 /* We were stopped by a watchpoint, but we don't know where.
3511 Mark all watchpoints as unknown. */
3512 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
3513 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
3514 {
3515 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
3516
3517 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_unknown;
3518 }
3519
3520 return stopped_by_watchpoint;
3521 }
3522
3523 /* The target could report the data address. Mark watchpoints
3524 affected by this data address as triggered, and all others as not
3525 triggered. */
3526
3527 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
3528 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
3529 {
3530 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
3531 struct bp_location *loc;
3532
3533 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_no;
3534 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
3535 {
3536 if (is_masked_watchpoint (b))
3537 {
3538 CORE_ADDR newaddr = addr & w->hw_wp_mask;
3539 CORE_ADDR start = loc->address & w->hw_wp_mask;
3540
3541 if (newaddr == start)
3542 {
3543 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
3544 break;
3545 }
3546 }
3547 /* Exact match not required. Within range is sufficient. */
3548 else if (target_watchpoint_addr_within_range (&current_target,
3549 addr, loc->address,
3550 loc->length))
3551 {
3552 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
3553 break;
3554 }
3555 }
3556 }
3557
3558 return 1;
3559 }
3560
3561 /* Possible return values for watchpoint_check (this can't be an enum
3562 because of check_errors). */
3563 /* The watchpoint has been deleted. */
3564 #define WP_DELETED 1
3565 /* The value has changed. */
3566 #define WP_VALUE_CHANGED 2
3567 /* The value has not changed. */
3568 #define WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED 3
3569 /* Ignore this watchpoint, no matter if the value changed or not. */
3570 #define WP_IGNORE 4
3571
3572 #define BP_TEMPFLAG 1
3573 #define BP_HARDWAREFLAG 2
3574
3575 /* Evaluate watchpoint condition expression and check if its value
3576 changed.
3577
3578 P should be a pointer to struct bpstat, but is defined as a void *
3579 in order for this function to be usable with catch_errors. */
3580
3581 static int
3582 watchpoint_check (void *p)
3583 {
3584 bpstat bs = (bpstat) p;
3585 struct watchpoint *b;
3586 struct frame_info *fr;
3587 int within_current_scope;
3588
3589 /* BS is built from an existing struct breakpoint. */
3590 gdb_assert (bs->breakpoint_at != NULL);
3591 b = (struct watchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
3592
3593 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
3594 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
3595 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
3596 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b))
3597 return WP_IGNORE;
3598
3599 if (b->exp_valid_block == NULL)
3600 within_current_scope = 1;
3601 else
3602 {
3603 struct frame_info *frame = get_current_frame ();
3604 struct gdbarch *frame_arch = get_frame_arch (frame);
3605 CORE_ADDR frame_pc = get_frame_pc (frame);
3606
3607 /* in_function_epilogue_p() returns a non-zero value if we're
3608 still in the function but the stack frame has already been
3609 invalidated. Since we can't rely on the values of local
3610 variables after the stack has been destroyed, we are treating
3611 the watchpoint in that state as `not changed' without further
3612 checking. Don't mark watchpoints as changed if the current
3613 frame is in an epilogue - even if they are in some other
3614 frame, our view of the stack is likely to be wrong and
3615 frame_find_by_id could error out. */
3616 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch, frame_pc))
3617 return WP_IGNORE;
3618
3619 fr = frame_find_by_id (b->watchpoint_frame);
3620 within_current_scope = (fr != NULL);
3621
3622 /* If we've gotten confused in the unwinder, we might have
3623 returned a frame that can't describe this variable. */
3624 if (within_current_scope)
3625 {
3626 struct symbol *function;
3627
3628 function = get_frame_function (fr);
3629 if (function == NULL
3630 || !contained_in (b->exp_valid_block,
3631 SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (function)))
3632 within_current_scope = 0;
3633 }
3634
3635 if (within_current_scope)
3636 /* If we end up stopping, the current frame will get selected
3637 in normal_stop. So this call to select_frame won't affect
3638 the user. */
3639 select_frame (fr);
3640 }
3641
3642 if (within_current_scope)
3643 {
3644 /* We use value_{,free_to_}mark because it could be a *long*
3645 time before we return to the command level and call
3646 free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values because we
3647 might be in the middle of evaluating a function call. */
3648
3649 int pc = 0;
3650 struct value *mark;
3651 struct value *new_val;
3652
3653 if (is_masked_watchpoint (&b->base))
3654 /* Since we don't know the exact trigger address (from
3655 stopped_data_address), just tell the user we've triggered
3656 a mask watchpoint. */
3657 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED;
3658
3659 mark = value_mark ();
3660 fetch_subexp_value (b->exp, &pc, &new_val, NULL, NULL);
3661
3662 /* We use value_equal_contents instead of value_equal because
3663 the latter coerces an array to a pointer, thus comparing just
3664 the address of the array instead of its contents. This is
3665 not what we want. */
3666 if ((b->val != NULL) != (new_val != NULL)
3667 || (b->val != NULL && !value_equal_contents (b->val, new_val)))
3668 {
3669 if (new_val != NULL)
3670 {
3671 release_value (new_val);
3672 value_free_to_mark (mark);
3673 }
3674 bs->old_val = b->val;
3675 b->val = new_val;
3676 b->val_valid = 1;
3677 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED;
3678 }
3679 else
3680 {
3681 /* Nothing changed. */
3682 value_free_to_mark (mark);
3683 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED;
3684 }
3685 }
3686 else
3687 {
3688 /* This seems like the only logical thing to do because
3689 if we temporarily ignored the watchpoint, then when
3690 we reenter the block in which it is valid it contains
3691 garbage (in the case of a function, it may have two
3692 garbage values, one before and one after the prologue).
3693 So we can't even detect the first assignment to it and
3694 watch after that (since the garbage may or may not equal
3695 the first value assigned). */
3696 /* We print all the stop information in
3697 breakpoint_ops->print_it, but in this case, by the time we
3698 call breakpoint_ops->print_it this bp will be deleted
3699 already. So we have no choice but print the information
3700 here. */
3701 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
3702 ui_out_field_string
3703 (uiout, "reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_SCOPE));
3704 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nWatchpoint ");
3705 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "wpnum", b->base.number);
3706 ui_out_text (uiout,
3707 " deleted because the program has left the block in\n\
3708 which its expression is valid.\n");
3709
3710 /* Make sure the watchpoint's commands aren't executed. */
3711 decref_counted_command_line (&b->base.commands);
3712 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
3713
3714 return WP_DELETED;
3715 }
3716 }
3717
3718 /* Return true if it looks like target has stopped due to hitting
3719 breakpoint location BL. This function does not check if we should
3720 stop, only if BL explains the stop. */
3721
3722 static int
3723 bpstat_check_location (const struct bp_location *bl,
3724 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr)
3725 {
3726 struct breakpoint *b = bl->owner;
3727
3728 /* BL is from an existing breakpoint. */
3729 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
3730
3731 return b->ops->breakpoint_hit (bl, aspace, bp_addr);
3732 }
3733
3734 /* Determine if the watched values have actually changed, and we
3735 should stop. If not, set BS->stop to 0. */
3736
3737 static void
3738 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
3739 {
3740 const struct bp_location *bl;
3741 struct watchpoint *b;
3742
3743 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
3744 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
3745 gdb_assert (bl != NULL);
3746 b = (struct watchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
3747 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
3748
3749 {
3750 int must_check_value = 0;
3751
3752 if (b->base.type == bp_watchpoint)
3753 /* For a software watchpoint, we must always check the
3754 watched value. */
3755 must_check_value = 1;
3756 else if (b->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_yes)
3757 /* We have a hardware watchpoint (read, write, or access)
3758 and the target earlier reported an address watched by
3759 this watchpoint. */
3760 must_check_value = 1;
3761 else if (b->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_unknown
3762 && b->base.type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
3763 /* We were stopped by a hardware watchpoint, but the target could
3764 not report the data address. We must check the watchpoint's
3765 value. Access and read watchpoints are out of luck; without
3766 a data address, we can't figure it out. */
3767 must_check_value = 1;
3768
3769 if (must_check_value)
3770 {
3771 char *message
3772 = xstrprintf ("Error evaluating expression for watchpoint %d\n",
3773 b->base.number);
3774 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, message);
3775 int e = catch_errors (watchpoint_check, bs, message,
3776 RETURN_MASK_ALL);
3777 do_cleanups (cleanups);
3778 switch (e)
3779 {
3780 case WP_DELETED:
3781 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
3782 bs->print_it = print_it_done;
3783 /* Stop. */
3784 break;
3785 case WP_IGNORE:
3786 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
3787 bs->stop = 0;
3788 break;
3789 case WP_VALUE_CHANGED:
3790 if (b->base.type == bp_read_watchpoint)
3791 {
3792 /* There are two cases to consider here:
3793
3794 1. We're watching the triggered memory for reads.
3795 In that case, trust the target, and always report
3796 the watchpoint hit to the user. Even though
3797 reads don't cause value changes, the value may
3798 have changed since the last time it was read, and
3799 since we're not trapping writes, we will not see
3800 those, and as such we should ignore our notion of
3801 old value.
3802
3803 2. We're watching the triggered memory for both
3804 reads and writes. There are two ways this may
3805 happen:
3806
3807 2.1. This is a target that can't break on data
3808 reads only, but can break on accesses (reads or
3809 writes), such as e.g., x86. We detect this case
3810 at the time we try to insert read watchpoints.
3811
3812 2.2. Otherwise, the target supports read
3813 watchpoints, but, the user set an access or write
3814 watchpoint watching the same memory as this read
3815 watchpoint.
3816
3817 If we're watching memory writes as well as reads,
3818 ignore watchpoint hits when we find that the
3819 value hasn't changed, as reads don't cause
3820 changes. This still gives false positives when
3821 the program writes the same value to memory as
3822 what there was already in memory (we will confuse
3823 it for a read), but it's much better than
3824 nothing. */
3825
3826 int other_write_watchpoint = 0;
3827
3828 if (bl->watchpoint_type == hw_read)
3829 {
3830 struct breakpoint *other_b;
3831
3832 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other_b)
3833 if (other_b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
3834 || other_b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
3835 {
3836 struct watchpoint *other_w =
3837 (struct watchpoint *) other_b;
3838
3839 if (other_w->watchpoint_triggered
3840 == watch_triggered_yes)
3841 {
3842 other_write_watchpoint = 1;
3843 break;
3844 }
3845 }
3846 }
3847
3848 if (other_write_watchpoint
3849 || bl->watchpoint_type == hw_access)
3850 {
3851 /* We're watching the same memory for writes,
3852 and the value changed since the last time we
3853 updated it, so this trap must be for a write.
3854 Ignore it. */
3855 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
3856 bs->stop = 0;
3857 }
3858 }
3859 break;
3860 case WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED:
3861 if (b->base.type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
3862 || b->base.type == bp_watchpoint)
3863 {
3864 /* Don't stop: write watchpoints shouldn't fire if
3865 the value hasn't changed. */
3866 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
3867 bs->stop = 0;
3868 }
3869 /* Stop. */
3870 break;
3871 default:
3872 /* Can't happen. */
3873 case 0:
3874 /* Error from catch_errors. */
3875 printf_filtered (_("Watchpoint %d deleted.\n"), b->base.number);
3876 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
3877 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
3878 bs->print_it = print_it_done;
3879 break;
3880 }
3881 }
3882 else /* must_check_value == 0 */
3883 {
3884 /* This is a case where some watchpoint(s) triggered, but
3885 not at the address of this watchpoint, or else no
3886 watchpoint triggered after all. So don't print
3887 anything for this watchpoint. */
3888 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
3889 bs->stop = 0;
3890 }
3891 }
3892 }
3893
3894
3895 /* Check conditions (condition proper, frame, thread and ignore count)
3896 of breakpoint referred to by BS. If we should not stop for this
3897 breakpoint, set BS->stop to 0. */
3898
3899 static void
3900 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bpstat bs, ptid_t ptid)
3901 {
3902 int thread_id = pid_to_thread_id (ptid);
3903 const struct bp_location *bl;
3904 struct breakpoint *b;
3905
3906 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
3907 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
3908 gdb_assert (bl != NULL);
3909 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
3910 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
3911
3912 if (frame_id_p (b->frame_id)
3913 && !frame_id_eq (b->frame_id, get_stack_frame_id (get_current_frame ())))
3914 bs->stop = 0;
3915 else if (bs->stop)
3916 {
3917 int value_is_zero = 0;
3918 struct expression *cond;
3919
3920 /* Evaluate Python breakpoints that have a "stop"
3921 method implemented. */
3922 if (b->py_bp_object)
3923 bs->stop = gdbpy_should_stop (b->py_bp_object);
3924
3925 if (is_watchpoint (b))
3926 {
3927 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
3928
3929 cond = w->cond_exp;
3930 }
3931 else
3932 cond = bl->cond;
3933
3934 if (cond && b->disposition != disp_del_at_next_stop)
3935 {
3936 int within_current_scope = 1;
3937 struct watchpoint * w;
3938
3939 /* We use value_mark and value_free_to_mark because it could
3940 be a long time before we return to the command level and
3941 call free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values
3942 because we might be in the middle of evaluating a
3943 function call. */
3944 struct value *mark = value_mark ();
3945
3946 if (is_watchpoint (b))
3947 w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
3948 else
3949 w = NULL;
3950
3951 /* Need to select the frame, with all that implies so that
3952 the conditions will have the right context. Because we
3953 use the frame, we will not see an inlined function's
3954 variables when we arrive at a breakpoint at the start
3955 of the inlined function; the current frame will be the
3956 call site. */
3957 if (w == NULL || w->cond_exp_valid_block == NULL)
3958 select_frame (get_current_frame ());
3959 else
3960 {
3961 struct frame_info *frame;
3962
3963 /* For local watchpoint expressions, which particular
3964 instance of a local is being watched matters, so we
3965 keep track of the frame to evaluate the expression
3966 in. To evaluate the condition however, it doesn't
3967 really matter which instantiation of the function
3968 where the condition makes sense triggers the
3969 watchpoint. This allows an expression like "watch
3970 global if q > 10" set in `func', catch writes to
3971 global on all threads that call `func', or catch
3972 writes on all recursive calls of `func' by a single
3973 thread. We simply always evaluate the condition in
3974 the innermost frame that's executing where it makes
3975 sense to evaluate the condition. It seems
3976 intuitive. */
3977 frame = block_innermost_frame (w->cond_exp_valid_block);
3978 if (frame != NULL)
3979 select_frame (frame);
3980 else
3981 within_current_scope = 0;
3982 }
3983 if (within_current_scope)
3984 value_is_zero
3985 = catch_errors (breakpoint_cond_eval, cond,
3986 "Error in testing breakpoint condition:\n",
3987 RETURN_MASK_ALL);
3988 else
3989 {
3990 warning (_("Watchpoint condition cannot be tested "
3991 "in the current scope"));
3992 /* If we failed to set the right context for this
3993 watchpoint, unconditionally report it. */
3994 value_is_zero = 0;
3995 }
3996 /* FIXME-someday, should give breakpoint #. */
3997 value_free_to_mark (mark);
3998 }
3999
4000 if (cond && value_is_zero)
4001 {
4002 bs->stop = 0;
4003 }
4004 else if (b->thread != -1 && b->thread != thread_id)
4005 {
4006 bs->stop = 0;
4007 }
4008 else if (b->ignore_count > 0)
4009 {
4010 b->ignore_count--;
4011 annotate_ignore_count_change ();
4012 bs->stop = 0;
4013 /* Increase the hit count even though we don't stop. */
4014 ++(b->hit_count);
4015 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
4016 }
4017 }
4018 }
4019
4020
4021 /* Get a bpstat associated with having just stopped at address
4022 BP_ADDR in thread PTID.
4023
4024 Determine whether we stopped at a breakpoint, etc, or whether we
4025 don't understand this stop. Result is a chain of bpstat's such
4026 that:
4027
4028 if we don't understand the stop, the result is a null pointer.
4029
4030 if we understand why we stopped, the result is not null.
4031
4032 Each element of the chain refers to a particular breakpoint or
4033 watchpoint at which we have stopped. (We may have stopped for
4034 several reasons concurrently.)
4035
4036 Each element of the chain has valid next, breakpoint_at,
4037 commands, FIXME??? fields. */
4038
4039 bpstat
4040 bpstat_stop_status (struct address_space *aspace,
4041 CORE_ADDR bp_addr, ptid_t ptid)
4042 {
4043 struct breakpoint *b = NULL;
4044 struct bp_location *bl;
4045 struct bp_location *loc;
4046 /* First item of allocated bpstat's. */
4047 bpstat bs_head = NULL, *bs_link = &bs_head;
4048 /* Pointer to the last thing in the chain currently. */
4049 bpstat bs;
4050 int ix;
4051 int need_remove_insert;
4052 int removed_any;
4053
4054 /* First, build the bpstat chain with locations that explain a
4055 target stop, while being careful to not set the target running,
4056 as that may invalidate locations (in particular watchpoint
4057 locations are recreated). Resuming will happen here with
4058 breakpoint conditions or watchpoint expressions that include
4059 inferior function calls. */
4060
4061 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4062 {
4063 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b) && b->enable_state != bp_permanent)
4064 continue;
4065
4066 for (bl = b->loc; bl != NULL; bl = bl->next)
4067 {
4068 /* For hardware watchpoints, we look only at the first
4069 location. The watchpoint_check function will work on the
4070 entire expression, not the individual locations. For
4071 read watchpoints, the watchpoints_triggered function has
4072 checked all locations already. */
4073 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint && bl != b->loc)
4074 break;
4075
4076 if (bl->shlib_disabled)
4077 continue;
4078
4079 if (!bpstat_check_location (bl, aspace, bp_addr))
4080 continue;
4081
4082 /* Come here if it's a watchpoint, or if the break address
4083 matches. */
4084
4085 bs = bpstat_alloc (bl, &bs_link); /* Alloc a bpstat to
4086 explain stop. */
4087
4088 /* Assume we stop. Should we find a watchpoint that is not
4089 actually triggered, or if the condition of the breakpoint
4090 evaluates as false, we'll reset 'stop' to 0. */
4091 bs->stop = 1;
4092 bs->print = 1;
4093
4094 /* If this is a scope breakpoint, mark the associated
4095 watchpoint as triggered so that we will handle the
4096 out-of-scope event. We'll get to the watchpoint next
4097 iteration. */
4098 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint_scope && b->related_breakpoint != b)
4099 {
4100 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b->related_breakpoint;
4101
4102 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
4103 }
4104 }
4105 }
4106
4107 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
4108 {
4109 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc, aspace, bp_addr))
4110 {
4111 bs = bpstat_alloc (loc, &bs_link);
4112 /* For hits of moribund locations, we should just proceed. */
4113 bs->stop = 0;
4114 bs->print = 0;
4115 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
4116 }
4117 }
4118
4119 /* Now go through the locations that caused the target to stop, and
4120 check whether we're interested in reporting this stop to higher
4121 layers, or whether we should resume the target transparently. */
4122
4123 removed_any = 0;
4124
4125 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4126 {
4127 if (!bs->stop)
4128 continue;
4129
4130 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
4131 b->ops->check_status (bs);
4132 if (bs->stop)
4133 {
4134 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bs, ptid);
4135
4136 if (bs->stop)
4137 {
4138 ++(b->hit_count);
4139 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
4140
4141 /* We will stop here. */
4142 if (b->disposition == disp_disable)
4143 {
4144 if (b->enable_state != bp_permanent)
4145 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
4146 removed_any = 1;
4147 }
4148 if (b->silent)
4149 bs->print = 0;
4150 bs->commands = b->commands;
4151 incref_counted_command_line (bs->commands);
4152 bs->commands_left = bs->commands ? bs->commands->commands : NULL;
4153 if (bs->commands_left
4154 && (strcmp ("silent", bs->commands_left->line) == 0
4155 || (xdb_commands
4156 && strcmp ("Q",
4157 bs->commands_left->line) == 0)))
4158 {
4159 bs->commands_left = bs->commands_left->next;
4160 bs->print = 0;
4161 }
4162 }
4163
4164 /* Print nothing for this entry if we don't stop or don't print. */
4165 if (bs->stop == 0 || bs->print == 0)
4166 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
4167 }
4168 }
4169
4170 /* If we aren't stopping, the value of some hardware watchpoint may
4171 not have changed, but the intermediate memory locations we are
4172 watching may have. Don't bother if we're stopping; this will get
4173 done later. */
4174 need_remove_insert = 0;
4175 if (! bpstat_causes_stop (bs_head))
4176 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4177 if (!bs->stop
4178 && bs->breakpoint_at
4179 && is_hardware_watchpoint (bs->breakpoint_at))
4180 {
4181 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
4182
4183 update_watchpoint (w, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
4184 need_remove_insert = 1;
4185 }
4186
4187 if (need_remove_insert)
4188 update_global_location_list (1);
4189 else if (removed_any)
4190 update_global_location_list (0);
4191
4192 return bs_head;
4193 }
4194
4195 static void
4196 handle_jit_event (void)
4197 {
4198 struct frame_info *frame;
4199 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
4200
4201 /* Switch terminal for any messages produced by
4202 breakpoint_re_set. */
4203 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
4204
4205 frame = get_current_frame ();
4206 gdbarch = get_frame_arch (frame);
4207
4208 jit_event_handler (gdbarch);
4209
4210 target_terminal_inferior ();
4211 }
4212
4213 /* Prepare WHAT final decision for infrun. */
4214
4215 /* Decide what infrun needs to do with this bpstat. */
4216
4217 struct bpstat_what
4218 bpstat_what (bpstat bs_head)
4219 {
4220 struct bpstat_what retval;
4221 /* We need to defer calling `solib_add', as adding new symbols
4222 resets breakpoints, which in turn deletes breakpoint locations,
4223 and hence may clear unprocessed entries in the BS chain. */
4224 int shlib_event = 0;
4225 int jit_event = 0;
4226 bpstat bs;
4227
4228 retval.main_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
4229 retval.call_dummy = STOP_NONE;
4230 retval.is_longjmp = 0;
4231
4232 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4233 {
4234 /* Extract this BS's action. After processing each BS, we check
4235 if its action overrides all we've seem so far. */
4236 enum bpstat_what_main_action this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
4237 enum bptype bptype;
4238
4239 if (bs->breakpoint_at == NULL)
4240 {
4241 /* I suspect this can happen if it was a momentary
4242 breakpoint which has since been deleted. */
4243 bptype = bp_none;
4244 }
4245 else
4246 bptype = bs->breakpoint_at->type;
4247
4248 switch (bptype)
4249 {
4250 case bp_none:
4251 break;
4252 case bp_breakpoint:
4253 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
4254 case bp_until:
4255 case bp_finish:
4256 if (bs->stop)
4257 {
4258 if (bs->print)
4259 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
4260 else
4261 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
4262 }
4263 else
4264 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
4265 break;
4266 case bp_watchpoint:
4267 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
4268 case bp_read_watchpoint:
4269 case bp_access_watchpoint:
4270 if (bs->stop)
4271 {
4272 if (bs->print)
4273 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
4274 else
4275 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
4276 }
4277 else
4278 {
4279 /* There was a watchpoint, but we're not stopping.
4280 This requires no further action. */
4281 }
4282 break;
4283 case bp_longjmp:
4284 case bp_exception:
4285 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SET_LONGJMP_RESUME;
4286 retval.is_longjmp = bptype == bp_longjmp;
4287 break;
4288 case bp_longjmp_resume:
4289 case bp_exception_resume:
4290 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_CLEAR_LONGJMP_RESUME;
4291 retval.is_longjmp = bptype == bp_longjmp_resume;
4292 break;
4293 case bp_step_resume:
4294 if (bs->stop)
4295 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STEP_RESUME;
4296 else
4297 {
4298 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
4299 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
4300 }
4301 break;
4302 case bp_hp_step_resume:
4303 if (bs->stop)
4304 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_HP_STEP_RESUME;
4305 else
4306 {
4307 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
4308 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
4309 }
4310 break;
4311 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
4312 case bp_thread_event:
4313 case bp_overlay_event:
4314 case bp_longjmp_master:
4315 case bp_std_terminate_master:
4316 case bp_exception_master:
4317 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
4318 break;
4319 case bp_catchpoint:
4320 if (bs->stop)
4321 {
4322 if (bs->print)
4323 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
4324 else
4325 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
4326 }
4327 else
4328 {
4329 /* There was a catchpoint, but we're not stopping.
4330 This requires no further action. */
4331 }
4332 break;
4333 case bp_shlib_event:
4334 shlib_event = 1;
4335
4336 /* If requested, stop when the dynamic linker notifies GDB
4337 of events. This allows the user to get control and place
4338 breakpoints in initializer routines for dynamically
4339 loaded objects (among other things). */
4340 if (stop_on_solib_events)
4341 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
4342 else
4343 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
4344 break;
4345 case bp_jit_event:
4346 jit_event = 1;
4347 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
4348 break;
4349 case bp_call_dummy:
4350 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
4351 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
4352 retval.call_dummy = STOP_STACK_DUMMY;
4353 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
4354 break;
4355 case bp_std_terminate:
4356 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
4357 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
4358 retval.call_dummy = STOP_STD_TERMINATE;
4359 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
4360 break;
4361 case bp_tracepoint:
4362 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
4363 case bp_static_tracepoint:
4364 /* Tracepoint hits should not be reported back to GDB, and
4365 if one got through somehow, it should have been filtered
4366 out already. */
4367 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
4368 _("bpstat_what: tracepoint encountered"));
4369 break;
4370 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
4371 /* Step over it (and insert bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return). */
4372 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
4373 break;
4374 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
4375 /* The breakpoint will be removed, execution will restart from the
4376 PC of the former breakpoint. */
4377 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
4378 break;
4379 default:
4380 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
4381 _("bpstat_what: unhandled bptype %d"), (int) bptype);
4382 }
4383
4384 retval.main_action = max (retval.main_action, this_action);
4385 }
4386
4387 /* These operations may affect the bs->breakpoint_at state so they are
4388 delayed after MAIN_ACTION is decided above. */
4389
4390 if (shlib_event)
4391 {
4392 if (debug_infrun)
4393 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog, "bpstat_what: bp_shlib_event\n");
4394
4395 /* Check for any newly added shared libraries if we're supposed
4396 to be adding them automatically. */
4397
4398 /* Switch terminal for any messages produced by
4399 breakpoint_re_set. */
4400 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
4401
4402 #ifdef SOLIB_ADD
4403 SOLIB_ADD (NULL, 0, &current_target, auto_solib_add);
4404 #else
4405 solib_add (NULL, 0, &current_target, auto_solib_add);
4406 #endif
4407
4408 target_terminal_inferior ();
4409 }
4410
4411 if (jit_event)
4412 {
4413 if (debug_infrun)
4414 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog, "bpstat_what: bp_jit_event\n");
4415
4416 handle_jit_event ();
4417 }
4418
4419 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4420 {
4421 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
4422
4423 if (b == NULL)
4424 continue;
4425 switch (b->type)
4426 {
4427 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
4428 gnu_ifunc_resolver_stop (b);
4429 break;
4430 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
4431 gnu_ifunc_resolver_return_stop (b);
4432 break;
4433 }
4434 }
4435
4436 return retval;
4437 }
4438
4439 /* Nonzero if we should step constantly (e.g. watchpoints on machines
4440 without hardware support). This isn't related to a specific bpstat,
4441 just to things like whether watchpoints are set. */
4442
4443 int
4444 bpstat_should_step (void)
4445 {
4446 struct breakpoint *b;
4447
4448 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4449 if (breakpoint_enabled (b) && b->type == bp_watchpoint && b->loc != NULL)
4450 return 1;
4451 return 0;
4452 }
4453
4454 int
4455 bpstat_causes_stop (bpstat bs)
4456 {
4457 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4458 if (bs->stop)
4459 return 1;
4460
4461 return 0;
4462 }
4463
4464 \f
4465
4466 /* Compute a string of spaces suitable to indent the next line
4467 so it starts at the position corresponding to the table column
4468 named COL_NAME in the currently active table of UIOUT. */
4469
4470 static char *
4471 wrap_indent_at_field (struct ui_out *uiout, const char *col_name)
4472 {
4473 static char wrap_indent[80];
4474 int i, total_width, width, align;
4475 char *text;
4476
4477 total_width = 0;
4478 for (i = 1; ui_out_query_field (uiout, i, &width, &align, &text); i++)
4479 {
4480 if (strcmp (text, col_name) == 0)
4481 {
4482 gdb_assert (total_width < sizeof wrap_indent);
4483 memset (wrap_indent, ' ', total_width);
4484 wrap_indent[total_width] = 0;
4485
4486 return wrap_indent;
4487 }
4488
4489 total_width += width + 1;
4490 }
4491
4492 return NULL;
4493 }
4494
4495 /* Print the LOC location out of the list of B->LOC locations. */
4496
4497 static void
4498 print_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint *b,
4499 struct bp_location *loc)
4500 {
4501 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
4502
4503 if (loc != NULL && loc->shlib_disabled)
4504 loc = NULL;
4505
4506 if (loc != NULL)
4507 set_current_program_space (loc->pspace);
4508
4509 if (b->display_canonical)
4510 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", b->addr_string);
4511 else if (b->source_file && loc)
4512 {
4513 struct symbol *sym
4514 = find_pc_sect_function (loc->address, loc->section);
4515 if (sym)
4516 {
4517 ui_out_text (uiout, "in ");
4518 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "func",
4519 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym));
4520 ui_out_text (uiout, " ");
4521 ui_out_wrap_hint (uiout, wrap_indent_at_field (uiout, "what"));
4522 ui_out_text (uiout, "at ");
4523 }
4524 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "file", b->source_file);
4525 ui_out_text (uiout, ":");
4526
4527 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
4528 {
4529 struct symtab_and_line sal = find_pc_line (loc->address, 0);
4530 char *fullname = symtab_to_fullname (sal.symtab);
4531
4532 if (fullname)
4533 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "fullname", fullname);
4534 }
4535
4536 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "line", b->line_number);
4537 }
4538 else if (loc)
4539 {
4540 struct ui_stream *stb = ui_out_stream_new (uiout);
4541 struct cleanup *stb_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_stream_delete (stb);
4542
4543 print_address_symbolic (loc->gdbarch, loc->address, stb->stream,
4544 demangle, "");
4545 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "at", stb);
4546
4547 do_cleanups (stb_chain);
4548 }
4549 else
4550 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "pending", b->addr_string);
4551
4552 do_cleanups (old_chain);
4553 }
4554
4555 static const char *
4556 bptype_string (enum bptype type)
4557 {
4558 struct ep_type_description
4559 {
4560 enum bptype type;
4561 char *description;
4562 };
4563 static struct ep_type_description bptypes[] =
4564 {
4565 {bp_none, "?deleted?"},
4566 {bp_breakpoint, "breakpoint"},
4567 {bp_hardware_breakpoint, "hw breakpoint"},
4568 {bp_until, "until"},
4569 {bp_finish, "finish"},
4570 {bp_watchpoint, "watchpoint"},
4571 {bp_hardware_watchpoint, "hw watchpoint"},
4572 {bp_read_watchpoint, "read watchpoint"},
4573 {bp_access_watchpoint, "acc watchpoint"},
4574 {bp_longjmp, "longjmp"},
4575 {bp_longjmp_resume, "longjmp resume"},
4576 {bp_exception, "exception"},
4577 {bp_exception_resume, "exception resume"},
4578 {bp_step_resume, "step resume"},
4579 {bp_hp_step_resume, "high-priority step resume"},
4580 {bp_watchpoint_scope, "watchpoint scope"},
4581 {bp_call_dummy, "call dummy"},
4582 {bp_std_terminate, "std::terminate"},
4583 {bp_shlib_event, "shlib events"},
4584 {bp_thread_event, "thread events"},
4585 {bp_overlay_event, "overlay events"},
4586 {bp_longjmp_master, "longjmp master"},
4587 {bp_std_terminate_master, "std::terminate master"},
4588 {bp_exception_master, "exception master"},
4589 {bp_catchpoint, "catchpoint"},
4590 {bp_tracepoint, "tracepoint"},
4591 {bp_fast_tracepoint, "fast tracepoint"},
4592 {bp_static_tracepoint, "static tracepoint"},
4593 {bp_jit_event, "jit events"},
4594 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver"},
4595 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver return"},
4596 };
4597
4598 if (((int) type >= (sizeof (bptypes) / sizeof (bptypes[0])))
4599 || ((int) type != bptypes[(int) type].type))
4600 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
4601 _("bptypes table does not describe type #%d."),
4602 (int) type);
4603
4604 return bptypes[(int) type].description;
4605 }
4606
4607 /* Print B to gdb_stdout. */
4608
4609 static void
4610 print_one_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint *b,
4611 struct bp_location *loc,
4612 int loc_number,
4613 struct bp_location **last_loc,
4614 int allflag)
4615 {
4616 struct command_line *l;
4617 static char bpenables[] = "nynny";
4618
4619 int header_of_multiple = 0;
4620 int part_of_multiple = (loc != NULL);
4621 struct value_print_options opts;
4622
4623 get_user_print_options (&opts);
4624
4625 gdb_assert (!loc || loc_number != 0);
4626 /* See comment in print_one_breakpoint concerning treatment of
4627 breakpoints with single disabled location. */
4628 if (loc == NULL
4629 && (b->loc != NULL
4630 && (b->loc->next != NULL || !b->loc->enabled)))
4631 header_of_multiple = 1;
4632 if (loc == NULL)
4633 loc = b->loc;
4634
4635 annotate_record ();
4636
4637 /* 1 */
4638 annotate_field (0);
4639 if (part_of_multiple)
4640 {
4641 char *formatted;
4642 formatted = xstrprintf ("%d.%d", b->number, loc_number);
4643 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "number", formatted);
4644 xfree (formatted);
4645 }
4646 else
4647 {
4648 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
4649 }
4650
4651 /* 2 */
4652 annotate_field (1);
4653 if (part_of_multiple)
4654 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "type");
4655 else
4656 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "type", bptype_string (b->type));
4657
4658 /* 3 */
4659 annotate_field (2);
4660 if (part_of_multiple)
4661 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "disp");
4662 else
4663 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
4664
4665
4666 /* 4 */
4667 annotate_field (3);
4668 if (part_of_multiple)
4669 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "enabled", loc->enabled ? "y" : "n");
4670 else
4671 ui_out_field_fmt (uiout, "enabled", "%c",
4672 bpenables[(int) b->enable_state]);
4673 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 2);
4674
4675
4676 /* 5 and 6 */
4677 if (b->ops != NULL && b->ops->print_one != NULL)
4678 {
4679 /* Although the print_one can possibly print all locations,
4680 calling it here is not likely to get any nice result. So,
4681 make sure there's just one location. */
4682 gdb_assert (b->loc == NULL || b->loc->next == NULL);
4683 b->ops->print_one (b, last_loc);
4684 }
4685 else
4686 switch (b->type)
4687 {
4688 case bp_none:
4689 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
4690 _("print_one_breakpoint: bp_none encountered\n"));
4691 break;
4692
4693 case bp_watchpoint:
4694 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
4695 case bp_read_watchpoint:
4696 case bp_access_watchpoint:
4697 {
4698 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
4699
4700 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
4701 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
4702 is relatively readable). */
4703 if (opts.addressprint)
4704 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
4705 annotate_field (5);
4706 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", w->exp_string);
4707 }
4708 break;
4709
4710 case bp_breakpoint:
4711 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
4712 case bp_until:
4713 case bp_finish:
4714 case bp_longjmp:
4715 case bp_longjmp_resume:
4716 case bp_exception:
4717 case bp_exception_resume:
4718 case bp_step_resume:
4719 case bp_hp_step_resume:
4720 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
4721 case bp_call_dummy:
4722 case bp_std_terminate:
4723 case bp_shlib_event:
4724 case bp_thread_event:
4725 case bp_overlay_event:
4726 case bp_longjmp_master:
4727 case bp_std_terminate_master:
4728 case bp_exception_master:
4729 case bp_tracepoint:
4730 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
4731 case bp_static_tracepoint:
4732 case bp_jit_event:
4733 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
4734 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
4735 if (opts.addressprint)
4736 {
4737 annotate_field (4);
4738 if (header_of_multiple)
4739 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<MULTIPLE>");
4740 else if (b->loc == NULL || loc->shlib_disabled)
4741 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<PENDING>");
4742 else
4743 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "addr",
4744 loc->gdbarch, loc->address);
4745 }
4746 annotate_field (5);
4747 if (!header_of_multiple)
4748 print_breakpoint_location (b, loc);
4749 if (b->loc)
4750 *last_loc = b->loc;
4751 break;
4752 }
4753
4754
4755 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors unless there
4756 are several. */
4757 if (loc != NULL
4758 && !header_of_multiple
4759 && (allflag
4760 || (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch)
4761 && (number_of_program_spaces () > 1
4762 || number_of_inferiors () > 1)
4763 /* LOC is for existing B, it cannot be in
4764 moribund_locations and thus having NULL OWNER. */
4765 && loc->owner->type != bp_catchpoint)))
4766 {
4767 struct inferior *inf;
4768 int first = 1;
4769
4770 for (inf = inferior_list; inf != NULL; inf = inf->next)
4771 {
4772 if (inf->pspace == loc->pspace)
4773 {
4774 if (first)
4775 {
4776 first = 0;
4777 ui_out_text (uiout, " inf ");
4778 }
4779 else
4780 ui_out_text (uiout, ", ");
4781 ui_out_text (uiout, plongest (inf->num));
4782 }
4783 }
4784 }
4785
4786 if (!part_of_multiple)
4787 {
4788 if (b->thread != -1)
4789 {
4790 /* FIXME: This seems to be redundant and lost here; see the
4791 "stop only in" line a little further down. */
4792 ui_out_text (uiout, " thread ");
4793 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "thread", b->thread);
4794 }
4795 else if (b->task != 0)
4796 {
4797 ui_out_text (uiout, " task ");
4798 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "task", b->task);
4799 }
4800 }
4801
4802 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
4803
4804 if (!part_of_multiple)
4805 b->ops->print_one_detail (b, uiout);
4806
4807 if (part_of_multiple && frame_id_p (b->frame_id))
4808 {
4809 annotate_field (6);
4810 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only in stack frame at ");
4811 /* FIXME: cagney/2002-12-01: Shouldn't be poking around inside
4812 the frame ID. */
4813 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "frame",
4814 b->gdbarch, b->frame_id.stack_addr);
4815 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
4816 }
4817
4818 if (!part_of_multiple && b->cond_string)
4819 {
4820 annotate_field (7);
4821 if (is_tracepoint (b))
4822 ui_out_text (uiout, "\ttrace only if ");
4823 else
4824 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only if ");
4825 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "cond", b->cond_string);
4826 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
4827 }
4828
4829 if (!part_of_multiple && b->thread != -1)
4830 {
4831 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
4832 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only in thread ");
4833 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "thread", b->thread);
4834 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
4835 }
4836
4837 if (!part_of_multiple && b->hit_count)
4838 {
4839 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
4840 if (ep_is_catchpoint (b))
4841 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tcatchpoint");
4842 else
4843 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tbreakpoint");
4844 ui_out_text (uiout, " already hit ");
4845 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "times", b->hit_count);
4846 if (b->hit_count == 1)
4847 ui_out_text (uiout, " time\n");
4848 else
4849 ui_out_text (uiout, " times\n");
4850 }
4851
4852 /* Output the count also if it is zero, but only if this is mi.
4853 FIXME: Should have a better test for this. */
4854 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
4855 if (!part_of_multiple && b->hit_count == 0)
4856 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "times", b->hit_count);
4857
4858 if (!part_of_multiple && b->ignore_count)
4859 {
4860 annotate_field (8);
4861 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tignore next ");
4862 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "ignore", b->ignore_count);
4863 ui_out_text (uiout, " hits\n");
4864 }
4865
4866 l = b->commands ? b->commands->commands : NULL;
4867 if (!part_of_multiple && l)
4868 {
4869 struct cleanup *script_chain;
4870
4871 annotate_field (9);
4872 script_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "script");
4873 print_command_lines (uiout, l, 4);
4874 do_cleanups (script_chain);
4875 }
4876
4877 if (is_tracepoint (b))
4878 {
4879 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
4880
4881 if (!part_of_multiple && t->pass_count)
4882 {
4883 annotate_field (10);
4884 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tpass count ");
4885 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "pass", t->pass_count);
4886 ui_out_text (uiout, " \n");
4887 }
4888 }
4889
4890 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout) && !part_of_multiple)
4891 {
4892 if (is_watchpoint (b))
4893 {
4894 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
4895
4896 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "original-location", w->exp_string);
4897 }
4898 else if (b->addr_string)
4899 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "original-location", b->addr_string);
4900 }
4901 }
4902
4903 static void
4904 print_one_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
4905 struct bp_location **last_loc,
4906 int allflag)
4907 {
4908 struct cleanup *bkpt_chain;
4909
4910 bkpt_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "bkpt");
4911
4912 print_one_breakpoint_location (b, NULL, 0, last_loc, allflag);
4913 do_cleanups (bkpt_chain);
4914
4915 /* If this breakpoint has custom print function,
4916 it's already printed. Otherwise, print individual
4917 locations, if any. */
4918 if (b->ops == NULL || b->ops->print_one == NULL)
4919 {
4920 /* If breakpoint has a single location that is disabled, we
4921 print it as if it had several locations, since otherwise it's
4922 hard to represent "breakpoint enabled, location disabled"
4923 situation.
4924
4925 Note that while hardware watchpoints have several locations
4926 internally, that's not a property exposed to user. */
4927 if (b->loc
4928 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (b)
4929 && (b->loc->next || !b->loc->enabled))
4930 {
4931 struct bp_location *loc;
4932 int n = 1;
4933
4934 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next, ++n)
4935 {
4936 struct cleanup *inner2 =
4937 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, NULL);
4938 print_one_breakpoint_location (b, loc, n, last_loc, allflag);
4939 do_cleanups (inner2);
4940 }
4941 }
4942 }
4943 }
4944
4945 static int
4946 breakpoint_address_bits (struct breakpoint *b)
4947 {
4948 int print_address_bits = 0;
4949 struct bp_location *loc;
4950
4951 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
4952 {
4953 int addr_bit;
4954
4955 /* Software watchpoints that aren't watching memory don't have
4956 an address to print. */
4957 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint && loc->watchpoint_type == -1)
4958 continue;
4959
4960 addr_bit = gdbarch_addr_bit (loc->gdbarch);
4961 if (addr_bit > print_address_bits)
4962 print_address_bits = addr_bit;
4963 }
4964
4965 return print_address_bits;
4966 }
4967
4968 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
4969 {
4970 int bnum;
4971 };
4972
4973 static int
4974 do_captured_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out *uiout, void *data)
4975 {
4976 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args *args = data;
4977 struct breakpoint *b;
4978 struct bp_location *dummy_loc = NULL;
4979
4980 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4981 {
4982 if (args->bnum == b->number)
4983 {
4984 print_one_breakpoint (b, &dummy_loc, 0);
4985 return GDB_RC_OK;
4986 }
4987 }
4988 return GDB_RC_NONE;
4989 }
4990
4991 enum gdb_rc
4992 gdb_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out *uiout, int bnum,
4993 char **error_message)
4994 {
4995 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args args;
4996
4997 args.bnum = bnum;
4998 /* For the moment we don't trust print_one_breakpoint() to not throw
4999 an error. */
5000 if (catch_exceptions_with_msg (uiout, do_captured_breakpoint_query, &args,
5001 error_message, RETURN_MASK_ALL) < 0)
5002 return GDB_RC_FAIL;
5003 else
5004 return GDB_RC_OK;
5005 }
5006
5007 /* Return true if this breakpoint was set by the user, false if it is
5008 internal or momentary. */
5009
5010 int
5011 user_breakpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b)
5012 {
5013 return b->number > 0;
5014 }
5015
5016 /* Print information on user settable breakpoint (watchpoint, etc)
5017 number BNUM. If BNUM is -1 print all user-settable breakpoints.
5018 If ALLFLAG is non-zero, include non-user-settable breakpoints. If
5019 FILTER is non-NULL, call it on each breakpoint and only include the
5020 ones for which it returns non-zero. Return the total number of
5021 breakpoints listed. */
5022
5023 static int
5024 breakpoint_1 (char *args, int allflag,
5025 int (*filter) (const struct breakpoint *))
5026 {
5027 struct breakpoint *b;
5028 struct bp_location *last_loc = NULL;
5029 int nr_printable_breakpoints;
5030 struct cleanup *bkpttbl_chain;
5031 struct value_print_options opts;
5032 int print_address_bits = 0;
5033 int print_type_col_width = 14;
5034
5035 get_user_print_options (&opts);
5036
5037 /* Compute the number of rows in the table, as well as the size
5038 required for address fields. */
5039 nr_printable_breakpoints = 0;
5040 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
5041 {
5042 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
5043 if (filter && !filter (b))
5044 continue;
5045
5046 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
5047 accept. Skip the others. */
5048 if (args != NULL && *args != '\0')
5049 {
5050 if (allflag && parse_and_eval_long (args) != b->number)
5051 continue;
5052 if (!allflag && !number_is_in_list (args, b->number))
5053 continue;
5054 }
5055
5056 if (allflag || user_breakpoint_p (b))
5057 {
5058 int addr_bit, type_len;
5059
5060 addr_bit = breakpoint_address_bits (b);
5061 if (addr_bit > print_address_bits)
5062 print_address_bits = addr_bit;
5063
5064 type_len = strlen (bptype_string (b->type));
5065 if (type_len > print_type_col_width)
5066 print_type_col_width = type_len;
5067
5068 nr_printable_breakpoints++;
5069 }
5070 }
5071
5072 if (opts.addressprint)
5073 bkpttbl_chain
5074 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout, 6,
5075 nr_printable_breakpoints,
5076 "BreakpointTable");
5077 else
5078 bkpttbl_chain
5079 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout, 5,
5080 nr_printable_breakpoints,
5081 "BreakpointTable");
5082
5083 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
5084 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
5085 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
5086 annotate_field (0);
5087 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 7, ui_left, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */
5088 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
5089 annotate_field (1);
5090 ui_out_table_header (uiout, print_type_col_width, ui_left,
5091 "type", "Type"); /* 2 */
5092 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
5093 annotate_field (2);
5094 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 4, ui_left, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */
5095 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
5096 annotate_field (3);
5097 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 3, ui_left, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */
5098 if (opts.addressprint)
5099 {
5100 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
5101 annotate_field (4);
5102 if (print_address_bits <= 32)
5103 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 10, ui_left,
5104 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
5105 else
5106 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 18, ui_left,
5107 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
5108 }
5109 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
5110 annotate_field (5);
5111 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 40, ui_noalign, "what", "What"); /* 6 */
5112 ui_out_table_body (uiout);
5113 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
5114 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
5115
5116 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
5117 {
5118 QUIT;
5119 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
5120 if (filter && !filter (b))
5121 continue;
5122
5123 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
5124 accept. Skip the others. */
5125
5126 if (args != NULL && *args != '\0')
5127 {
5128 if (allflag) /* maintenance info breakpoint */
5129 {
5130 if (parse_and_eval_long (args) != b->number)
5131 continue;
5132 }
5133 else /* all others */
5134 {
5135 if (!number_is_in_list (args, b->number))
5136 continue;
5137 }
5138 }
5139 /* We only print out user settable breakpoints unless the
5140 allflag is set. */
5141 if (allflag || user_breakpoint_p (b))
5142 print_one_breakpoint (b, &last_loc, allflag);
5143 }
5144
5145 do_cleanups (bkpttbl_chain);
5146
5147 if (nr_printable_breakpoints == 0)
5148 {
5149 /* If there's a filter, let the caller decide how to report
5150 empty list. */
5151 if (!filter)
5152 {
5153 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
5154 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No breakpoints or watchpoints.\n");
5155 else
5156 ui_out_message (uiout, 0,
5157 "No breakpoint or watchpoint matching '%s'.\n",
5158 args);
5159 }
5160 }
5161 else
5162 {
5163 if (last_loc && !server_command)
5164 set_next_address (last_loc->gdbarch, last_loc->address);
5165 }
5166
5167 /* FIXME? Should this be moved up so that it is only called when
5168 there have been breakpoints? */
5169 annotate_breakpoints_table_end ();
5170
5171 return nr_printable_breakpoints;
5172 }
5173
5174 /* Display the value of default-collect in a way that is generally
5175 compatible with the breakpoint list. */
5176
5177 static void
5178 default_collect_info (void)
5179 {
5180 /* If it has no value (which is frequently the case), say nothing; a
5181 message like "No default-collect." gets in user's face when it's
5182 not wanted. */
5183 if (!*default_collect)
5184 return;
5185
5186 /* The following phrase lines up nicely with per-tracepoint collect
5187 actions. */
5188 ui_out_text (uiout, "default collect ");
5189 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "default-collect", default_collect);
5190 ui_out_text (uiout, " \n");
5191 }
5192
5193 static void
5194 breakpoints_info (char *args, int from_tty)
5195 {
5196 breakpoint_1 (args, 0, NULL);
5197
5198 default_collect_info ();
5199 }
5200
5201 static void
5202 watchpoints_info (char *args, int from_tty)
5203 {
5204 int num_printed = breakpoint_1 (args, 0, is_watchpoint);
5205
5206 if (num_printed == 0)
5207 {
5208 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
5209 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No watchpoints.\n");
5210 else
5211 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No watchpoint matching '%s'.\n", args);
5212 }
5213 }
5214
5215 static void
5216 maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *args, int from_tty)
5217 {
5218 breakpoint_1 (args, 1, NULL);
5219
5220 default_collect_info ();
5221 }
5222
5223 static int
5224 breakpoint_has_pc (struct breakpoint *b,
5225 struct program_space *pspace,
5226 CORE_ADDR pc, struct obj_section *section)
5227 {
5228 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
5229
5230 for (; bl; bl = bl->next)
5231 {
5232 if (bl->pspace == pspace
5233 && bl->address == pc
5234 && (!overlay_debugging || bl->section == section))
5235 return 1;
5236 }
5237 return 0;
5238 }
5239
5240 /* Print a message describing any breakpoints set at PC. This
5241 concerns with logical breakpoints, so we match program spaces, not
5242 address spaces. */
5243
5244 static void
5245 describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
5246 struct program_space *pspace, CORE_ADDR pc,
5247 struct obj_section *section, int thread)
5248 {
5249 int others = 0;
5250 struct breakpoint *b;
5251
5252 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
5253 others += breakpoint_has_pc (b, pspace, pc, section);
5254 if (others > 0)
5255 {
5256 if (others == 1)
5257 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoint "));
5258 else /* if (others == ???) */
5259 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoints "));
5260 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
5261 if (breakpoint_has_pc (b, pspace, pc, section))
5262 {
5263 others--;
5264 printf_filtered ("%d", b->number);
5265 if (b->thread == -1 && thread != -1)
5266 printf_filtered (" (all threads)");
5267 else if (b->thread != -1)
5268 printf_filtered (" (thread %d)", b->thread);
5269 printf_filtered ("%s%s ",
5270 ((b->enable_state == bp_disabled
5271 || b->enable_state == bp_call_disabled
5272 || b->enable_state == bp_startup_disabled)
5273 ? " (disabled)"
5274 : b->enable_state == bp_permanent
5275 ? " (permanent)"
5276 : ""),
5277 (others > 1) ? ","
5278 : ((others == 1) ? " and" : ""));
5279 }
5280 printf_filtered (_("also set at pc "));
5281 fputs_filtered (paddress (gdbarch, pc), gdb_stdout);
5282 printf_filtered (".\n");
5283 }
5284 }
5285 \f
5286 /* Set the default place to put a breakpoint
5287 for the `break' command with no arguments. */
5288
5289 void
5290 set_default_breakpoint (int valid, struct program_space *pspace,
5291 CORE_ADDR addr, struct symtab *symtab,
5292 int line)
5293 {
5294 default_breakpoint_valid = valid;
5295 default_breakpoint_pspace = pspace;
5296 default_breakpoint_address = addr;
5297 default_breakpoint_symtab = symtab;
5298 default_breakpoint_line = line;
5299 }
5300
5301 /* Return true iff it is meaningful to use the address member of
5302 BPT. For some breakpoint types, the address member is irrelevant
5303 and it makes no sense to attempt to compare it to other addresses
5304 (or use it for any other purpose either).
5305
5306 More specifically, each of the following breakpoint types will
5307 always have a zero valued address and we don't want to mark
5308 breakpoints of any of these types to be a duplicate of an actual
5309 breakpoint at address zero:
5310
5311 bp_watchpoint
5312 bp_catchpoint
5313
5314 */
5315
5316 static int
5317 breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (struct breakpoint *bpt)
5318 {
5319 enum bptype type = bpt->type;
5320
5321 return (type != bp_watchpoint && type != bp_catchpoint);
5322 }
5323
5324 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's owners are hardware watchpoints, returns
5325 true if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same watchpoint location. */
5326
5327 static int
5328 watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
5329 struct bp_location *loc2)
5330 {
5331 struct watchpoint *w1 = (struct watchpoint *) loc1->owner;
5332 struct watchpoint *w2 = (struct watchpoint *) loc2->owner;
5333
5334 /* Both of them must exist. */
5335 gdb_assert (w1 != NULL);
5336 gdb_assert (w2 != NULL);
5337
5338 /* If the target can evaluate the condition expression in hardware,
5339 then we we need to insert both watchpoints even if they are at
5340 the same place. Otherwise the watchpoint will only trigger when
5341 the condition of whichever watchpoint was inserted evaluates to
5342 true, not giving a chance for GDB to check the condition of the
5343 other watchpoint. */
5344 if ((w1->cond_exp
5345 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc1->address,
5346 loc1->length,
5347 loc1->watchpoint_type,
5348 w1->cond_exp))
5349 || (w2->cond_exp
5350 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc2->address,
5351 loc2->length,
5352 loc2->watchpoint_type,
5353 w2->cond_exp)))
5354 return 0;
5355
5356 /* Note that this checks the owner's type, not the location's. In
5357 case the target does not support read watchpoints, but does
5358 support access watchpoints, we'll have bp_read_watchpoint
5359 watchpoints with hw_access locations. Those should be considered
5360 duplicates of hw_read locations. The hw_read locations will
5361 become hw_access locations later. */
5362 return (loc1->owner->type == loc2->owner->type
5363 && loc1->pspace->aspace == loc2->pspace->aspace
5364 && loc1->address == loc2->address
5365 && loc1->length == loc2->length);
5366 }
5367
5368 /* Returns true if {ASPACE1,ADDR1} and {ASPACE2,ADDR2} represent the
5369 same breakpoint location. In most targets, this can only be true
5370 if ASPACE1 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global
5371 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
5372
5373 static int
5374 breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space *aspace1, CORE_ADDR addr1,
5375 struct address_space *aspace2, CORE_ADDR addr2)
5376 {
5377 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch)
5378 || aspace1 == aspace2)
5379 && addr1 == addr2);
5380 }
5381
5382 /* Returns true if {ASPACE2,ADDR2} falls within the range determined by
5383 {ASPACE1,ADDR1,LEN1}. In most targets, this can only be true if ASPACE1
5384 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global breakpoints, the address
5385 space doesn't really matter. */
5386
5387 static int
5388 breakpoint_address_match_range (struct address_space *aspace1, CORE_ADDR addr1,
5389 int len1, struct address_space *aspace2,
5390 CORE_ADDR addr2)
5391 {
5392 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch)
5393 || aspace1 == aspace2)
5394 && addr2 >= addr1 && addr2 < addr1 + len1);
5395 }
5396
5397 /* Returns true if {ASPACE,ADDR} matches the breakpoint BL. BL may be
5398 a ranged breakpoint. In most targets, a match happens only if ASPACE
5399 matches the breakpoint's address space. On targets that have global
5400 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
5401
5402 static int
5403 breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location *bl,
5404 struct address_space *aspace,
5405 CORE_ADDR addr)
5406 {
5407 return (breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
5408 aspace, addr)
5409 || (bl->length
5410 && breakpoint_address_match_range (bl->pspace->aspace,
5411 bl->address, bl->length,
5412 aspace, addr)));
5413 }
5414
5415 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's types' have meaningful target addresses
5416 (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful), returns true if LOC1 and LOC2
5417 represent the same location. */
5418
5419 static int
5420 breakpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
5421 struct bp_location *loc2)
5422 {
5423 int hw_point1, hw_point2;
5424
5425 /* Both of them must not be in moribund_locations. */
5426 gdb_assert (loc1->owner != NULL);
5427 gdb_assert (loc2->owner != NULL);
5428
5429 hw_point1 = is_hardware_watchpoint (loc1->owner);
5430 hw_point2 = is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2->owner);
5431
5432 if (hw_point1 != hw_point2)
5433 return 0;
5434 else if (hw_point1)
5435 return watchpoint_locations_match (loc1, loc2);
5436 else
5437 /* We compare bp_location.length in order to cover ranged breakpoints. */
5438 return (breakpoint_address_match (loc1->pspace->aspace, loc1->address,
5439 loc2->pspace->aspace, loc2->address)
5440 && loc1->length == loc2->length);
5441 }
5442
5443 static void
5444 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR from_addr, CORE_ADDR to_addr,
5445 int bnum, int have_bnum)
5446 {
5447 /* The longest string possibly returned by hex_string_custom
5448 is 50 chars. These must be at least that big for safety. */
5449 char astr1[64];
5450 char astr2[64];
5451
5452 strcpy (astr1, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) from_addr, 8));
5453 strcpy (astr2, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) to_addr, 8));
5454 if (have_bnum)
5455 warning (_("Breakpoint %d address previously adjusted from %s to %s."),
5456 bnum, astr1, astr2);
5457 else
5458 warning (_("Breakpoint address adjusted from %s to %s."), astr1, astr2);
5459 }
5460
5461 /* Adjust a breakpoint's address to account for architectural
5462 constraints on breakpoint placement. Return the adjusted address.
5463 Note: Very few targets require this kind of adjustment. For most
5464 targets, this function is simply the identity function. */
5465
5466 static CORE_ADDR
5467 adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
5468 CORE_ADDR bpaddr, enum bptype bptype)
5469 {
5470 if (!gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address_p (gdbarch))
5471 {
5472 /* Very few targets need any kind of breakpoint adjustment. */
5473 return bpaddr;
5474 }
5475 else if (bptype == bp_watchpoint
5476 || bptype == bp_hardware_watchpoint
5477 || bptype == bp_read_watchpoint
5478 || bptype == bp_access_watchpoint
5479 || bptype == bp_catchpoint)
5480 {
5481 /* Watchpoints and the various bp_catch_* eventpoints should not
5482 have their addresses modified. */
5483 return bpaddr;
5484 }
5485 else
5486 {
5487 CORE_ADDR adjusted_bpaddr;
5488
5489 /* Some targets have architectural constraints on the placement
5490 of breakpoint instructions. Obtain the adjusted address. */
5491 adjusted_bpaddr = gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address (gdbarch, bpaddr);
5492
5493 /* An adjusted breakpoint address can significantly alter
5494 a user's expectations. Print a warning if an adjustment
5495 is required. */
5496 if (adjusted_bpaddr != bpaddr)
5497 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bpaddr, adjusted_bpaddr, 0, 0);
5498
5499 return adjusted_bpaddr;
5500 }
5501 }
5502
5503 void
5504 init_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc, const struct bp_location_ops *ops,
5505 struct breakpoint *owner)
5506 {
5507 memset (loc, 0, sizeof (*loc));
5508
5509 gdb_assert (ops != NULL);
5510
5511 loc->ops = ops;
5512 loc->owner = owner;
5513 loc->cond = NULL;
5514 loc->shlib_disabled = 0;
5515 loc->enabled = 1;
5516
5517 switch (owner->type)
5518 {
5519 case bp_breakpoint:
5520 case bp_until:
5521 case bp_finish:
5522 case bp_longjmp:
5523 case bp_longjmp_resume:
5524 case bp_exception:
5525 case bp_exception_resume:
5526 case bp_step_resume:
5527 case bp_hp_step_resume:
5528 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
5529 case bp_call_dummy:
5530 case bp_std_terminate:
5531 case bp_shlib_event:
5532 case bp_thread_event:
5533 case bp_overlay_event:
5534 case bp_jit_event:
5535 case bp_longjmp_master:
5536 case bp_std_terminate_master:
5537 case bp_exception_master:
5538 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
5539 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
5540 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_software_breakpoint;
5541 break;
5542 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
5543 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint;
5544 break;
5545 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
5546 case bp_read_watchpoint:
5547 case bp_access_watchpoint:
5548 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint;
5549 break;
5550 case bp_watchpoint:
5551 case bp_catchpoint:
5552 case bp_tracepoint:
5553 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
5554 case bp_static_tracepoint:
5555 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_other;
5556 break;
5557 default:
5558 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__, _("unknown breakpoint type"));
5559 }
5560
5561 loc->refc = 1;
5562 }
5563
5564 /* Allocate a struct bp_location. */
5565
5566 static struct bp_location *
5567 allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint *bpt)
5568 {
5569 return bpt->ops->allocate_location (bpt);
5570 }
5571
5572 static void
5573 free_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc)
5574 {
5575 loc->ops->dtor (loc);
5576 xfree (loc);
5577 }
5578
5579 /* Increment reference count. */
5580
5581 static void
5582 incref_bp_location (struct bp_location *bl)
5583 {
5584 ++bl->refc;
5585 }
5586
5587 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
5588 destroy the bp_location. Sets *BLP to NULL. */
5589
5590 static void
5591 decref_bp_location (struct bp_location **blp)
5592 {
5593 gdb_assert ((*blp)->refc > 0);
5594
5595 if (--(*blp)->refc == 0)
5596 free_bp_location (*blp);
5597 *blp = NULL;
5598 }
5599
5600 /* Add breakpoint B at the end of the global breakpoint chain. */
5601
5602 static void
5603 add_to_breakpoint_chain (struct breakpoint *b)
5604 {
5605 struct breakpoint *b1;
5606
5607 /* Add this breakpoint to the end of the chain so that a list of
5608 breakpoints will come out in order of increasing numbers. */
5609
5610 b1 = breakpoint_chain;
5611 if (b1 == 0)
5612 breakpoint_chain = b;
5613 else
5614 {
5615 while (b1->next)
5616 b1 = b1->next;
5617 b1->next = b;
5618 }
5619 }
5620
5621 /* Initializes breakpoint B with type BPTYPE and no locations yet. */
5622
5623 static void
5624 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct breakpoint *b,
5625 struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
5626 enum bptype bptype,
5627 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
5628 {
5629 memset (b, 0, sizeof (*b));
5630
5631 gdb_assert (ops != NULL);
5632
5633 b->ops = ops;
5634 b->type = bptype;
5635 b->gdbarch = gdbarch;
5636 b->language = current_language->la_language;
5637 b->input_radix = input_radix;
5638 b->thread = -1;
5639 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
5640 b->next = 0;
5641 b->silent = 0;
5642 b->ignore_count = 0;
5643 b->commands = NULL;
5644 b->frame_id = null_frame_id;
5645 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
5646 b->py_bp_object = NULL;
5647 b->related_breakpoint = b;
5648 }
5649
5650 /* Helper to set_raw_breakpoint below. Creates a breakpoint
5651 that has type BPTYPE and has no locations as yet. */
5652
5653 static struct breakpoint *
5654 set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
5655 enum bptype bptype,
5656 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
5657 {
5658 struct breakpoint *b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
5659
5660 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, gdbarch, bptype, ops);
5661 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b);
5662 return b;
5663 }
5664
5665 /* Initialize loc->function_name. EXPLICIT_LOC says no indirect function
5666 resolutions should be made as the user specified the location explicitly
5667 enough. */
5668
5669 static void
5670 set_breakpoint_location_function (struct bp_location *loc, int explicit_loc)
5671 {
5672 gdb_assert (loc->owner != NULL);
5673
5674 if (loc->owner->type == bp_breakpoint
5675 || loc->owner->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
5676 || is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
5677 {
5678 int is_gnu_ifunc;
5679
5680 find_pc_partial_function_gnu_ifunc (loc->address, &loc->function_name,
5681 NULL, NULL, &is_gnu_ifunc);
5682
5683 if (is_gnu_ifunc && !explicit_loc)
5684 {
5685 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
5686
5687 gdb_assert (loc->pspace == current_program_space);
5688 if (gnu_ifunc_resolve_name (loc->function_name,
5689 &loc->requested_address))
5690 {
5691 /* Recalculate ADDRESS based on new REQUESTED_ADDRESS. */
5692 loc->address = adjust_breakpoint_address (loc->gdbarch,
5693 loc->requested_address,
5694 b->type);
5695 }
5696 else if (b->type == bp_breakpoint && b->loc == loc
5697 && loc->next == NULL && b->related_breakpoint == b)
5698 {
5699 /* Create only the whole new breakpoint of this type but do not
5700 mess more complicated breakpoints with multiple locations. */
5701 b->type = bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver;
5702 }
5703 }
5704
5705 if (loc->function_name)
5706 loc->function_name = xstrdup (loc->function_name);
5707 }
5708 }
5709
5710 /* Attempt to determine architecture of location identified by SAL. */
5711 static struct gdbarch *
5712 get_sal_arch (struct symtab_and_line sal)
5713 {
5714 if (sal.section)
5715 return get_objfile_arch (sal.section->objfile);
5716 if (sal.symtab)
5717 return get_objfile_arch (sal.symtab->objfile);
5718
5719 return NULL;
5720 }
5721
5722 /* Low level routine for partially initializing a breakpoint of type
5723 BPTYPE. The newly created breakpoint's address, section, source
5724 file name, and line number are provided by SAL.
5725
5726 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
5727 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
5728 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. */
5729
5730 static void
5731 init_raw_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
5732 struct symtab_and_line sal, enum bptype bptype,
5733 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
5734 {
5735 CORE_ADDR adjusted_address;
5736 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch;
5737
5738 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, gdbarch, bptype, ops);
5739
5740 loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (sal);
5741 if (!loc_gdbarch)
5742 loc_gdbarch = b->gdbarch;
5743
5744 if (bptype != bp_catchpoint)
5745 gdb_assert (sal.pspace != NULL);
5746
5747 /* Adjust the breakpoint's address prior to allocating a location.
5748 Once we call allocate_bp_location(), that mostly uninitialized
5749 location will be placed on the location chain. Adjustment of the
5750 breakpoint may cause target_read_memory() to be called and we do
5751 not want its scan of the location chain to find a breakpoint and
5752 location that's only been partially initialized. */
5753 adjusted_address = adjust_breakpoint_address (loc_gdbarch,
5754 sal.pc, b->type);
5755
5756 b->loc = allocate_bp_location (b);
5757 b->loc->gdbarch = loc_gdbarch;
5758 b->loc->requested_address = sal.pc;
5759 b->loc->address = adjusted_address;
5760 b->loc->pspace = sal.pspace;
5761
5762 /* Store the program space that was used to set the breakpoint, for
5763 breakpoint resetting. */
5764 b->pspace = sal.pspace;
5765
5766 if (sal.symtab == NULL)
5767 b->source_file = NULL;
5768 else
5769 b->source_file = xstrdup (sal.symtab->filename);
5770 b->loc->section = sal.section;
5771 b->line_number = sal.line;
5772
5773 set_breakpoint_location_function (b->loc,
5774 sal.explicit_pc || sal.explicit_line);
5775
5776 breakpoints_changed ();
5777 }
5778
5779 /* set_raw_breakpoint is a low level routine for allocating and
5780 partially initializing a breakpoint of type BPTYPE. The newly
5781 created breakpoint's address, section, source file name, and line
5782 number are provided by SAL. The newly created and partially
5783 initialized breakpoint is added to the breakpoint chain and
5784 is also returned as the value of this function.
5785
5786 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
5787 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
5788 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. In
5789 particular, set_raw_breakpoint does NOT set the breakpoint
5790 number! Care should be taken to not allow an error to occur
5791 prior to completing the initialization of the breakpoint. If this
5792 should happen, a bogus breakpoint will be left on the chain. */
5793
5794 struct breakpoint *
5795 set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
5796 struct symtab_and_line sal, enum bptype bptype,
5797 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
5798 {
5799 struct breakpoint *b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
5800
5801 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, bptype, ops);
5802 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b);
5803 return b;
5804 }
5805
5806
5807 /* Note that the breakpoint object B describes a permanent breakpoint
5808 instruction, hard-wired into the inferior's code. */
5809 void
5810 make_breakpoint_permanent (struct breakpoint *b)
5811 {
5812 struct bp_location *bl;
5813
5814 b->enable_state = bp_permanent;
5815
5816 /* By definition, permanent breakpoints are already present in the
5817 code. Mark all locations as inserted. For now,
5818 make_breakpoint_permanent is called in just one place, so it's
5819 hard to say if it's reasonable to have permanent breakpoint with
5820 multiple locations or not, but it's easy to implement. */
5821 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
5822 bl->inserted = 1;
5823 }
5824
5825 /* Call this routine when stepping and nexting to enable a breakpoint
5826 if we do a longjmp() or 'throw' in TP. FRAME is the frame which
5827 initiated the operation. */
5828
5829 void
5830 set_longjmp_breakpoint (struct thread_info *tp, struct frame_id frame)
5831 {
5832 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
5833 int thread = tp->num;
5834
5835 /* To avoid having to rescan all objfile symbols at every step,
5836 we maintain a list of continually-inserted but always disabled
5837 longjmp "master" breakpoints. Here, we simply create momentary
5838 clones of those and enable them for the requested thread. */
5839 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
5840 if (b->pspace == current_program_space
5841 && (b->type == bp_longjmp_master
5842 || b->type == bp_exception_master))
5843 {
5844 enum bptype type = b->type == bp_longjmp_master ? bp_longjmp : bp_exception;
5845 struct breakpoint *clone;
5846
5847 clone = momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b, type,
5848 &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
5849 clone->thread = thread;
5850 }
5851
5852 tp->initiating_frame = frame;
5853 }
5854
5855 /* Delete all longjmp breakpoints from THREAD. */
5856 void
5857 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (int thread)
5858 {
5859 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
5860
5861 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
5862 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_exception)
5863 {
5864 if (b->thread == thread)
5865 delete_breakpoint (b);
5866 }
5867 }
5868
5869 void
5870 enable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
5871 {
5872 struct breakpoint *b;
5873
5874 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
5875 if (b->type == bp_overlay_event)
5876 {
5877 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
5878 update_global_location_list (1);
5879 overlay_events_enabled = 1;
5880 }
5881 }
5882
5883 void
5884 disable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
5885 {
5886 struct breakpoint *b;
5887
5888 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
5889 if (b->type == bp_overlay_event)
5890 {
5891 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
5892 update_global_location_list (0);
5893 overlay_events_enabled = 0;
5894 }
5895 }
5896
5897 /* Set an active std::terminate breakpoint for each std::terminate
5898 master breakpoint. */
5899 void
5900 set_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
5901 {
5902 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
5903
5904 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
5905 if (b->pspace == current_program_space
5906 && b->type == bp_std_terminate_master)
5907 {
5908 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b, bp_std_terminate,
5909 &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
5910 }
5911 }
5912
5913 /* Delete all the std::terminate breakpoints. */
5914 void
5915 delete_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
5916 {
5917 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
5918
5919 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
5920 if (b->type == bp_std_terminate)
5921 delete_breakpoint (b);
5922 }
5923
5924 struct breakpoint *
5925 create_thread_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
5926 {
5927 struct breakpoint *b;
5928
5929 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_thread_event,
5930 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
5931
5932 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
5933 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete me. */
5934 b->addr_string
5935 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address));
5936
5937 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
5938
5939 return b;
5940 }
5941
5942 void
5943 remove_thread_event_breakpoints (void)
5944 {
5945 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
5946
5947 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
5948 if (b->type == bp_thread_event
5949 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
5950 delete_breakpoint (b);
5951 }
5952
5953 struct lang_and_radix
5954 {
5955 enum language lang;
5956 int radix;
5957 };
5958
5959 /* Create a breakpoint for JIT code registration and unregistration. */
5960
5961 struct breakpoint *
5962 create_jit_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
5963 {
5964 struct breakpoint *b;
5965
5966 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_jit_event,
5967 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
5968 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
5969 return b;
5970 }
5971
5972 /* Remove JIT code registration and unregistration breakpoint(s). */
5973
5974 void
5975 remove_jit_event_breakpoints (void)
5976 {
5977 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
5978
5979 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
5980 if (b->type == bp_jit_event
5981 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
5982 delete_breakpoint (b);
5983 }
5984
5985 void
5986 remove_solib_event_breakpoints (void)
5987 {
5988 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
5989
5990 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
5991 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event
5992 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
5993 delete_breakpoint (b);
5994 }
5995
5996 struct breakpoint *
5997 create_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
5998 {
5999 struct breakpoint *b;
6000
6001 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_shlib_event,
6002 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
6003 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
6004 return b;
6005 }
6006
6007 /* Disable any breakpoints that are on code in shared libraries. Only
6008 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
6009
6010 void
6011 disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs (void)
6012 {
6013 struct bp_location *loc, **locp_tmp;
6014
6015 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp_tmp)
6016 {
6017 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
6018 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
6019
6020 /* We apply the check to all breakpoints, including disabled for
6021 those with loc->duplicate set. This is so that when breakpoint
6022 becomes enabled, or the duplicate is removed, gdb will try to
6023 insert all breakpoints. If we don't set shlib_disabled here,
6024 we'll try to insert those breakpoints and fail. */
6025 if (((b->type == bp_breakpoint)
6026 || (b->type == bp_jit_event)
6027 || (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
6028 || (is_tracepoint (b)))
6029 && loc->pspace == current_program_space
6030 && !loc->shlib_disabled
6031 #ifdef PC_SOLIB
6032 && PC_SOLIB (loc->address)
6033 #else
6034 && solib_name_from_address (loc->pspace, loc->address)
6035 #endif
6036 )
6037 {
6038 loc->shlib_disabled = 1;
6039 }
6040 }
6041 }
6042
6043 /* Disable any breakpoints that are in an unloaded shared library.
6044 Only apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay
6045 disabled. */
6046
6047 static void
6048 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib (struct so_list *solib)
6049 {
6050 struct bp_location *loc, **locp_tmp;
6051 int disabled_shlib_breaks = 0;
6052
6053 /* SunOS a.out shared libraries are always mapped, so do not
6054 disable breakpoints; they will only be reported as unloaded
6055 through clear_solib when GDB discards its shared library
6056 list. See clear_solib for more information. */
6057 if (exec_bfd != NULL
6058 && bfd_get_flavour (exec_bfd) == bfd_target_aout_flavour)
6059 return;
6060
6061 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp_tmp)
6062 {
6063 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
6064 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
6065
6066 if ((loc->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
6067 || loc->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
6068 && solib->pspace == loc->pspace
6069 && !loc->shlib_disabled
6070 && (b->type == bp_breakpoint
6071 || b->type == bp_jit_event
6072 || b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
6073 && solib_contains_address_p (solib, loc->address))
6074 {
6075 loc->shlib_disabled = 1;
6076 /* At this point, we cannot rely on remove_breakpoint
6077 succeeding so we must mark the breakpoint as not inserted
6078 to prevent future errors occurring in remove_breakpoints. */
6079 loc->inserted = 0;
6080
6081 /* This may cause duplicate notifications for the same breakpoint. */
6082 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
6083
6084 if (!disabled_shlib_breaks)
6085 {
6086 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
6087 warning (_("Temporarily disabling breakpoints "
6088 "for unloaded shared library \"%s\""),
6089 solib->so_name);
6090 }
6091 disabled_shlib_breaks = 1;
6092 }
6093 }
6094 }
6095
6096 /* FORK & VFORK catchpoints. */
6097
6098 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a fork or vfork
6099 catchpoint. It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base
6100 class; users downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A
6101 breakpoint is really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
6102 CATCH_FORK_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
6103
6104 struct fork_catchpoint
6105 {
6106 /* The base class. */
6107 struct breakpoint base;
6108
6109 /* Process id of a child process whose forking triggered this
6110 catchpoint. This field is only valid immediately after this
6111 catchpoint has triggered. */
6112 ptid_t forked_inferior_pid;
6113 };
6114
6115 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for fork
6116 catchpoints. */
6117
6118 static int
6119 insert_catch_fork (struct bp_location *bl)
6120 {
6121 return target_insert_fork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
6122 }
6123
6124 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for fork
6125 catchpoints. */
6126
6127 static int
6128 remove_catch_fork (struct bp_location *bl)
6129 {
6130 return target_remove_fork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
6131 }
6132
6133 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for fork
6134 catchpoints. */
6135
6136 static int
6137 breakpoint_hit_catch_fork (const struct bp_location *bl,
6138 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr)
6139 {
6140 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
6141
6142 return inferior_has_forked (inferior_ptid, &c->forked_inferior_pid);
6143 }
6144
6145 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for fork
6146 catchpoints. */
6147
6148 static enum print_stop_action
6149 print_it_catch_fork (bpstat bs)
6150 {
6151 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
6152 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
6153
6154 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
6155 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (forked process %d), "),
6156 b->number, ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
6157 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
6158 }
6159
6160 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for fork
6161 catchpoints. */
6162
6163 static void
6164 print_one_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
6165 {
6166 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
6167 struct value_print_options opts;
6168
6169 get_user_print_options (&opts);
6170
6171 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
6172 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
6173 readable). */
6174 if (opts.addressprint)
6175 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
6176 annotate_field (5);
6177 ui_out_text (uiout, "fork");
6178 if (!ptid_equal (c->forked_inferior_pid, null_ptid))
6179 {
6180 ui_out_text (uiout, ", process ");
6181 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "what",
6182 ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
6183 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
6184 }
6185 }
6186
6187 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for fork
6188 catchpoints. */
6189
6190 static void
6191 print_mention_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b)
6192 {
6193 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (fork)"), b->number);
6194 }
6195
6196 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for fork
6197 catchpoints. */
6198
6199 static void
6200 print_recreate_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
6201 {
6202 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch fork");
6203 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
6204 }
6205
6206 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in fork catchpoints. */
6207
6208 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_fork_breakpoint_ops;
6209
6210 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
6211 catchpoints. */
6212
6213 static int
6214 insert_catch_vfork (struct bp_location *bl)
6215 {
6216 return target_insert_vfork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
6217 }
6218
6219 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
6220 catchpoints. */
6221
6222 static int
6223 remove_catch_vfork (struct bp_location *bl)
6224 {
6225 return target_remove_vfork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
6226 }
6227
6228 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
6229 catchpoints. */
6230
6231 static int
6232 breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork (const struct bp_location *bl,
6233 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr)
6234 {
6235 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
6236
6237 return inferior_has_vforked (inferior_ptid, &c->forked_inferior_pid);
6238 }
6239
6240 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
6241 catchpoints. */
6242
6243 static enum print_stop_action
6244 print_it_catch_vfork (bpstat bs)
6245 {
6246 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
6247 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
6248
6249 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
6250 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (vforked process %d), "),
6251 b->number, ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
6252 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
6253 }
6254
6255 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
6256 catchpoints. */
6257
6258 static void
6259 print_one_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
6260 {
6261 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
6262 struct value_print_options opts;
6263
6264 get_user_print_options (&opts);
6265 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
6266 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
6267 readable). */
6268 if (opts.addressprint)
6269 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
6270 annotate_field (5);
6271 ui_out_text (uiout, "vfork");
6272 if (!ptid_equal (c->forked_inferior_pid, null_ptid))
6273 {
6274 ui_out_text (uiout, ", process ");
6275 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "what",
6276 ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
6277 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
6278 }
6279 }
6280
6281 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
6282 catchpoints. */
6283
6284 static void
6285 print_mention_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b)
6286 {
6287 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (vfork)"), b->number);
6288 }
6289
6290 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
6291 catchpoints. */
6292
6293 static void
6294 print_recreate_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
6295 {
6296 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch vfork");
6297 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
6298 }
6299
6300 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in vfork catchpoints. */
6301
6302 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops;
6303
6304 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a syscall catchpoint.
6305 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
6306 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
6307 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
6308 CATCH_SYSCALL_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
6309
6310 struct syscall_catchpoint
6311 {
6312 /* The base class. */
6313 struct breakpoint base;
6314
6315 /* Syscall numbers used for the 'catch syscall' feature. If no
6316 syscall has been specified for filtering, its value is NULL.
6317 Otherwise, it holds a list of all syscalls to be caught. The
6318 list elements are allocated with xmalloc. */
6319 VEC(int) *syscalls_to_be_caught;
6320 };
6321
6322 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6323 catchpoints. */
6324
6325 static void
6326 dtor_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b)
6327 {
6328 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
6329
6330 VEC_free (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught);
6331
6332 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (b);
6333 }
6334
6335 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6336 catchpoints. */
6337
6338 static int
6339 insert_catch_syscall (struct bp_location *bl)
6340 {
6341 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
6342 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
6343
6344 ++inf->total_syscalls_count;
6345 if (!c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
6346 ++inf->any_syscall_count;
6347 else
6348 {
6349 int i, iter;
6350
6351 for (i = 0;
6352 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
6353 i++)
6354 {
6355 int elem;
6356
6357 if (iter >= VEC_length (int, inf->syscalls_counts))
6358 {
6359 int old_size = VEC_length (int, inf->syscalls_counts);
6360 uintptr_t vec_addr_offset
6361 = old_size * ((uintptr_t) sizeof (int));
6362 uintptr_t vec_addr;
6363 VEC_safe_grow (int, inf->syscalls_counts, iter + 1);
6364 vec_addr = (uintptr_t) VEC_address (int, inf->syscalls_counts) +
6365 vec_addr_offset;
6366 memset ((void *) vec_addr, 0,
6367 (iter + 1 - old_size) * sizeof (int));
6368 }
6369 elem = VEC_index (int, inf->syscalls_counts, iter);
6370 VEC_replace (int, inf->syscalls_counts, iter, ++elem);
6371 }
6372 }
6373
6374 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid),
6375 inf->total_syscalls_count != 0,
6376 inf->any_syscall_count,
6377 VEC_length (int, inf->syscalls_counts),
6378 VEC_address (int, inf->syscalls_counts));
6379 }
6380
6381 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6382 catchpoints. */
6383
6384 static int
6385 remove_catch_syscall (struct bp_location *bl)
6386 {
6387 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
6388 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
6389
6390 --inf->total_syscalls_count;
6391 if (!c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
6392 --inf->any_syscall_count;
6393 else
6394 {
6395 int i, iter;
6396
6397 for (i = 0;
6398 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
6399 i++)
6400 {
6401 int elem;
6402 if (iter >= VEC_length (int, inf->syscalls_counts))
6403 /* Shouldn't happen. */
6404 continue;
6405 elem = VEC_index (int, inf->syscalls_counts, iter);
6406 VEC_replace (int, inf->syscalls_counts, iter, --elem);
6407 }
6408 }
6409
6410 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid),
6411 inf->total_syscalls_count != 0,
6412 inf->any_syscall_count,
6413 VEC_length (int, inf->syscalls_counts),
6414 VEC_address (int,
6415 inf->syscalls_counts));
6416 }
6417
6418 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6419 catchpoints. */
6420
6421 static int
6422 breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall (const struct bp_location *bl,
6423 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr)
6424 {
6425 /* We must check if we are catching specific syscalls in this
6426 breakpoint. If we are, then we must guarantee that the called
6427 syscall is the same syscall we are catching. */
6428 int syscall_number = 0;
6429 const struct syscall_catchpoint *c
6430 = (const struct syscall_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
6431
6432 if (!inferior_has_called_syscall (inferior_ptid, &syscall_number))
6433 return 0;
6434
6435 /* Now, checking if the syscall is the same. */
6436 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
6437 {
6438 int i, iter;
6439
6440 for (i = 0;
6441 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
6442 i++)
6443 if (syscall_number == iter)
6444 break;
6445 /* Not the same. */
6446 if (!iter)
6447 return 0;
6448 }
6449
6450 return 1;
6451 }
6452
6453 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6454 catchpoints. */
6455
6456 static enum print_stop_action
6457 print_it_catch_syscall (bpstat bs)
6458 {
6459 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
6460 /* These are needed because we want to know in which state a
6461 syscall is. It can be in the TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
6462 or TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN, and depending on it we
6463 must print "called syscall" or "returned from syscall". */
6464 ptid_t ptid;
6465 struct target_waitstatus last;
6466 struct syscall s;
6467 struct cleanup *old_chain;
6468 char *syscall_id;
6469
6470 get_last_target_status (&ptid, &last);
6471
6472 get_syscall_by_number (last.value.syscall_number, &s);
6473
6474 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
6475
6476 if (s.name == NULL)
6477 syscall_id = xstrprintf ("%d", last.value.syscall_number);
6478 else
6479 syscall_id = xstrprintf ("'%s'", s.name);
6480
6481 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, syscall_id);
6482
6483 if (last.kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY)
6484 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (call to syscall %s), "),
6485 b->number, syscall_id);
6486 else if (last.kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN)
6487 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (returned from syscall %s), "),
6488 b->number, syscall_id);
6489
6490 do_cleanups (old_chain);
6491
6492 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
6493 }
6494
6495 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6496 catchpoints. */
6497
6498 static void
6499 print_one_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b,
6500 struct bp_location **last_loc)
6501 {
6502 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
6503 struct value_print_options opts;
6504
6505 get_user_print_options (&opts);
6506 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
6507 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
6508 readable). */
6509 if (opts.addressprint)
6510 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
6511 annotate_field (5);
6512
6513 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught
6514 && VEC_length (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught) > 1)
6515 ui_out_text (uiout, "syscalls \"");
6516 else
6517 ui_out_text (uiout, "syscall \"");
6518
6519 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
6520 {
6521 int i, iter;
6522 char *text = xstrprintf ("%s", "");
6523
6524 for (i = 0;
6525 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
6526 i++)
6527 {
6528 char *x = text;
6529 struct syscall s;
6530 get_syscall_by_number (iter, &s);
6531
6532 if (s.name != NULL)
6533 text = xstrprintf ("%s%s, ", text, s.name);
6534 else
6535 text = xstrprintf ("%s%d, ", text, iter);
6536
6537 /* We have to xfree the last 'text' (now stored at 'x')
6538 because xstrprintf dynamically allocates new space for it
6539 on every call. */
6540 xfree (x);
6541 }
6542 /* Remove the last comma. */
6543 text[strlen (text) - 2] = '\0';
6544 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", text);
6545 }
6546 else
6547 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "<any syscall>");
6548 ui_out_text (uiout, "\" ");
6549 }
6550
6551 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6552 catchpoints. */
6553
6554 static void
6555 print_mention_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b)
6556 {
6557 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
6558
6559 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
6560 {
6561 int i, iter;
6562
6563 if (VEC_length (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught) > 1)
6564 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscalls"), b->number);
6565 else
6566 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscall"), b->number);
6567
6568 for (i = 0;
6569 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
6570 i++)
6571 {
6572 struct syscall s;
6573 get_syscall_by_number (iter, &s);
6574
6575 if (s.name)
6576 printf_filtered (" '%s' [%d]", s.name, s.number);
6577 else
6578 printf_filtered (" %d", s.number);
6579 }
6580 printf_filtered (")");
6581 }
6582 else
6583 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (any syscall)"),
6584 b->number);
6585 }
6586
6587 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6588 catchpoints. */
6589
6590 static void
6591 print_recreate_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
6592 {
6593 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
6594
6595 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch syscall");
6596
6597 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
6598 {
6599 int i, iter;
6600
6601 for (i = 0;
6602 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
6603 i++)
6604 {
6605 struct syscall s;
6606
6607 get_syscall_by_number (iter, &s);
6608 if (s.name)
6609 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", s.name);
6610 else
6611 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %d", s.number);
6612 }
6613 }
6614 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
6615 }
6616
6617 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in syscall catchpoints. */
6618
6619 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops;
6620
6621 /* Returns non-zero if 'b' is a syscall catchpoint. */
6622
6623 static int
6624 syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b)
6625 {
6626 return (b->ops == &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops);
6627 }
6628
6629 /* Initialize a new breakpoint of the bp_catchpoint kind. If TEMPFLAG
6630 is non-zero, then make the breakpoint temporary. If COND_STRING is
6631 not NULL, then store it in the breakpoint. OPS, if not NULL, is
6632 the breakpoint_ops structure associated to the catchpoint. */
6633
6634 static void
6635 init_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
6636 struct gdbarch *gdbarch, int tempflag,
6637 char *cond_string,
6638 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
6639 {
6640 struct symtab_and_line sal;
6641
6642 init_sal (&sal);
6643 sal.pspace = current_program_space;
6644
6645 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, bp_catchpoint, ops);
6646
6647 b->cond_string = (cond_string == NULL) ? NULL : xstrdup (cond_string);
6648 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
6649 }
6650
6651 void
6652 install_breakpoint (int internal, struct breakpoint *b)
6653 {
6654 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b);
6655 set_breakpoint_number (internal, b);
6656 if (!internal)
6657 mention (b);
6658 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b);
6659 update_global_location_list (1);
6660 }
6661
6662 static void
6663 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
6664 int tempflag, char *cond_string,
6665 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
6666 {
6667 struct fork_catchpoint *c = XNEW (struct fork_catchpoint);
6668
6669 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string, ops);
6670
6671 c->forked_inferior_pid = null_ptid;
6672
6673 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base);
6674 }
6675
6676 /* Exec catchpoints. */
6677
6678 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an exec catchpoint.
6679 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
6680 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
6681 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
6682 CATCH_EXEC_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
6683
6684 struct exec_catchpoint
6685 {
6686 /* The base class. */
6687 struct breakpoint base;
6688
6689 /* Filename of a program whose exec triggered this catchpoint.
6690 This field is only valid immediately after this catchpoint has
6691 triggered. */
6692 char *exec_pathname;
6693 };
6694
6695 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for exec
6696 catchpoints. */
6697
6698 static void
6699 dtor_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b)
6700 {
6701 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) b;
6702
6703 xfree (c->exec_pathname);
6704
6705 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (b);
6706 }
6707
6708 static int
6709 insert_catch_exec (struct bp_location *bl)
6710 {
6711 return target_insert_exec_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
6712 }
6713
6714 static int
6715 remove_catch_exec (struct bp_location *bl)
6716 {
6717 return target_remove_exec_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
6718 }
6719
6720 static int
6721 breakpoint_hit_catch_exec (const struct bp_location *bl,
6722 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr)
6723 {
6724 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
6725
6726 return inferior_has_execd (inferior_ptid, &c->exec_pathname);
6727 }
6728
6729 static enum print_stop_action
6730 print_it_catch_exec (bpstat bs)
6731 {
6732 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
6733 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) b;
6734
6735 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
6736 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (exec'd %s), "), b->number,
6737 c->exec_pathname);
6738 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
6739 }
6740
6741 static void
6742 print_one_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
6743 {
6744 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) b;
6745 struct value_print_options opts;
6746
6747 get_user_print_options (&opts);
6748
6749 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
6750 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
6751 is relatively readable). */
6752 if (opts.addressprint)
6753 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
6754 annotate_field (5);
6755 ui_out_text (uiout, "exec");
6756 if (c->exec_pathname != NULL)
6757 {
6758 ui_out_text (uiout, ", program \"");
6759 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", c->exec_pathname);
6760 ui_out_text (uiout, "\" ");
6761 }
6762 }
6763
6764 static void
6765 print_mention_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b)
6766 {
6767 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (exec)"), b->number);
6768 }
6769
6770 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for exec
6771 catchpoints. */
6772
6773 static void
6774 print_recreate_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
6775 {
6776 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch exec");
6777 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
6778 }
6779
6780 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_exec_breakpoint_ops;
6781
6782 static void
6783 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (int tempflag, VEC(int) *filter,
6784 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
6785 {
6786 struct syscall_catchpoint *c;
6787 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
6788
6789 c = XNEW (struct syscall_catchpoint);
6790 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, tempflag, NULL, ops);
6791 c->syscalls_to_be_caught = filter;
6792
6793 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base);
6794 }
6795
6796 static int
6797 hw_breakpoint_used_count (void)
6798 {
6799 int i = 0;
6800 struct breakpoint *b;
6801 struct bp_location *bl;
6802
6803 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6804 {
6805 if (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint && breakpoint_enabled (b))
6806 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
6807 {
6808 /* Special types of hardware breakpoints may use more than
6809 one register. */
6810 i += b->ops->resources_needed (bl);
6811 }
6812 }
6813
6814 return i;
6815 }
6816
6817 static int
6818 hw_watchpoint_used_count (enum bptype type, int *other_type_used)
6819 {
6820 int i = 0;
6821 struct breakpoint *b;
6822 struct bp_location *bl;
6823
6824 *other_type_used = 0;
6825 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6826 {
6827 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b))
6828 continue;
6829
6830 if (b->type == type)
6831 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
6832 {
6833 /* Special types of hardware watchpoints may use more than
6834 one register. */
6835 i += b->ops->resources_needed (bl);
6836 }
6837 else if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
6838 *other_type_used = 1;
6839 }
6840
6841 return i;
6842 }
6843
6844 void
6845 disable_watchpoints_before_interactive_call_start (void)
6846 {
6847 struct breakpoint *b;
6848
6849 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6850 {
6851 if (is_watchpoint (b) && breakpoint_enabled (b))
6852 {
6853 b->enable_state = bp_call_disabled;
6854 update_global_location_list (0);
6855 }
6856 }
6857 }
6858
6859 void
6860 enable_watchpoints_after_interactive_call_stop (void)
6861 {
6862 struct breakpoint *b;
6863
6864 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6865 {
6866 if (is_watchpoint (b) && b->enable_state == bp_call_disabled)
6867 {
6868 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
6869 update_global_location_list (1);
6870 }
6871 }
6872 }
6873
6874 void
6875 disable_breakpoints_before_startup (void)
6876 {
6877 struct breakpoint *b;
6878 int found = 0;
6879
6880 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6881 {
6882 if (b->pspace != current_program_space)
6883 continue;
6884
6885 if ((b->type == bp_breakpoint
6886 || b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
6887 && breakpoint_enabled (b))
6888 {
6889 b->enable_state = bp_startup_disabled;
6890 found = 1;
6891 }
6892 }
6893
6894 if (found)
6895 update_global_location_list (0);
6896
6897 current_program_space->executing_startup = 1;
6898 }
6899
6900 void
6901 enable_breakpoints_after_startup (void)
6902 {
6903 struct breakpoint *b;
6904 int found = 0;
6905
6906 current_program_space->executing_startup = 0;
6907
6908 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6909 {
6910 if (b->pspace != current_program_space)
6911 continue;
6912
6913 if ((b->type == bp_breakpoint
6914 || b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
6915 && b->enable_state == bp_startup_disabled)
6916 {
6917 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
6918 found = 1;
6919 }
6920 }
6921
6922 if (found)
6923 breakpoint_re_set ();
6924 }
6925
6926
6927 /* Set a breakpoint that will evaporate an end of command
6928 at address specified by SAL.
6929 Restrict it to frame FRAME if FRAME is nonzero. */
6930
6931 struct breakpoint *
6932 set_momentary_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, struct symtab_and_line sal,
6933 struct frame_id frame_id, enum bptype type)
6934 {
6935 struct breakpoint *b;
6936
6937 /* If FRAME_ID is valid, it should be a real frame, not an inlined
6938 one. */
6939 gdb_assert (!frame_id_inlined_p (frame_id));
6940
6941 b = set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, type, &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
6942 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
6943 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
6944 b->frame_id = frame_id;
6945
6946 /* If we're debugging a multi-threaded program, then we want
6947 momentary breakpoints to be active in only a single thread of
6948 control. */
6949 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid))
6950 b->thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
6951
6952 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
6953
6954 return b;
6955 }
6956
6957 /* Make a momentary breakpoint based on the master breakpoint ORIG.
6958 The new breakpoint will have type TYPE, and use OPS as it
6959 breakpoint_ops. */
6960
6961 static struct breakpoint *
6962 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint *orig,
6963 enum bptype type,
6964 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
6965 {
6966 struct breakpoint *copy;
6967
6968 copy = set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (orig->gdbarch, type, ops);
6969 copy->loc = allocate_bp_location (copy);
6970 set_breakpoint_location_function (copy->loc, 1);
6971
6972 copy->loc->gdbarch = orig->loc->gdbarch;
6973 copy->loc->requested_address = orig->loc->requested_address;
6974 copy->loc->address = orig->loc->address;
6975 copy->loc->section = orig->loc->section;
6976 copy->loc->pspace = orig->loc->pspace;
6977
6978 if (orig->source_file == NULL)
6979 copy->source_file = NULL;
6980 else
6981 copy->source_file = xstrdup (orig->source_file);
6982
6983 copy->line_number = orig->line_number;
6984 copy->frame_id = orig->frame_id;
6985 copy->thread = orig->thread;
6986 copy->pspace = orig->pspace;
6987
6988 copy->enable_state = bp_enabled;
6989 copy->disposition = disp_donttouch;
6990 copy->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
6991
6992 update_global_location_list_nothrow (0);
6993 return copy;
6994 }
6995
6996 /* Make a deep copy of momentary breakpoint ORIG. Returns NULL if
6997 ORIG is NULL. */
6998
6999 struct breakpoint *
7000 clone_momentary_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *orig)
7001 {
7002 /* If there's nothing to clone, then return nothing. */
7003 if (orig == NULL)
7004 return NULL;
7005
7006 return momentary_breakpoint_from_master (orig, orig->type, orig->ops);
7007 }
7008
7009 struct breakpoint *
7010 set_momentary_breakpoint_at_pc (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR pc,
7011 enum bptype type)
7012 {
7013 struct symtab_and_line sal;
7014
7015 sal = find_pc_line (pc, 0);
7016 sal.pc = pc;
7017 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (pc);
7018 sal.explicit_pc = 1;
7019
7020 return set_momentary_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, null_frame_id, type);
7021 }
7022 \f
7023
7024 /* Tell the user we have just set a breakpoint B. */
7025
7026 static void
7027 mention (struct breakpoint *b)
7028 {
7029 b->ops->print_mention (b);
7030 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
7031 return;
7032 printf_filtered ("\n");
7033 }
7034 \f
7035
7036 static struct bp_location *
7037 add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
7038 const struct symtab_and_line *sal)
7039 {
7040 struct bp_location *loc, **tmp;
7041
7042 loc = allocate_bp_location (b);
7043 for (tmp = &(b->loc); *tmp != NULL; tmp = &((*tmp)->next))
7044 ;
7045 *tmp = loc;
7046 loc->gdbarch = get_sal_arch (*sal);
7047 if (!loc->gdbarch)
7048 loc->gdbarch = b->gdbarch;
7049 loc->requested_address = sal->pc;
7050 loc->address = adjust_breakpoint_address (loc->gdbarch,
7051 loc->requested_address, b->type);
7052 loc->pspace = sal->pspace;
7053 gdb_assert (loc->pspace != NULL);
7054 loc->section = sal->section;
7055
7056 set_breakpoint_location_function (loc,
7057 sal->explicit_pc || sal->explicit_line);
7058 return loc;
7059 }
7060 \f
7061
7062 /* Return 1 if LOC is pointing to a permanent breakpoint,
7063 return 0 otherwise. */
7064
7065 static int
7066 bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location *loc)
7067 {
7068 int len;
7069 CORE_ADDR addr;
7070 const gdb_byte *brk;
7071 gdb_byte *target_mem;
7072 struct cleanup *cleanup;
7073 int retval = 0;
7074
7075 gdb_assert (loc != NULL);
7076
7077 addr = loc->address;
7078 brk = gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (loc->gdbarch, &addr, &len);
7079
7080 /* Software breakpoints unsupported? */
7081 if (brk == NULL)
7082 return 0;
7083
7084 target_mem = alloca (len);
7085
7086 /* Enable the automatic memory restoration from breakpoints while
7087 we read the memory. Otherwise we could say about our temporary
7088 breakpoints they are permanent. */
7089 cleanup = save_current_space_and_thread ();
7090
7091 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (loc->pspace);
7092 make_show_memory_breakpoints_cleanup (0);
7093
7094 if (target_read_memory (loc->address, target_mem, len) == 0
7095 && memcmp (target_mem, brk, len) == 0)
7096 retval = 1;
7097
7098 do_cleanups (cleanup);
7099
7100 return retval;
7101 }
7102
7103
7104
7105 /* Create a breakpoint with SAL as location. Use ADDR_STRING
7106 as textual description of the location, and COND_STRING
7107 as condition expression. */
7108
7109 static void
7110 init_breakpoint_sal (struct breakpoint *b, struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7111 struct symtabs_and_lines sals, char *addr_string,
7112 char *cond_string,
7113 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
7114 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
7115 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
7116 int enabled, int internal, int display_canonical)
7117 {
7118 int i;
7119
7120 if (type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
7121 {
7122 int i = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
7123 int target_resources_ok =
7124 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
7125 i + 1, 0);
7126 if (target_resources_ok == 0)
7127 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
7128 else if (target_resources_ok < 0)
7129 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
7130 }
7131
7132 gdb_assert (sals.nelts > 0);
7133
7134 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
7135 {
7136 struct symtab_and_line sal = sals.sals[i];
7137 struct bp_location *loc;
7138
7139 if (from_tty)
7140 {
7141 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (sal);
7142 if (!loc_gdbarch)
7143 loc_gdbarch = gdbarch;
7144
7145 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch,
7146 sal.pspace, sal.pc, sal.section, thread);
7147 }
7148
7149 if (i == 0)
7150 {
7151 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, type, ops);
7152 b->thread = thread;
7153 b->task = task;
7154
7155 b->cond_string = cond_string;
7156 b->ignore_count = ignore_count;
7157 b->enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
7158 b->disposition = disposition;
7159 b->pspace = sals.sals[0].pspace;
7160
7161 if (type == bp_static_tracepoint)
7162 {
7163 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
7164 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker;
7165
7166 if (is_marker_spec (addr_string))
7167 {
7168 /* We already know the marker exists, otherwise, we
7169 wouldn't see a sal for it. */
7170 char *p = &addr_string[3];
7171 char *endp;
7172 char *marker_str;
7173 int i;
7174
7175 p = skip_spaces (p);
7176
7177 endp = skip_to_space (p);
7178
7179 marker_str = savestring (p, endp - p);
7180 t->static_trace_marker_id = marker_str;
7181
7182 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
7183 "marker \"%s\"\n"),
7184 t->static_trace_marker_id);
7185 }
7186 else if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (sal.pc, &marker))
7187 {
7188 t->static_trace_marker_id = xstrdup (marker.str_id);
7189 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker);
7190
7191 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
7192 "marker \"%s\"\n"),
7193 t->static_trace_marker_id);
7194 }
7195 else
7196 warning (_("Couldn't determine the static "
7197 "tracepoint marker to probe"));
7198 }
7199
7200 if (enabled && b->pspace->executing_startup
7201 && (b->type == bp_breakpoint
7202 || b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint))
7203 b->enable_state = bp_startup_disabled;
7204
7205 loc = b->loc;
7206 }
7207 else
7208 {
7209 loc = add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &sal);
7210 }
7211
7212 if (bp_loc_is_permanent (loc))
7213 make_breakpoint_permanent (b);
7214
7215 if (b->cond_string)
7216 {
7217 char *arg = b->cond_string;
7218 loc->cond = parse_exp_1 (&arg, block_for_pc (loc->address), 0);
7219 if (*arg)
7220 error (_("Garbage %s follows condition"), arg);
7221 }
7222 }
7223
7224 b->display_canonical = display_canonical;
7225 if (addr_string)
7226 b->addr_string = addr_string;
7227 else
7228 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete
7229 me. */
7230 b->addr_string
7231 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address));
7232 }
7233
7234 static void
7235 create_breakpoint_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7236 struct symtabs_and_lines sals, char *addr_string,
7237 char *cond_string,
7238 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
7239 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
7240 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
7241 int enabled, int internal, int display_canonical)
7242 {
7243 struct breakpoint *b;
7244 struct cleanup *old_chain;
7245
7246 if (is_tracepoint_type (type))
7247 {
7248 struct tracepoint *t;
7249
7250 t = XCNEW (struct tracepoint);
7251 b = &t->base;
7252 }
7253 else
7254 b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
7255
7256 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, b);
7257
7258 init_breakpoint_sal (b, gdbarch,
7259 sals, addr_string,
7260 cond_string,
7261 type, disposition,
7262 thread, task, ignore_count,
7263 ops, from_tty,
7264 enabled, internal, display_canonical);
7265 discard_cleanups (old_chain);
7266
7267 install_breakpoint (internal, b);
7268 }
7269
7270 /* Remove element at INDEX_TO_REMOVE from SAL, shifting other
7271 elements to fill the void space. */
7272 static void
7273 remove_sal (struct symtabs_and_lines *sal, int index_to_remove)
7274 {
7275 int i = index_to_remove+1;
7276 int last_index = sal->nelts-1;
7277
7278 for (;i <= last_index; ++i)
7279 sal->sals[i-1] = sal->sals[i];
7280
7281 --(sal->nelts);
7282 }
7283
7284 /* If appropriate, obtains all sals that correspond to the same file
7285 and line as SAL, in all program spaces. Users debugging with IDEs,
7286 will want to set a breakpoint at foo.c:line, and not really care
7287 about program spaces. This is done only if SAL does not have
7288 explicit PC and has line and file information. If we got just a
7289 single expanded sal, return the original.
7290
7291 Otherwise, if SAL.explicit_line is not set, filter out all sals for
7292 which the name of enclosing function is different from SAL. This
7293 makes sure that if we have breakpoint originally set in template
7294 instantiation, say foo<int>(), we won't expand SAL to locations at
7295 the same line in all existing instantiations of 'foo'. */
7296
7297 static struct symtabs_and_lines
7298 expand_line_sal_maybe (struct symtab_and_line sal)
7299 {
7300 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded;
7301 CORE_ADDR original_pc = sal.pc;
7302 char *original_function = NULL;
7303 int found;
7304 int i;
7305 struct cleanup *old_chain;
7306
7307 /* If we have explicit pc, don't expand.
7308 If we have no line number, we can't expand. */
7309 if (sal.explicit_pc || sal.line == 0 || sal.symtab == NULL)
7310 {
7311 expanded.nelts = 1;
7312 expanded.sals = xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
7313 expanded.sals[0] = sal;
7314 return expanded;
7315 }
7316
7317 sal.pc = 0;
7318
7319 old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread ();
7320
7321 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal.pspace);
7322
7323 find_pc_partial_function (original_pc, &original_function, NULL, NULL);
7324
7325 /* Note that expand_line_sal visits *all* program spaces. */
7326 expanded = expand_line_sal (sal);
7327
7328 if (expanded.nelts == 1)
7329 {
7330 /* We had one sal, we got one sal. Return that sal, adjusting it
7331 past the function prologue if necessary. */
7332 xfree (expanded.sals);
7333 expanded.nelts = 1;
7334 expanded.sals = xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
7335 sal.pc = original_pc;
7336 expanded.sals[0] = sal;
7337 skip_prologue_sal (&expanded.sals[0]);
7338 do_cleanups (old_chain);
7339 return expanded;
7340 }
7341
7342 if (!sal.explicit_line)
7343 {
7344 CORE_ADDR func_addr, func_end;
7345 for (i = 0; i < expanded.nelts; ++i)
7346 {
7347 CORE_ADDR pc = expanded.sals[i].pc;
7348 char *this_function;
7349
7350 /* We need to switch threads as well since we're about to
7351 read memory. */
7352 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (expanded.sals[i].pspace);
7353
7354 if (find_pc_partial_function (pc, &this_function,
7355 &func_addr, &func_end))
7356 {
7357 if (this_function
7358 && strcmp (this_function, original_function) != 0)
7359 {
7360 remove_sal (&expanded, i);
7361 --i;
7362 }
7363 }
7364 }
7365 }
7366
7367 /* Skip the function prologue if necessary. */
7368 for (i = 0; i < expanded.nelts; ++i)
7369 skip_prologue_sal (&expanded.sals[i]);
7370
7371 do_cleanups (old_chain);
7372
7373 if (expanded.nelts <= 1)
7374 {
7375 /* This is an ugly workaround. If we get zero expanded sals
7376 then something is really wrong. Fix that by returning the
7377 original sal. */
7378
7379 xfree (expanded.sals);
7380 expanded.nelts = 1;
7381 expanded.sals = xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
7382 sal.pc = original_pc;
7383 expanded.sals[0] = sal;
7384 return expanded;
7385 }
7386
7387 if (original_pc)
7388 {
7389 found = 0;
7390 for (i = 0; i < expanded.nelts; ++i)
7391 if (expanded.sals[i].pc == original_pc)
7392 {
7393 found = 1;
7394 break;
7395 }
7396 gdb_assert (found);
7397 }
7398
7399 return expanded;
7400 }
7401
7402 /* Add SALS.nelts breakpoints to the breakpoint table. For each
7403 SALS.sal[i] breakpoint, include the corresponding ADDR_STRING[i]
7404 value. COND_STRING, if not NULL, specified the condition to be
7405 used for all breakpoints. Essentially the only case where
7406 SALS.nelts is not 1 is when we set a breakpoint on an overloaded
7407 function. In that case, it's still not possible to specify
7408 separate conditions for different overloaded functions, so
7409 we take just a single condition string.
7410
7411 NOTE: If the function succeeds, the caller is expected to cleanup
7412 the arrays ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING, and SALS (but not the
7413 array contents). If the function fails (error() is called), the
7414 caller is expected to cleanups both the ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING,
7415 COND and SALS arrays and each of those arrays contents. */
7416
7417 static void
7418 create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7419 struct symtabs_and_lines sals,
7420 struct linespec_result *canonical,
7421 char *cond_string,
7422 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
7423 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
7424 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
7425 int enabled, int internal)
7426 {
7427 int i;
7428
7429 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
7430 {
7431 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded =
7432 expand_line_sal_maybe (sals.sals[i]);
7433
7434 create_breakpoint_sal (gdbarch, expanded, canonical->canonical[i],
7435 cond_string, type, disposition,
7436 thread, task, ignore_count, ops,
7437 from_tty, enabled, internal,
7438 canonical->special_display);
7439 }
7440 }
7441
7442 /* Parse ADDRESS which is assumed to be a SAL specification possibly
7443 followed by conditionals. On return, SALS contains an array of SAL
7444 addresses found. ADDR_STRING contains a vector of (canonical)
7445 address strings. ADDRESS points to the end of the SAL.
7446
7447 The array and the line spec strings are allocated on the heap, it is
7448 the caller's responsibility to free them. */
7449
7450 static void
7451 parse_breakpoint_sals (char **address,
7452 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals,
7453 struct linespec_result *canonical)
7454 {
7455 char *addr_start = *address;
7456
7457 /* If no arg given, or if first arg is 'if ', use the default
7458 breakpoint. */
7459 if ((*address) == NULL
7460 || (strncmp ((*address), "if", 2) == 0 && isspace ((*address)[2])))
7461 {
7462 if (default_breakpoint_valid)
7463 {
7464 struct symtab_and_line sal;
7465
7466 init_sal (&sal); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
7467 sals->sals = (struct symtab_and_line *)
7468 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
7469 sal.pc = default_breakpoint_address;
7470 sal.line = default_breakpoint_line;
7471 sal.symtab = default_breakpoint_symtab;
7472 sal.pspace = default_breakpoint_pspace;
7473 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (sal.pc);
7474
7475 /* "break" without arguments is equivalent to "break *PC"
7476 where PC is the default_breakpoint_address. So make sure
7477 to set sal.explicit_pc to prevent GDB from trying to
7478 expand the list of sals to include all other instances
7479 with the same symtab and line. */
7480 sal.explicit_pc = 1;
7481
7482 sals->sals[0] = sal;
7483 sals->nelts = 1;
7484 }
7485 else
7486 error (_("No default breakpoint address now."));
7487 }
7488 else
7489 {
7490 /* Force almost all breakpoints to be in terms of the
7491 current_source_symtab (which is decode_line_1's default).
7492 This should produce the results we want almost all of the
7493 time while leaving default_breakpoint_* alone.
7494
7495 ObjC: However, don't match an Objective-C method name which
7496 may have a '+' or '-' succeeded by a '[' */
7497
7498 struct symtab_and_line cursal = get_current_source_symtab_and_line ();
7499
7500 if (default_breakpoint_valid
7501 && (!cursal.symtab
7502 || ((strchr ("+-", (*address)[0]) != NULL)
7503 && ((*address)[1] != '['))))
7504 *sals = decode_line_1 (address, 1, default_breakpoint_symtab,
7505 default_breakpoint_line, canonical);
7506 else
7507 *sals = decode_line_1 (address, 1, (struct symtab *) NULL, 0,
7508 canonical);
7509 }
7510 /* For any SAL that didn't have a canonical string, fill one in. */
7511 if (sals->nelts > 0 && canonical->canonical == NULL)
7512 canonical->canonical = xcalloc (sals->nelts, sizeof (char *));
7513 if (addr_start != (*address))
7514 {
7515 int i;
7516
7517 for (i = 0; i < sals->nelts; i++)
7518 {
7519 /* Add the string if not present. */
7520 if (canonical->canonical[i] == NULL)
7521 canonical->canonical[i] = savestring (addr_start,
7522 (*address) - addr_start);
7523 }
7524 }
7525 }
7526
7527
7528 /* Convert each SAL into a real PC. Verify that the PC can be
7529 inserted as a breakpoint. If it can't throw an error. */
7530
7531 static void
7532 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
7533 {
7534 int i;
7535
7536 for (i = 0; i < sals->nelts; i++)
7537 resolve_sal_pc (&sals->sals[i]);
7538 }
7539
7540 /* Fast tracepoints may have restrictions on valid locations. For
7541 instance, a fast tracepoint using a jump instead of a trap will
7542 likely have to overwrite more bytes than a trap would, and so can
7543 only be placed where the instruction is longer than the jump, or a
7544 multi-instruction sequence does not have a jump into the middle of
7545 it, etc. */
7546
7547 static void
7548 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7549 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
7550 {
7551 int i, rslt;
7552 struct symtab_and_line *sal;
7553 char *msg;
7554 struct cleanup *old_chain;
7555
7556 for (i = 0; i < sals->nelts; i++)
7557 {
7558 sal = &sals->sals[i];
7559
7560 rslt = gdbarch_fast_tracepoint_valid_at (gdbarch, sal->pc,
7561 NULL, &msg);
7562 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, msg);
7563
7564 if (!rslt)
7565 error (_("May not have a fast tracepoint at 0x%s%s"),
7566 paddress (gdbarch, sal->pc), (msg ? msg : ""));
7567
7568 do_cleanups (old_chain);
7569 }
7570 }
7571
7572 /* Given TOK, a string specification of condition and thread, as
7573 accepted by the 'break' command, extract the condition
7574 string and thread number and set *COND_STRING and *THREAD.
7575 PC identifies the context at which the condition should be parsed.
7576 If no condition is found, *COND_STRING is set to NULL.
7577 If no thread is found, *THREAD is set to -1. */
7578 static void
7579 find_condition_and_thread (char *tok, CORE_ADDR pc,
7580 char **cond_string, int *thread, int *task)
7581 {
7582 *cond_string = NULL;
7583 *thread = -1;
7584 while (tok && *tok)
7585 {
7586 char *end_tok;
7587 int toklen;
7588 char *cond_start = NULL;
7589 char *cond_end = NULL;
7590
7591 tok = skip_spaces (tok);
7592
7593 end_tok = skip_to_space (tok);
7594
7595 toklen = end_tok - tok;
7596
7597 if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "if", toklen) == 0)
7598 {
7599 struct expression *expr;
7600
7601 tok = cond_start = end_tok + 1;
7602 expr = parse_exp_1 (&tok, block_for_pc (pc), 0);
7603 xfree (expr);
7604 cond_end = tok;
7605 *cond_string = savestring (cond_start,
7606 cond_end - cond_start);
7607 }
7608 else if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "thread", toklen) == 0)
7609 {
7610 char *tmptok;
7611
7612 tok = end_tok + 1;
7613 tmptok = tok;
7614 *thread = strtol (tok, &tok, 0);
7615 if (tok == tmptok)
7616 error (_("Junk after thread keyword."));
7617 if (!valid_thread_id (*thread))
7618 error (_("Unknown thread %d."), *thread);
7619 }
7620 else if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "task", toklen) == 0)
7621 {
7622 char *tmptok;
7623
7624 tok = end_tok + 1;
7625 tmptok = tok;
7626 *task = strtol (tok, &tok, 0);
7627 if (tok == tmptok)
7628 error (_("Junk after task keyword."));
7629 if (!valid_task_id (*task))
7630 error (_("Unknown task %d."), *task);
7631 }
7632 else
7633 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
7634 }
7635 }
7636
7637 /* Decode a static tracepoint marker spec. */
7638
7639 static struct symtabs_and_lines
7640 decode_static_tracepoint_spec (char **arg_p)
7641 {
7642 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p) *markers = NULL;
7643 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
7644 struct symtab_and_line sal;
7645 struct symbol *sym;
7646 struct cleanup *old_chain;
7647 char *p = &(*arg_p)[3];
7648 char *endp;
7649 char *marker_str;
7650 int i;
7651
7652 p = skip_spaces (p);
7653
7654 endp = skip_to_space (p);
7655
7656 marker_str = savestring (p, endp - p);
7657 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, marker_str);
7658
7659 markers = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (marker_str);
7660 if (VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers))
7661 error (_("No known static tracepoint marker named %s"), marker_str);
7662
7663 sals.nelts = VEC_length(static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers);
7664 sals.sals = xmalloc (sizeof *sals.sals * sals.nelts);
7665
7666 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; i++)
7667 {
7668 struct static_tracepoint_marker *marker;
7669
7670 marker = VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers, i);
7671
7672 init_sal (&sals.sals[i]);
7673
7674 sals.sals[i] = find_pc_line (marker->address, 0);
7675 sals.sals[i].pc = marker->address;
7676
7677 release_static_tracepoint_marker (marker);
7678 }
7679
7680 do_cleanups (old_chain);
7681
7682 *arg_p = endp;
7683 return sals;
7684 }
7685
7686 /* Set a breakpoint. This function is shared between CLI and MI
7687 functions for setting a breakpoint. This function has two major
7688 modes of operations, selected by the PARSE_CONDITION_AND_THREAD
7689 parameter. If non-zero, the function will parse arg, extracting
7690 breakpoint location, address and thread. Otherwise, ARG is just
7691 the location of breakpoint, with condition and thread specified by
7692 the COND_STRING and THREAD parameters. If INTERNAL is non-zero,
7693 the breakpoint number will be allocated from the internal
7694 breakpoint count. Returns true if any breakpoint was created;
7695 false otherwise. */
7696
7697 int
7698 create_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7699 char *arg, char *cond_string, int thread,
7700 int parse_condition_and_thread,
7701 int tempflag, enum bptype type_wanted,
7702 int ignore_count,
7703 enum auto_boolean pending_break_support,
7704 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
7705 int from_tty, int enabled, int internal)
7706 {
7707 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
7708 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
7709 struct symtab_and_line pending_sal;
7710 char *copy_arg;
7711 char *addr_start = arg;
7712 struct linespec_result canonical;
7713 struct cleanup *old_chain;
7714 struct cleanup *bkpt_chain = NULL;
7715 int i;
7716 int pending = 0;
7717 int task = 0;
7718 int prev_bkpt_count = breakpoint_count;
7719
7720 gdb_assert (ops != NULL);
7721
7722 sals.sals = NULL;
7723 sals.nelts = 0;
7724 init_linespec_result (&canonical);
7725
7726 if (type_wanted == bp_static_tracepoint && is_marker_spec (arg))
7727 {
7728 int i;
7729
7730 sals = decode_static_tracepoint_spec (&arg);
7731
7732 copy_arg = savestring (addr_start, arg - addr_start);
7733 canonical.canonical = xcalloc (sals.nelts, sizeof (char *));
7734 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; i++)
7735 canonical.canonical[i] = xstrdup (copy_arg);
7736 goto done;
7737 }
7738
7739 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
7740 {
7741 parse_breakpoint_sals (&arg, &sals, &canonical);
7742 }
7743
7744 /* If caller is interested in rc value from parse, set value. */
7745 switch (e.reason)
7746 {
7747 case RETURN_QUIT:
7748 throw_exception (e);
7749 case RETURN_ERROR:
7750 switch (e.error)
7751 {
7752 case NOT_FOUND_ERROR:
7753
7754 /* If pending breakpoint support is turned off, throw
7755 error. */
7756
7757 if (pending_break_support == AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE)
7758 throw_exception (e);
7759
7760 exception_print (gdb_stderr, e);
7761
7762 /* If pending breakpoint support is auto query and the user
7763 selects no, then simply return the error code. */
7764 if (pending_break_support == AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
7765 && !nquery (_("Make breakpoint pending on "
7766 "future shared library load? ")))
7767 return 0;
7768
7769 /* At this point, either the user was queried about setting
7770 a pending breakpoint and selected yes, or pending
7771 breakpoint behavior is on and thus a pending breakpoint
7772 is defaulted on behalf of the user. */
7773 copy_arg = xstrdup (addr_start);
7774 canonical.canonical = &copy_arg;
7775 sals.nelts = 1;
7776 sals.sals = &pending_sal;
7777 pending_sal.pc = 0;
7778 pending = 1;
7779 break;
7780 default:
7781 throw_exception (e);
7782 }
7783 break;
7784 default:
7785 if (!sals.nelts)
7786 return 0;
7787 }
7788
7789 done:
7790
7791 /* Create a chain of things that always need to be cleaned up. */
7792 old_chain = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, 0);
7793
7794 if (!pending)
7795 {
7796 /* Make sure that all storage allocated to SALS gets freed. */
7797 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
7798
7799 /* Cleanup the canonical array but not its contents. */
7800 make_cleanup (xfree, canonical.canonical);
7801 }
7802
7803 /* ----------------------------- SNIP -----------------------------
7804 Anything added to the cleanup chain beyond this point is assumed
7805 to be part of a breakpoint. If the breakpoint create succeeds
7806 then the memory is not reclaimed. */
7807 bkpt_chain = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, 0);
7808
7809 /* Mark the contents of the canonical for cleanup. These go on
7810 the bkpt_chain and only occur if the breakpoint create fails. */
7811 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; i++)
7812 {
7813 if (canonical.canonical[i] != NULL)
7814 make_cleanup (xfree, canonical.canonical[i]);
7815 }
7816
7817 /* Resolve all line numbers to PC's and verify that the addresses
7818 are ok for the target. */
7819 if (!pending)
7820 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (&sals);
7821
7822 /* Fast tracepoints may have additional restrictions on location. */
7823 if (type_wanted == bp_fast_tracepoint)
7824 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (gdbarch, &sals);
7825
7826 /* Verify that condition can be parsed, before setting any
7827 breakpoints. Allocate a separate condition expression for each
7828 breakpoint. */
7829 if (!pending)
7830 {
7831 if (parse_condition_and_thread)
7832 {
7833 /* Here we only parse 'arg' to separate condition
7834 from thread number, so parsing in context of first
7835 sal is OK. When setting the breakpoint we'll
7836 re-parse it in context of each sal. */
7837 cond_string = NULL;
7838 thread = -1;
7839 find_condition_and_thread (arg, sals.sals[0].pc, &cond_string,
7840 &thread, &task);
7841 if (cond_string)
7842 make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string);
7843 }
7844 else
7845 {
7846 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
7847 if (cond_string)
7848 {
7849 cond_string = xstrdup (cond_string);
7850 make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string);
7851 }
7852 }
7853
7854 /* If the user is creating a static tracepoint by marker id
7855 (strace -m MARKER_ID), then store the sals index, so that
7856 breakpoint_re_set can try to match up which of the newly
7857 found markers corresponds to this one, and, don't try to
7858 expand multiple locations for each sal, given than SALS
7859 already should contain all sals for MARKER_ID. */
7860 if (type_wanted == bp_static_tracepoint
7861 && is_marker_spec (canonical.canonical[0]))
7862 {
7863 int i;
7864
7865 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
7866 {
7867 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded;
7868 struct tracepoint *tp;
7869 struct cleanup *old_chain;
7870
7871 expanded.nelts = 1;
7872 expanded.sals = xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
7873 expanded.sals[0] = sals.sals[i];
7874 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, expanded.sals);
7875
7876 tp = XCNEW (struct tracepoint);
7877 init_breakpoint_sal (&tp->base, gdbarch, expanded,
7878 canonical.canonical[i],
7879 cond_string, type_wanted,
7880 tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch,
7881 thread, task, ignore_count, ops,
7882 from_tty, enabled, internal,
7883 canonical.special_display);
7884 /* Given that its possible to have multiple markers with
7885 the same string id, if the user is creating a static
7886 tracepoint by marker id ("strace -m MARKER_ID"), then
7887 store the sals index, so that breakpoint_re_set can
7888 try to match up which of the newly found markers
7889 corresponds to this one */
7890 tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx = i;
7891
7892 install_breakpoint (internal, &tp->base);
7893
7894 do_cleanups (old_chain);
7895 }
7896 }
7897 else
7898 create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch, sals, &canonical, cond_string,
7899 type_wanted,
7900 tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch,
7901 thread, task, ignore_count, ops, from_tty,
7902 enabled, internal);
7903 }
7904 else
7905 {
7906 struct breakpoint *b;
7907
7908 make_cleanup (xfree, copy_arg);
7909
7910 b = set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (gdbarch, type_wanted, ops);
7911 set_breakpoint_number (internal, b);
7912 b->thread = -1;
7913 b->addr_string = canonical.canonical[0];
7914 b->cond_string = NULL;
7915 b->ignore_count = ignore_count;
7916 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
7917 b->condition_not_parsed = 1;
7918 b->enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
7919 b->pspace = current_program_space;
7920 b->py_bp_object = NULL;
7921
7922 if (enabled && b->pspace->executing_startup
7923 && (b->type == bp_breakpoint
7924 || b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint))
7925 b->enable_state = bp_startup_disabled;
7926
7927 if (!internal)
7928 /* Do not mention breakpoints with a negative number,
7929 but do notify observers. */
7930 mention (b);
7931 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b);
7932 }
7933
7934 if (sals.nelts > 1)
7935 {
7936 warning (_("Multiple breakpoints were set.\nUse the "
7937 "\"delete\" command to delete unwanted breakpoints."));
7938 prev_breakpoint_count = prev_bkpt_count;
7939 }
7940
7941 /* That's it. Discard the cleanups for data inserted into the
7942 breakpoint. */
7943 discard_cleanups (bkpt_chain);
7944 /* But cleanup everything else. */
7945 do_cleanups (old_chain);
7946
7947 /* error call may happen here - have BKPT_CHAIN already discarded. */
7948 update_global_location_list (1);
7949
7950 return 1;
7951 }
7952
7953 /* Set a breakpoint.
7954 ARG is a string describing breakpoint address,
7955 condition, and thread.
7956 FLAG specifies if a breakpoint is hardware on,
7957 and if breakpoint is temporary, using BP_HARDWARE_FLAG
7958 and BP_TEMPFLAG. */
7959
7960 static void
7961 break_command_1 (char *arg, int flag, int from_tty)
7962 {
7963 int tempflag = flag & BP_TEMPFLAG;
7964 enum bptype type_wanted = (flag & BP_HARDWAREFLAG
7965 ? bp_hardware_breakpoint
7966 : bp_breakpoint);
7967
7968 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
7969 arg,
7970 NULL, 0, 1 /* parse arg */,
7971 tempflag, type_wanted,
7972 0 /* Ignore count */,
7973 pending_break_support,
7974 &bkpt_breakpoint_ops,
7975 from_tty,
7976 1 /* enabled */,
7977 0 /* internal */);
7978 }
7979
7980 /* Helper function for break_command_1 and disassemble_command. */
7981
7982 void
7983 resolve_sal_pc (struct symtab_and_line *sal)
7984 {
7985 CORE_ADDR pc;
7986
7987 if (sal->pc == 0 && sal->symtab != NULL)
7988 {
7989 if (!find_line_pc (sal->symtab, sal->line, &pc))
7990 error (_("No line %d in file \"%s\"."),
7991 sal->line, sal->symtab->filename);
7992 sal->pc = pc;
7993
7994 /* If this SAL corresponds to a breakpoint inserted using a line
7995 number, then skip the function prologue if necessary. */
7996 if (sal->explicit_line)
7997 skip_prologue_sal (sal);
7998 }
7999
8000 if (sal->section == 0 && sal->symtab != NULL)
8001 {
8002 struct blockvector *bv;
8003 struct block *b;
8004 struct symbol *sym;
8005
8006 bv = blockvector_for_pc_sect (sal->pc, 0, &b, sal->symtab);
8007 if (bv != NULL)
8008 {
8009 sym = block_linkage_function (b);
8010 if (sym != NULL)
8011 {
8012 fixup_symbol_section (sym, sal->symtab->objfile);
8013 sal->section = SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (sym);
8014 }
8015 else
8016 {
8017 /* It really is worthwhile to have the section, so we'll
8018 just have to look harder. This case can be executed
8019 if we have line numbers but no functions (as can
8020 happen in assembly source). */
8021
8022 struct minimal_symbol *msym;
8023 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread ();
8024
8025 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal->pspace);
8026
8027 msym = lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc (sal->pc);
8028 if (msym)
8029 sal->section = SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (msym);
8030
8031 do_cleanups (old_chain);
8032 }
8033 }
8034 }
8035 }
8036
8037 void
8038 break_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
8039 {
8040 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
8041 }
8042
8043 void
8044 tbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
8045 {
8046 break_command_1 (arg, BP_TEMPFLAG, from_tty);
8047 }
8048
8049 static void
8050 hbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
8051 {
8052 break_command_1 (arg, BP_HARDWAREFLAG, from_tty);
8053 }
8054
8055 static void
8056 thbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
8057 {
8058 break_command_1 (arg, (BP_TEMPFLAG | BP_HARDWAREFLAG), from_tty);
8059 }
8060
8061 static void
8062 stop_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
8063 {
8064 printf_filtered (_("Specify the type of breakpoint to set.\n\
8065 Usage: stop in <function | address>\n\
8066 stop at <line>\n"));
8067 }
8068
8069 static void
8070 stopin_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
8071 {
8072 int badInput = 0;
8073
8074 if (arg == (char *) NULL)
8075 badInput = 1;
8076 else if (*arg != '*')
8077 {
8078 char *argptr = arg;
8079 int hasColon = 0;
8080
8081 /* Look for a ':'. If this is a line number specification, then
8082 say it is bad, otherwise, it should be an address or
8083 function/method name. */
8084 while (*argptr && !hasColon)
8085 {
8086 hasColon = (*argptr == ':');
8087 argptr++;
8088 }
8089
8090 if (hasColon)
8091 badInput = (*argptr != ':'); /* Not a class::method */
8092 else
8093 badInput = isdigit (*arg); /* a simple line number */
8094 }
8095
8096 if (badInput)
8097 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop in <function | address>\n"));
8098 else
8099 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
8100 }
8101
8102 static void
8103 stopat_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
8104 {
8105 int badInput = 0;
8106
8107 if (arg == (char *) NULL || *arg == '*') /* no line number */
8108 badInput = 1;
8109 else
8110 {
8111 char *argptr = arg;
8112 int hasColon = 0;
8113
8114 /* Look for a ':'. If there is a '::' then get out, otherwise
8115 it is probably a line number. */
8116 while (*argptr && !hasColon)
8117 {
8118 hasColon = (*argptr == ':');
8119 argptr++;
8120 }
8121
8122 if (hasColon)
8123 badInput = (*argptr == ':'); /* we have class::method */
8124 else
8125 badInput = !isdigit (*arg); /* not a line number */
8126 }
8127
8128 if (badInput)
8129 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop at <line>\n"));
8130 else
8131 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
8132 }
8133
8134 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for
8135 ranged breakpoints. */
8136
8137 static int
8138 breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location *bl,
8139 struct address_space *aspace,
8140 CORE_ADDR bp_addr)
8141 {
8142 return breakpoint_address_match_range (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
8143 bl->length, aspace, bp_addr);
8144 }
8145
8146 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
8147 ranged breakpoints. */
8148
8149 static int
8150 resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
8151 {
8152 return target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
8153 }
8154
8155 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
8156 ranged breakpoints. */
8157
8158 static enum print_stop_action
8159 print_it_ranged_breakpoint (bpstat bs)
8160 {
8161 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
8162 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
8163
8164 gdb_assert (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
8165
8166 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
8167 gdb_assert (bl && bl->next == NULL);
8168
8169 annotate_breakpoint (b->number);
8170 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
8171 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary ranged breakpoint ");
8172 else
8173 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nRanged breakpoint ");
8174 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8175 {
8176 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
8177 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT));
8178 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
8179 }
8180 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
8181 ui_out_text (uiout, ", ");
8182
8183 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
8184 }
8185
8186 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for
8187 ranged breakpoints. */
8188
8189 static void
8190 print_one_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
8191 struct bp_location **last_loc)
8192 {
8193 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
8194 struct value_print_options opts;
8195
8196 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
8197 gdb_assert (bl && bl->next == NULL);
8198
8199 get_user_print_options (&opts);
8200
8201 if (opts.addressprint)
8202 /* We don't print the address range here, it will be printed later
8203 by print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint. */
8204 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
8205 annotate_field (5);
8206 print_breakpoint_location (b, bl);
8207 *last_loc = bl;
8208 }
8209
8210 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
8211 ranged breakpoints. */
8212
8213 static void
8214 print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint *b,
8215 struct ui_out *uiout)
8216 {
8217 CORE_ADDR address_start, address_end;
8218 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
8219 struct ui_stream *stb = ui_out_stream_new (uiout);
8220 struct cleanup *cleanup = make_cleanup_ui_out_stream_delete (stb);
8221
8222 gdb_assert (bl);
8223
8224 address_start = bl->address;
8225 address_end = address_start + bl->length - 1;
8226
8227 ui_out_text (uiout, "\taddress range: ");
8228 fprintf_unfiltered (stb->stream, "[%s, %s]",
8229 print_core_address (bl->gdbarch, address_start),
8230 print_core_address (bl->gdbarch, address_end));
8231 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "addr", stb);
8232 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
8233
8234 do_cleanups (cleanup);
8235 }
8236
8237 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
8238 ranged breakpoints. */
8239
8240 static void
8241 print_mention_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
8242 {
8243 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
8244
8245 gdb_assert (bl);
8246 gdb_assert (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
8247
8248 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8249 return;
8250
8251 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted ranged breakpoint %d from %s to %s."),
8252 b->number, paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address),
8253 paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address + bl->length - 1));
8254 }
8255
8256 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
8257 ranged breakpoints. */
8258
8259 static void
8260 print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
8261 {
8262 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "break-range %s, %s", b->addr_string,
8263 b->addr_string_range_end);
8264 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
8265 }
8266
8267 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in ranged breakpoints. */
8268
8269 static struct breakpoint_ops ranged_breakpoint_ops;
8270
8271 /* Find the address where the end of the breakpoint range should be
8272 placed, given the SAL of the end of the range. This is so that if
8273 the user provides a line number, the end of the range is set to the
8274 last instruction of the given line. */
8275
8276 static CORE_ADDR
8277 find_breakpoint_range_end (struct symtab_and_line sal)
8278 {
8279 CORE_ADDR end;
8280
8281 /* If the user provided a PC value, use it. Otherwise,
8282 find the address of the end of the given location. */
8283 if (sal.explicit_pc)
8284 end = sal.pc;
8285 else
8286 {
8287 int ret;
8288 CORE_ADDR start;
8289
8290 ret = find_line_pc_range (sal, &start, &end);
8291 if (!ret)
8292 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
8293
8294 /* find_line_pc_range returns the start of the next line. */
8295 end--;
8296 }
8297
8298 return end;
8299 }
8300
8301 /* Implement the "break-range" CLI command. */
8302
8303 static void
8304 break_range_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
8305 {
8306 char *arg_start, *addr_string_start, *addr_string_end;
8307 struct linespec_result canonical_start, canonical_end;
8308 int bp_count, can_use_bp, length;
8309 CORE_ADDR end;
8310 struct breakpoint *b;
8311 struct symtab_and_line sal_start, sal_end;
8312 struct symtabs_and_lines sals_start, sals_end;
8313 struct cleanup *cleanup_bkpt;
8314
8315 /* We don't support software ranged breakpoints. */
8316 if (target_ranged_break_num_registers () < 0)
8317 error (_("This target does not support hardware ranged breakpoints."));
8318
8319 bp_count = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
8320 bp_count += target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
8321 can_use_bp = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
8322 bp_count, 0);
8323 if (can_use_bp < 0)
8324 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
8325
8326 if (arg == NULL || arg[0] == '\0')
8327 error(_("No address range specified."));
8328
8329 sals_start.sals = NULL;
8330 sals_start.nelts = 0;
8331 init_linespec_result (&canonical_start);
8332
8333 while (*arg == ' ' || *arg == '\t')
8334 arg++;
8335
8336 parse_breakpoint_sals (&arg, &sals_start, &canonical_start);
8337
8338 sal_start = sals_start.sals[0];
8339 addr_string_start = canonical_start.canonical[0];
8340 cleanup_bkpt = make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string_start);
8341 xfree (sals_start.sals);
8342 xfree (canonical_start.canonical);
8343
8344 if (arg[0] != ',')
8345 error (_("Too few arguments."));
8346 else if (sals_start.nelts == 0)
8347 error (_("Could not find location of the beginning of the range."));
8348 else if (sals_start.nelts != 1)
8349 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
8350
8351 resolve_sal_pc (&sal_start);
8352
8353 arg++; /* Skip the comma. */
8354 while (*arg == ' ' || *arg == '\t')
8355 arg++;
8356
8357 /* Parse the end location. */
8358
8359 sals_end.sals = NULL;
8360 sals_end.nelts = 0;
8361 init_linespec_result (&canonical_end);
8362 arg_start = arg;
8363
8364 /* We call decode_line_1 directly here instead of using
8365 parse_breakpoint_sals because we need to specify the start location's
8366 symtab and line as the default symtab and line for the end of the
8367 range. This makes it possible to have ranges like "foo.c:27, +14",
8368 where +14 means 14 lines from the start location. */
8369 sals_end = decode_line_1 (&arg, 1, sal_start.symtab, sal_start.line,
8370 &canonical_end);
8371
8372 /* canonical_end can be NULL if it was of the form "*0xdeadbeef". */
8373 if (canonical_end.canonical == NULL)
8374 canonical_end.canonical = xcalloc (1, sizeof (char *));
8375 /* Add the string if not present. */
8376 if (arg_start != arg && canonical_end.canonical[0] == NULL)
8377 canonical_end.canonical[0] = savestring (arg_start, arg - arg_start);
8378
8379 sal_end = sals_end.sals[0];
8380 addr_string_end = canonical_end.canonical[0];
8381 make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string_end);
8382 xfree (sals_end.sals);
8383 xfree (canonical_end.canonical);
8384
8385 if (sals_end.nelts == 0)
8386 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
8387 else if (sals_end.nelts != 1)
8388 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
8389
8390 resolve_sal_pc (&sal_end);
8391
8392 end = find_breakpoint_range_end (sal_end);
8393 if (sal_start.pc > end)
8394 error (_("Invalid address range, end precedes start."));
8395
8396 length = end - sal_start.pc + 1;
8397 if (length < 0)
8398 /* Length overflowed. */
8399 error (_("Address range too large."));
8400 else if (length == 1)
8401 {
8402 /* This range is simple enough to be handled by
8403 the `hbreak' command. */
8404 hbreak_command (addr_string_start, 1);
8405
8406 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt);
8407
8408 return;
8409 }
8410
8411 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
8412 b = set_raw_breakpoint (get_current_arch (), sal_start,
8413 bp_hardware_breakpoint, &ranged_breakpoint_ops);
8414 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
8415 b->number = breakpoint_count;
8416 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
8417 b->addr_string = addr_string_start;
8418 b->addr_string_range_end = addr_string_end;
8419 b->loc->length = length;
8420
8421 discard_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt);
8422
8423 mention (b);
8424 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b);
8425 update_global_location_list (1);
8426 }
8427
8428 /* Return non-zero if EXP is verified as constant. Returned zero
8429 means EXP is variable. Also the constant detection may fail for
8430 some constant expressions and in such case still falsely return
8431 zero. */
8432 static int
8433 watchpoint_exp_is_const (const struct expression *exp)
8434 {
8435 int i = exp->nelts;
8436
8437 while (i > 0)
8438 {
8439 int oplenp, argsp;
8440
8441 /* We are only interested in the descriptor of each element. */
8442 operator_length (exp, i, &oplenp, &argsp);
8443 i -= oplenp;
8444
8445 switch (exp->elts[i].opcode)
8446 {
8447 case BINOP_ADD:
8448 case BINOP_SUB:
8449 case BINOP_MUL:
8450 case BINOP_DIV:
8451 case BINOP_REM:
8452 case BINOP_MOD:
8453 case BINOP_LSH:
8454 case BINOP_RSH:
8455 case BINOP_LOGICAL_AND:
8456 case BINOP_LOGICAL_OR:
8457 case BINOP_BITWISE_AND:
8458 case BINOP_BITWISE_IOR:
8459 case BINOP_BITWISE_XOR:
8460 case BINOP_EQUAL:
8461 case BINOP_NOTEQUAL:
8462 case BINOP_LESS:
8463 case BINOP_GTR:
8464 case BINOP_LEQ:
8465 case BINOP_GEQ:
8466 case BINOP_REPEAT:
8467 case BINOP_COMMA:
8468 case BINOP_EXP:
8469 case BINOP_MIN:
8470 case BINOP_MAX:
8471 case BINOP_INTDIV:
8472 case BINOP_CONCAT:
8473 case BINOP_IN:
8474 case BINOP_RANGE:
8475 case TERNOP_COND:
8476 case TERNOP_SLICE:
8477 case TERNOP_SLICE_COUNT:
8478
8479 case OP_LONG:
8480 case OP_DOUBLE:
8481 case OP_DECFLOAT:
8482 case OP_LAST:
8483 case OP_COMPLEX:
8484 case OP_STRING:
8485 case OP_BITSTRING:
8486 case OP_ARRAY:
8487 case OP_TYPE:
8488 case OP_NAME:
8489 case OP_OBJC_NSSTRING:
8490
8491 case UNOP_NEG:
8492 case UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT:
8493 case UNOP_COMPLEMENT:
8494 case UNOP_ADDR:
8495 case UNOP_HIGH:
8496 /* Unary, binary and ternary operators: We have to check
8497 their operands. If they are constant, then so is the
8498 result of that operation. For instance, if A and B are
8499 determined to be constants, then so is "A + B".
8500
8501 UNOP_IND is one exception to the rule above, because the
8502 value of *ADDR is not necessarily a constant, even when
8503 ADDR is. */
8504 break;
8505
8506 case OP_VAR_VALUE:
8507 /* Check whether the associated symbol is a constant.
8508
8509 We use SYMBOL_CLASS rather than TYPE_CONST because it's
8510 possible that a buggy compiler could mark a variable as
8511 constant even when it is not, and TYPE_CONST would return
8512 true in this case, while SYMBOL_CLASS wouldn't.
8513
8514 We also have to check for function symbols because they
8515 are always constant. */
8516 {
8517 struct symbol *s = exp->elts[i + 2].symbol;
8518
8519 if (SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_BLOCK
8520 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_CONST
8521 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_CONST_BYTES)
8522 return 0;
8523 break;
8524 }
8525
8526 /* The default action is to return 0 because we are using
8527 the optimistic approach here: If we don't know something,
8528 then it is not a constant. */
8529 default:
8530 return 0;
8531 }
8532 }
8533
8534 return 1;
8535 }
8536
8537 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
8538
8539 static void
8540 dtor_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *self)
8541 {
8542 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) self;
8543
8544 xfree (w->cond_exp);
8545 xfree (w->exp);
8546 xfree (w->exp_string);
8547 xfree (w->exp_string_reparse);
8548 value_free (w->val);
8549
8550 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (self);
8551 }
8552
8553 /* Implement the "re_set" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
8554
8555 static void
8556 re_set_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
8557 {
8558 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
8559
8560 /* Watchpoint can be either on expression using entirely global
8561 variables, or it can be on local variables.
8562
8563 Watchpoints of the first kind are never auto-deleted, and even
8564 persist across program restarts. Since they can use variables
8565 from shared libraries, we need to reparse expression as libraries
8566 are loaded and unloaded.
8567
8568 Watchpoints on local variables can also change meaning as result
8569 of solib event. For example, if a watchpoint uses both a local
8570 and a global variables in expression, it's a local watchpoint,
8571 but unloading of a shared library will make the expression
8572 invalid. This is not a very common use case, but we still
8573 re-evaluate expression, to avoid surprises to the user.
8574
8575 Note that for local watchpoints, we re-evaluate it only if
8576 watchpoints frame id is still valid. If it's not, it means the
8577 watchpoint is out of scope and will be deleted soon. In fact,
8578 I'm not sure we'll ever be called in this case.
8579
8580 If a local watchpoint's frame id is still valid, then
8581 w->exp_valid_block is likewise valid, and we can safely use it.
8582
8583 Don't do anything about disabled watchpoints, since they will be
8584 reevaluated again when enabled. */
8585 update_watchpoint (w, 1 /* reparse */);
8586 }
8587
8588 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
8589
8590 static int
8591 insert_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
8592 {
8593 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
8594 int length = w->exact ? 1 : bl->length;
8595
8596 return target_insert_watchpoint (bl->address, length, bl->watchpoint_type,
8597 w->cond_exp);
8598 }
8599
8600 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
8601
8602 static int
8603 remove_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
8604 {
8605 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
8606 int length = w->exact ? 1 : bl->length;
8607
8608 return target_remove_watchpoint (bl->address, length, bl->watchpoint_type,
8609 w->cond_exp);
8610 }
8611
8612 static int
8613 breakpoint_hit_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl,
8614 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr)
8615 {
8616 struct breakpoint *b = bl->owner;
8617 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
8618
8619 /* Continuable hardware watchpoints are treated as non-existent if the
8620 reason we stopped wasn't a hardware watchpoint (we didn't stop on
8621 some data address). Otherwise gdb won't stop on a break instruction
8622 in the code (not from a breakpoint) when a hardware watchpoint has
8623 been defined. Also skip watchpoints which we know did not trigger
8624 (did not match the data address). */
8625 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b)
8626 && w->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_no)
8627 return 0;
8628
8629 return 1;
8630 }
8631
8632 static void
8633 check_status_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
8634 {
8635 gdb_assert (is_watchpoint (bs->breakpoint_at));
8636
8637 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bs);
8638 }
8639
8640 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
8641 hardware watchpoints. */
8642
8643 static int
8644 resources_needed_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
8645 {
8646 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
8647 int length = w->exact? 1 : bl->length;
8648
8649 return target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (bl->address, length);
8650 }
8651
8652 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
8653 hardware watchpoints. */
8654
8655 static int
8656 works_in_software_mode_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
8657 {
8658 /* Read and access watchpoints only work with hardware support. */
8659 return b->type == bp_watchpoint || b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint;
8660 }
8661
8662 static enum print_stop_action
8663 print_it_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
8664 {
8665 struct cleanup *old_chain;
8666 struct breakpoint *b;
8667 const struct bp_location *bl;
8668 struct ui_stream *stb;
8669 enum print_stop_action result;
8670 struct watchpoint *w;
8671
8672 gdb_assert (bs->bp_location_at != NULL);
8673
8674 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
8675 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
8676 w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
8677
8678 stb = ui_out_stream_new (uiout);
8679 old_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_stream_delete (stb);
8680
8681 switch (b->type)
8682 {
8683 case bp_watchpoint:
8684 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
8685 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
8686 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8687 ui_out_field_string
8688 (uiout, "reason",
8689 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
8690 mention (b);
8691 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
8692 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nOld value = ");
8693 watchpoint_value_print (bs->old_val, stb->stream);
8694 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "old", stb);
8695 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nNew value = ");
8696 watchpoint_value_print (w->val, stb->stream);
8697 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "new", stb);
8698 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
8699 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
8700 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
8701 break;
8702
8703 case bp_read_watchpoint:
8704 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8705 ui_out_field_string
8706 (uiout, "reason",
8707 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
8708 mention (b);
8709 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
8710 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nValue = ");
8711 watchpoint_value_print (w->val, stb->stream);
8712 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "value", stb);
8713 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
8714 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
8715 break;
8716
8717 case bp_access_watchpoint:
8718 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
8719 {
8720 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
8721 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8722 ui_out_field_string
8723 (uiout, "reason",
8724 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
8725 mention (b);
8726 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
8727 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nOld value = ");
8728 watchpoint_value_print (bs->old_val, stb->stream);
8729 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "old", stb);
8730 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nNew value = ");
8731 }
8732 else
8733 {
8734 mention (b);
8735 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8736 ui_out_field_string
8737 (uiout, "reason",
8738 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
8739 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
8740 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nValue = ");
8741 }
8742 watchpoint_value_print (w->val, stb->stream);
8743 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "new", stb);
8744 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
8745 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
8746 break;
8747 default:
8748 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
8749 }
8750
8751 do_cleanups (old_chain);
8752 return result;
8753 }
8754
8755 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for hardware
8756 watchpoints. */
8757
8758 static void
8759 print_mention_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
8760 {
8761 struct cleanup *ui_out_chain;
8762 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
8763
8764 switch (b->type)
8765 {
8766 case bp_watchpoint:
8767 ui_out_text (uiout, "Watchpoint ");
8768 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
8769 break;
8770 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
8771 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware watchpoint ");
8772 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
8773 break;
8774 case bp_read_watchpoint:
8775 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware read watchpoint ");
8776 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-rwpt");
8777 break;
8778 case bp_access_watchpoint:
8779 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
8780 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-awpt");
8781 break;
8782 default:
8783 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
8784 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
8785 }
8786
8787 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
8788 ui_out_text (uiout, ": ");
8789 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "exp", w->exp_string);
8790 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
8791 }
8792
8793 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
8794 watchpoints. */
8795
8796 static void
8797 print_recreate_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
8798 {
8799 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
8800
8801 switch (b->type)
8802 {
8803 case bp_watchpoint:
8804 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
8805 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "watch");
8806 break;
8807 case bp_read_watchpoint:
8808 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "rwatch");
8809 break;
8810 case bp_access_watchpoint:
8811 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "awatch");
8812 break;
8813 default:
8814 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
8815 _("Invalid watchpoint type."));
8816 }
8817
8818 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", w->exp_string);
8819 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
8820 }
8821
8822 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in hardware watchpoints. */
8823
8824 static struct breakpoint_ops watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
8825
8826 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for
8827 masked hardware watchpoints. */
8828
8829 static int
8830 insert_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
8831 {
8832 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
8833
8834 return target_insert_mask_watchpoint (bl->address, w->hw_wp_mask,
8835 bl->watchpoint_type);
8836 }
8837
8838 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for
8839 masked hardware watchpoints. */
8840
8841 static int
8842 remove_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
8843 {
8844 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
8845
8846 return target_remove_mask_watchpoint (bl->address, w->hw_wp_mask,
8847 bl->watchpoint_type);
8848 }
8849
8850 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
8851 masked hardware watchpoints. */
8852
8853 static int
8854 resources_needed_masked_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
8855 {
8856 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
8857
8858 return target_masked_watch_num_registers (bl->address, w->hw_wp_mask);
8859 }
8860
8861 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
8862 masked hardware watchpoints. */
8863
8864 static int
8865 works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
8866 {
8867 return 0;
8868 }
8869
8870 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
8871 masked hardware watchpoints. */
8872
8873 static enum print_stop_action
8874 print_it_masked_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
8875 {
8876 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
8877
8878 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
8879 gdb_assert (b->loc && b->loc->next == NULL);
8880
8881 switch (b->type)
8882 {
8883 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
8884 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
8885 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8886 ui_out_field_string
8887 (uiout, "reason",
8888 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
8889 break;
8890
8891 case bp_read_watchpoint:
8892 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8893 ui_out_field_string
8894 (uiout, "reason",
8895 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
8896 break;
8897
8898 case bp_access_watchpoint:
8899 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8900 ui_out_field_string
8901 (uiout, "reason",
8902 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
8903 break;
8904 default:
8905 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
8906 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
8907 }
8908
8909 mention (b);
8910 ui_out_text (uiout, _("\n\
8911 Check the underlying instruction at PC for the memory\n\
8912 address and value which triggered this watchpoint.\n"));
8913 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
8914
8915 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
8916 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
8917 }
8918
8919 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
8920 masked hardware watchpoints. */
8921
8922 static void
8923 print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b,
8924 struct ui_out *uiout)
8925 {
8926 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
8927
8928 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
8929 gdb_assert (b->loc && b->loc->next == NULL);
8930
8931 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tmask ");
8932 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "mask", b->loc->gdbarch, w->hw_wp_mask);
8933 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
8934 }
8935
8936 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
8937 masked hardware watchpoints. */
8938
8939 static void
8940 print_mention_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
8941 {
8942 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
8943 struct cleanup *ui_out_chain;
8944
8945 switch (b->type)
8946 {
8947 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
8948 ui_out_text (uiout, "Masked hardware watchpoint ");
8949 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
8950 break;
8951 case bp_read_watchpoint:
8952 ui_out_text (uiout, "Masked hardware read watchpoint ");
8953 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-rwpt");
8954 break;
8955 case bp_access_watchpoint:
8956 ui_out_text (uiout, "Masked hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
8957 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-awpt");
8958 break;
8959 default:
8960 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
8961 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
8962 }
8963
8964 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
8965 ui_out_text (uiout, ": ");
8966 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "exp", w->exp_string);
8967 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
8968 }
8969
8970 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
8971 masked hardware watchpoints. */
8972
8973 static void
8974 print_recreate_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
8975 {
8976 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
8977 char tmp[40];
8978
8979 switch (b->type)
8980 {
8981 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
8982 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "watch");
8983 break;
8984 case bp_read_watchpoint:
8985 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "rwatch");
8986 break;
8987 case bp_access_watchpoint:
8988 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "awatch");
8989 break;
8990 default:
8991 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
8992 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
8993 }
8994
8995 sprintf_vma (tmp, w->hw_wp_mask);
8996 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s mask 0x%s", w->exp_string, tmp);
8997 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
8998 }
8999
9000 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in masked hardware watchpoints. */
9001
9002 static struct breakpoint_ops masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
9003
9004 /* Tell whether the given watchpoint is a masked hardware watchpoint. */
9005
9006 static int
9007 is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
9008 {
9009 return b->ops == &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
9010 }
9011
9012 /* accessflag: hw_write: watch write,
9013 hw_read: watch read,
9014 hw_access: watch access (read or write) */
9015 static void
9016 watch_command_1 (char *arg, int accessflag, int from_tty,
9017 int just_location, int internal)
9018 {
9019 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
9020 struct breakpoint *b, *scope_breakpoint = NULL;
9021 struct expression *exp;
9022 struct block *exp_valid_block = NULL, *cond_exp_valid_block = NULL;
9023 struct value *val, *mark, *result;
9024 struct frame_info *frame;
9025 char *exp_start = NULL;
9026 char *exp_end = NULL;
9027 char *tok, *end_tok;
9028 int toklen = -1;
9029 char *cond_start = NULL;
9030 char *cond_end = NULL;
9031 enum bptype bp_type;
9032 int thread = -1;
9033 int pc = 0;
9034 /* Flag to indicate whether we are going to use masks for
9035 the hardware watchpoint. */
9036 int use_mask = 0;
9037 CORE_ADDR mask = 0;
9038 struct watchpoint *w;
9039
9040 /* Make sure that we actually have parameters to parse. */
9041 if (arg != NULL && arg[0] != '\0')
9042 {
9043 char *value_start;
9044
9045 /* Look for "parameter value" pairs at the end
9046 of the arguments string. */
9047 for (tok = arg + strlen (arg) - 1; tok > arg; tok--)
9048 {
9049 /* Skip whitespace at the end of the argument list. */
9050 while (tok > arg && (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t'))
9051 tok--;
9052
9053 /* Find the beginning of the last token.
9054 This is the value of the parameter. */
9055 while (tok > arg && (*tok != ' ' && *tok != '\t'))
9056 tok--;
9057 value_start = tok + 1;
9058
9059 /* Skip whitespace. */
9060 while (tok > arg && (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t'))
9061 tok--;
9062
9063 end_tok = tok;
9064
9065 /* Find the beginning of the second to last token.
9066 This is the parameter itself. */
9067 while (tok > arg && (*tok != ' ' && *tok != '\t'))
9068 tok--;
9069 tok++;
9070 toklen = end_tok - tok + 1;
9071
9072 if (toklen == 6 && !strncmp (tok, "thread", 6))
9073 {
9074 /* At this point we've found a "thread" token, which means
9075 the user is trying to set a watchpoint that triggers
9076 only in a specific thread. */
9077 char *endp;
9078
9079 if (thread != -1)
9080 error(_("You can specify only one thread."));
9081
9082 /* Extract the thread ID from the next token. */
9083 thread = strtol (value_start, &endp, 0);
9084
9085 /* Check if the user provided a valid numeric value for the
9086 thread ID. */
9087 if (*endp != ' ' && *endp != '\t' && *endp != '\0')
9088 error (_("Invalid thread ID specification %s."), value_start);
9089
9090 /* Check if the thread actually exists. */
9091 if (!valid_thread_id (thread))
9092 error (_("Unknown thread %d."), thread);
9093 }
9094 else if (toklen == 4 && !strncmp (tok, "mask", 4))
9095 {
9096 /* We've found a "mask" token, which means the user wants to
9097 create a hardware watchpoint that is going to have the mask
9098 facility. */
9099 struct value *mask_value, *mark;
9100
9101 if (use_mask)
9102 error(_("You can specify only one mask."));
9103
9104 use_mask = just_location = 1;
9105
9106 mark = value_mark ();
9107 mask_value = parse_to_comma_and_eval (&value_start);
9108 mask = value_as_address (mask_value);
9109 value_free_to_mark (mark);
9110 }
9111 else
9112 /* We didn't recognize what we found. We should stop here. */
9113 break;
9114
9115 /* Truncate the string and get rid of the "parameter value" pair before
9116 the arguments string is parsed by the parse_exp_1 function. */
9117 *tok = '\0';
9118 }
9119 }
9120
9121 /* Parse the rest of the arguments. */
9122 innermost_block = NULL;
9123 exp_start = arg;
9124 exp = parse_exp_1 (&arg, 0, 0);
9125 exp_end = arg;
9126 /* Remove trailing whitespace from the expression before saving it.
9127 This makes the eventual display of the expression string a bit
9128 prettier. */
9129 while (exp_end > exp_start && (exp_end[-1] == ' ' || exp_end[-1] == '\t'))
9130 --exp_end;
9131
9132 /* Checking if the expression is not constant. */
9133 if (watchpoint_exp_is_const (exp))
9134 {
9135 int len;
9136
9137 len = exp_end - exp_start;
9138 while (len > 0 && isspace (exp_start[len - 1]))
9139 len--;
9140 error (_("Cannot watch constant value `%.*s'."), len, exp_start);
9141 }
9142
9143 exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
9144 mark = value_mark ();
9145 fetch_subexp_value (exp, &pc, &val, &result, NULL);
9146
9147 if (just_location)
9148 {
9149 int ret;
9150
9151 exp_valid_block = NULL;
9152 val = value_addr (result);
9153 release_value (val);
9154 value_free_to_mark (mark);
9155
9156 if (use_mask)
9157 {
9158 ret = target_masked_watch_num_registers (value_as_address (val),
9159 mask);
9160 if (ret == -1)
9161 error (_("This target does not support masked watchpoints."));
9162 else if (ret == -2)
9163 error (_("Invalid mask or memory region."));
9164 }
9165 }
9166 else if (val != NULL)
9167 release_value (val);
9168
9169 tok = skip_spaces (arg);
9170 end_tok = skip_to_space (tok);
9171
9172 toklen = end_tok - tok;
9173 if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "if", toklen) == 0)
9174 {
9175 struct expression *cond;
9176
9177 innermost_block = NULL;
9178 tok = cond_start = end_tok + 1;
9179 cond = parse_exp_1 (&tok, 0, 0);
9180
9181 /* The watchpoint expression may not be local, but the condition
9182 may still be. E.g.: `watch global if local > 0'. */
9183 cond_exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
9184
9185 xfree (cond);
9186 cond_end = tok;
9187 }
9188 if (*tok)
9189 error (_("Junk at end of command."));
9190
9191 if (accessflag == hw_read)
9192 bp_type = bp_read_watchpoint;
9193 else if (accessflag == hw_access)
9194 bp_type = bp_access_watchpoint;
9195 else
9196 bp_type = bp_hardware_watchpoint;
9197
9198 frame = block_innermost_frame (exp_valid_block);
9199
9200 /* If the expression is "local", then set up a "watchpoint scope"
9201 breakpoint at the point where we've left the scope of the watchpoint
9202 expression. Create the scope breakpoint before the watchpoint, so
9203 that we will encounter it first in bpstat_stop_status. */
9204 if (exp_valid_block && frame)
9205 {
9206 if (frame_id_p (frame_unwind_caller_id (frame)))
9207 {
9208 scope_breakpoint
9209 = create_internal_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame),
9210 frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame),
9211 bp_watchpoint_scope,
9212 &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
9213
9214 scope_breakpoint->enable_state = bp_enabled;
9215
9216 /* Automatically delete the breakpoint when it hits. */
9217 scope_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del;
9218
9219 /* Only break in the proper frame (help with recursion). */
9220 scope_breakpoint->frame_id = frame_unwind_caller_id (frame);
9221
9222 /* Set the address at which we will stop. */
9223 scope_breakpoint->loc->gdbarch
9224 = frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame);
9225 scope_breakpoint->loc->requested_address
9226 = frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame);
9227 scope_breakpoint->loc->address
9228 = adjust_breakpoint_address (scope_breakpoint->loc->gdbarch,
9229 scope_breakpoint->loc->requested_address,
9230 scope_breakpoint->type);
9231 }
9232 }
9233
9234 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
9235
9236 w = XCNEW (struct watchpoint);
9237 b = &w->base;
9238 if (use_mask)
9239 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, NULL, bp_type,
9240 &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops);
9241 else
9242 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, NULL, bp_type,
9243 &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops);
9244 b->thread = thread;
9245 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
9246 b->pspace = current_program_space;
9247 w->exp = exp;
9248 w->exp_valid_block = exp_valid_block;
9249 w->cond_exp_valid_block = cond_exp_valid_block;
9250 if (just_location)
9251 {
9252 struct type *t = value_type (val);
9253 CORE_ADDR addr = value_as_address (val);
9254 char *name;
9255
9256 t = check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (check_typedef (t)));
9257 name = type_to_string (t);
9258
9259 w->exp_string_reparse = xstrprintf ("* (%s *) %s", name,
9260 core_addr_to_string (addr));
9261 xfree (name);
9262
9263 w->exp_string = xstrprintf ("-location %.*s",
9264 (int) (exp_end - exp_start), exp_start);
9265
9266 /* The above expression is in C. */
9267 b->language = language_c;
9268 }
9269 else
9270 w->exp_string = savestring (exp_start, exp_end - exp_start);
9271
9272 if (use_mask)
9273 {
9274 w->hw_wp_mask = mask;
9275 }
9276 else
9277 {
9278 w->val = val;
9279 w->val_valid = 1;
9280 }
9281
9282 if (cond_start)
9283 b->cond_string = savestring (cond_start, cond_end - cond_start);
9284 else
9285 b->cond_string = 0;
9286
9287 if (frame)
9288 {
9289 w->watchpoint_frame = get_frame_id (frame);
9290 w->watchpoint_thread = inferior_ptid;
9291 }
9292 else
9293 {
9294 w->watchpoint_frame = null_frame_id;
9295 w->watchpoint_thread = null_ptid;
9296 }
9297
9298 if (scope_breakpoint != NULL)
9299 {
9300 /* The scope breakpoint is related to the watchpoint. We will
9301 need to act on them together. */
9302 b->related_breakpoint = scope_breakpoint;
9303 scope_breakpoint->related_breakpoint = b;
9304 }
9305
9306 if (!just_location)
9307 value_free_to_mark (mark);
9308
9309 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
9310 {
9311 /* Finally update the new watchpoint. This creates the locations
9312 that should be inserted. */
9313 update_watchpoint (w, 1);
9314 }
9315 if (e.reason < 0)
9316 {
9317 delete_breakpoint (b);
9318 throw_exception (e);
9319 }
9320
9321 install_breakpoint (internal, b);
9322 }
9323
9324 /* Return count of debug registers needed to watch the given expression.
9325 If the watchpoint cannot be handled in hardware return zero. */
9326
9327 static int
9328 can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value *v)
9329 {
9330 int found_memory_cnt = 0;
9331 struct value *head = v;
9332
9333 /* Did the user specifically forbid us to use hardware watchpoints? */
9334 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints)
9335 return 0;
9336
9337 /* Make sure that the value of the expression depends only upon
9338 memory contents, and values computed from them within GDB. If we
9339 find any register references or function calls, we can't use a
9340 hardware watchpoint.
9341
9342 The idea here is that evaluating an expression generates a series
9343 of values, one holding the value of every subexpression. (The
9344 expression a*b+c has five subexpressions: a, b, a*b, c, and
9345 a*b+c.) GDB's values hold almost enough information to establish
9346 the criteria given above --- they identify memory lvalues,
9347 register lvalues, computed values, etcetera. So we can evaluate
9348 the expression, and then scan the chain of values that leaves
9349 behind to decide whether we can detect any possible change to the
9350 expression's final value using only hardware watchpoints.
9351
9352 However, I don't think that the values returned by inferior
9353 function calls are special in any way. So this function may not
9354 notice that an expression involving an inferior function call
9355 can't be watched with hardware watchpoints. FIXME. */
9356 for (; v; v = value_next (v))
9357 {
9358 if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_memory)
9359 {
9360 if (v != head && value_lazy (v))
9361 /* A lazy memory lvalue in the chain is one that GDB never
9362 needed to fetch; we either just used its address (e.g.,
9363 `a' in `a.b') or we never needed it at all (e.g., `a'
9364 in `a,b'). This doesn't apply to HEAD; if that is
9365 lazy then it was not readable, but watch it anyway. */
9366 ;
9367 else
9368 {
9369 /* Ahh, memory we actually used! Check if we can cover
9370 it with hardware watchpoints. */
9371 struct type *vtype = check_typedef (value_type (v));
9372
9373 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked for it
9374 explicitly, never if they just happen to appear in a
9375 middle of some value chain. */
9376 if (v == head
9377 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
9378 && TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY))
9379 {
9380 CORE_ADDR vaddr = value_address (v);
9381 int len;
9382 int num_regs;
9383
9384 len = (target_exact_watchpoints
9385 && is_scalar_type_recursive (vtype))?
9386 1 : TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v));
9387
9388 num_regs = target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (vaddr, len);
9389 if (!num_regs)
9390 return 0;
9391 else
9392 found_memory_cnt += num_regs;
9393 }
9394 }
9395 }
9396 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v) != not_lval
9397 && deprecated_value_modifiable (v) == 0)
9398 return 0; /* These are values from the history (e.g., $1). */
9399 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_register)
9400 return 0; /* Cannot watch a register with a HW watchpoint. */
9401 }
9402
9403 /* The expression itself looks suitable for using a hardware
9404 watchpoint, but give the target machine a chance to reject it. */
9405 return found_memory_cnt;
9406 }
9407
9408 void
9409 watch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
9410 {
9411 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_write, from_tty, 0, internal);
9412 }
9413
9414 /* A helper function that looks for an argument at the start of a
9415 string. The argument must also either be at the end of the string,
9416 or be followed by whitespace. Returns 1 if it finds the argument,
9417 0 otherwise. If the argument is found, it updates *STR. */
9418
9419 static int
9420 check_for_argument (char **str, char *arg, int arg_len)
9421 {
9422 if (strncmp (*str, arg, arg_len) == 0
9423 && ((*str)[arg_len] == '\0' || isspace ((*str)[arg_len])))
9424 {
9425 *str += arg_len;
9426 return 1;
9427 }
9428 return 0;
9429 }
9430
9431 /* A helper function that looks for the "-location" argument and then
9432 calls watch_command_1. */
9433
9434 static void
9435 watch_maybe_just_location (char *arg, int accessflag, int from_tty)
9436 {
9437 int just_location = 0;
9438
9439 if (arg
9440 && (check_for_argument (&arg, "-location", sizeof ("-location") - 1)
9441 || check_for_argument (&arg, "-l", sizeof ("-l") - 1)))
9442 {
9443 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
9444 just_location = 1;
9445 }
9446
9447 watch_command_1 (arg, accessflag, from_tty, just_location, 0);
9448 }
9449
9450 static void
9451 watch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9452 {
9453 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_write, from_tty);
9454 }
9455
9456 void
9457 rwatch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
9458 {
9459 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_read, from_tty, 0, internal);
9460 }
9461
9462 static void
9463 rwatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9464 {
9465 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_read, from_tty);
9466 }
9467
9468 void
9469 awatch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
9470 {
9471 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_access, from_tty, 0, internal);
9472 }
9473
9474 static void
9475 awatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9476 {
9477 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_access, from_tty);
9478 }
9479 \f
9480
9481 /* Helper routines for the until_command routine in infcmd.c. Here
9482 because it uses the mechanisms of breakpoints. */
9483
9484 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
9485 {
9486 struct breakpoint *breakpoint;
9487 struct breakpoint *breakpoint2;
9488 int thread_num;
9489 };
9490
9491 /* This function is called by fetch_inferior_event via the
9492 cmd_continuation pointer, to complete the until command. It takes
9493 care of cleaning up the temporary breakpoints set up by the until
9494 command. */
9495 static void
9496 until_break_command_continuation (void *arg, int err)
9497 {
9498 struct until_break_command_continuation_args *a = arg;
9499
9500 delete_breakpoint (a->breakpoint);
9501 if (a->breakpoint2)
9502 delete_breakpoint (a->breakpoint2);
9503 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (a->thread_num);
9504 }
9505
9506 void
9507 until_break_command (char *arg, int from_tty, int anywhere)
9508 {
9509 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
9510 struct symtab_and_line sal;
9511 struct frame_info *frame = get_selected_frame (NULL);
9512 struct breakpoint *breakpoint;
9513 struct breakpoint *breakpoint2 = NULL;
9514 struct cleanup *old_chain;
9515 int thread;
9516 struct thread_info *tp;
9517
9518 clear_proceed_status ();
9519
9520 /* Set a breakpoint where the user wants it and at return from
9521 this function. */
9522
9523 if (default_breakpoint_valid)
9524 sals = decode_line_1 (&arg, 1, default_breakpoint_symtab,
9525 default_breakpoint_line, NULL);
9526 else
9527 sals = decode_line_1 (&arg, 1, (struct symtab *) NULL, 0, NULL);
9528
9529 if (sals.nelts != 1)
9530 error (_("Couldn't get information on specified line."));
9531
9532 sal = sals.sals[0];
9533 xfree (sals.sals); /* malloc'd, so freed. */
9534
9535 if (*arg)
9536 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9537
9538 resolve_sal_pc (&sal);
9539
9540 if (anywhere)
9541 /* If the user told us to continue until a specified location,
9542 we don't specify a frame at which we need to stop. */
9543 breakpoint = set_momentary_breakpoint (get_frame_arch (frame), sal,
9544 null_frame_id, bp_until);
9545 else
9546 /* Otherwise, specify the selected frame, because we want to stop
9547 only at the very same frame. */
9548 breakpoint = set_momentary_breakpoint (get_frame_arch (frame), sal,
9549 get_stack_frame_id (frame),
9550 bp_until);
9551
9552 old_chain = make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint);
9553
9554 tp = inferior_thread ();
9555 thread = tp->num;
9556
9557 /* Keep within the current frame, or in frames called by the current
9558 one. */
9559
9560 if (frame_id_p (frame_unwind_caller_id (frame)))
9561 {
9562 sal = find_pc_line (frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame), 0);
9563 sal.pc = frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame);
9564 breakpoint2 = set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame),
9565 sal,
9566 frame_unwind_caller_id (frame),
9567 bp_until);
9568 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint2);
9569
9570 set_longjmp_breakpoint (tp, frame_unwind_caller_id (frame));
9571 make_cleanup (delete_longjmp_breakpoint_cleanup, &thread);
9572 }
9573
9574 proceed (-1, TARGET_SIGNAL_DEFAULT, 0);
9575
9576 /* If we are running asynchronously, and proceed call above has
9577 actually managed to start the target, arrange for breakpoints to
9578 be deleted when the target stops. Otherwise, we're already
9579 stopped and delete breakpoints via cleanup chain. */
9580
9581 if (target_can_async_p () && is_running (inferior_ptid))
9582 {
9583 struct until_break_command_continuation_args *args;
9584 args = xmalloc (sizeof (*args));
9585
9586 args->breakpoint = breakpoint;
9587 args->breakpoint2 = breakpoint2;
9588 args->thread_num = thread;
9589
9590 discard_cleanups (old_chain);
9591 add_continuation (inferior_thread (),
9592 until_break_command_continuation, args,
9593 xfree);
9594 }
9595 else
9596 do_cleanups (old_chain);
9597 }
9598
9599 /* This function attempts to parse an optional "if <cond>" clause
9600 from the arg string. If one is not found, it returns NULL.
9601
9602 Else, it returns a pointer to the condition string. (It does not
9603 attempt to evaluate the string against a particular block.) And,
9604 it updates arg to point to the first character following the parsed
9605 if clause in the arg string. */
9606
9607 static char *
9608 ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg)
9609 {
9610 char *cond_string;
9611
9612 if (((*arg)[0] != 'i') || ((*arg)[1] != 'f') || !isspace ((*arg)[2]))
9613 return NULL;
9614
9615 /* Skip the "if" keyword. */
9616 (*arg) += 2;
9617
9618 /* Skip any extra leading whitespace, and record the start of the
9619 condition string. */
9620 *arg = skip_spaces (*arg);
9621 cond_string = *arg;
9622
9623 /* Assume that the condition occupies the remainder of the arg
9624 string. */
9625 (*arg) += strlen (cond_string);
9626
9627 return cond_string;
9628 }
9629
9630 /* Commands to deal with catching events, such as signals, exceptions,
9631 process start/exit, etc. */
9632
9633 typedef enum
9634 {
9635 catch_fork_temporary, catch_vfork_temporary,
9636 catch_fork_permanent, catch_vfork_permanent
9637 }
9638 catch_fork_kind;
9639
9640 static void
9641 catch_fork_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
9642 struct cmd_list_element *command)
9643 {
9644 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
9645 char *cond_string = NULL;
9646 catch_fork_kind fork_kind;
9647 int tempflag;
9648
9649 fork_kind = (catch_fork_kind) (uintptr_t) get_cmd_context (command);
9650 tempflag = (fork_kind == catch_fork_temporary
9651 || fork_kind == catch_vfork_temporary);
9652
9653 if (!arg)
9654 arg = "";
9655 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
9656
9657 /* The allowed syntax is:
9658 catch [v]fork
9659 catch [v]fork if <cond>
9660
9661 First, check if there's an if clause. */
9662 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
9663
9664 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
9665 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9666
9667 /* If this target supports it, create a fork or vfork catchpoint
9668 and enable reporting of such events. */
9669 switch (fork_kind)
9670 {
9671 case catch_fork_temporary:
9672 case catch_fork_permanent:
9673 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
9674 &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops);
9675 break;
9676 case catch_vfork_temporary:
9677 case catch_vfork_permanent:
9678 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
9679 &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops);
9680 break;
9681 default:
9682 error (_("unsupported or unknown fork kind; cannot catch it"));
9683 break;
9684 }
9685 }
9686
9687 static void
9688 catch_exec_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
9689 struct cmd_list_element *command)
9690 {
9691 struct exec_catchpoint *c;
9692 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
9693 int tempflag;
9694 char *cond_string = NULL;
9695
9696 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
9697
9698 if (!arg)
9699 arg = "";
9700 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
9701
9702 /* The allowed syntax is:
9703 catch exec
9704 catch exec if <cond>
9705
9706 First, check if there's an if clause. */
9707 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
9708
9709 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
9710 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9711
9712 c = XNEW (struct exec_catchpoint);
9713 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
9714 &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops);
9715 c->exec_pathname = NULL;
9716
9717 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base);
9718 }
9719
9720 static enum print_stop_action
9721 print_it_exception_catchpoint (bpstat bs)
9722 {
9723 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
9724 int bp_temp, bp_throw;
9725
9726 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
9727
9728 bp_throw = strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL;
9729 if (b->loc->address != b->loc->requested_address)
9730 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (b->loc->requested_address,
9731 b->loc->address,
9732 b->number, 1);
9733 bp_temp = b->disposition == disp_del;
9734 ui_out_text (uiout,
9735 bp_temp ? "Temporary catchpoint "
9736 : "Catchpoint ");
9737 if (!ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
9738 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
9739 ui_out_text (uiout,
9740 bp_throw ? " (exception thrown), "
9741 : " (exception caught), ");
9742 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
9743 {
9744 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
9745 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT));
9746 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
9747 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
9748 }
9749 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
9750 }
9751
9752 static void
9753 print_one_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
9754 struct bp_location **last_loc)
9755 {
9756 struct value_print_options opts;
9757
9758 get_user_print_options (&opts);
9759 if (opts.addressprint)
9760 {
9761 annotate_field (4);
9762 if (b->loc == NULL || b->loc->shlib_disabled)
9763 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<PENDING>");
9764 else
9765 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "addr",
9766 b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address);
9767 }
9768 annotate_field (5);
9769 if (b->loc)
9770 *last_loc = b->loc;
9771 if (strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL)
9772 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "exception throw");
9773 else
9774 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "exception catch");
9775 }
9776
9777 static void
9778 print_mention_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
9779 {
9780 int bp_temp;
9781 int bp_throw;
9782
9783 bp_temp = b->disposition == disp_del;
9784 bp_throw = strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL;
9785 ui_out_text (uiout, bp_temp ? _("Temporary catchpoint ")
9786 : _("Catchpoint "));
9787 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
9788 ui_out_text (uiout, bp_throw ? _(" (throw)")
9789 : _(" (catch)"));
9790 }
9791
9792 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for throw and
9793 catch catchpoints. */
9794
9795 static void
9796 print_recreate_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
9797 struct ui_file *fp)
9798 {
9799 int bp_temp;
9800 int bp_throw;
9801
9802 bp_temp = b->disposition == disp_del;
9803 bp_throw = strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL;
9804 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, bp_temp ? "tcatch " : "catch ");
9805 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, bp_throw ? "throw" : "catch");
9806 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
9807 }
9808
9809 static struct breakpoint_ops gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops;
9810
9811 static int
9812 handle_gnu_v3_exceptions (int tempflag, char *cond_string,
9813 enum exception_event_kind ex_event, int from_tty)
9814 {
9815 char *trigger_func_name;
9816
9817 if (ex_event == EX_EVENT_CATCH)
9818 trigger_func_name = "__cxa_begin_catch";
9819 else
9820 trigger_func_name = "__cxa_throw";
9821
9822 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
9823 trigger_func_name, cond_string, -1,
9824 0 /* condition and thread are valid. */,
9825 tempflag, bp_breakpoint,
9826 0,
9827 AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE /* pending */,
9828 &gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops, from_tty,
9829 1 /* enabled */,
9830 0 /* internal */);
9831
9832 return 1;
9833 }
9834
9835 /* Deal with "catch catch" and "catch throw" commands. */
9836
9837 static void
9838 catch_exception_command_1 (enum exception_event_kind ex_event, char *arg,
9839 int tempflag, int from_tty)
9840 {
9841 char *cond_string = NULL;
9842
9843 if (!arg)
9844 arg = "";
9845 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
9846
9847 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
9848
9849 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
9850 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9851
9852 if (ex_event != EX_EVENT_THROW
9853 && ex_event != EX_EVENT_CATCH)
9854 error (_("Unsupported or unknown exception event; cannot catch it"));
9855
9856 if (handle_gnu_v3_exceptions (tempflag, cond_string, ex_event, from_tty))
9857 return;
9858
9859 warning (_("Unsupported with this platform/compiler combination."));
9860 }
9861
9862 /* Implementation of "catch catch" command. */
9863
9864 static void
9865 catch_catch_command (char *arg, int from_tty, struct cmd_list_element *command)
9866 {
9867 int tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
9868
9869 catch_exception_command_1 (EX_EVENT_CATCH, arg, tempflag, from_tty);
9870 }
9871
9872 /* Implementation of "catch throw" command. */
9873
9874 static void
9875 catch_throw_command (char *arg, int from_tty, struct cmd_list_element *command)
9876 {
9877 int tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
9878
9879 catch_exception_command_1 (EX_EVENT_THROW, arg, tempflag, from_tty);
9880 }
9881
9882 void
9883 init_ada_exception_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
9884 struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9885 struct symtab_and_line sal,
9886 char *addr_string,
9887 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
9888 int tempflag,
9889 int from_tty)
9890 {
9891 if (from_tty)
9892 {
9893 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (sal);
9894 if (!loc_gdbarch)
9895 loc_gdbarch = gdbarch;
9896
9897 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch,
9898 sal.pspace, sal.pc, sal.section, -1);
9899 /* FIXME: brobecker/2006-12-28: Actually, re-implement a special
9900 version for exception catchpoints, because two catchpoints
9901 used for different exception names will use the same address.
9902 In this case, a "breakpoint ... also set at..." warning is
9903 unproductive. Besides, the warning phrasing is also a bit
9904 inappropriate, we should use the word catchpoint, and tell
9905 the user what type of catchpoint it is. The above is good
9906 enough for now, though. */
9907 }
9908
9909 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, bp_breakpoint, ops);
9910
9911 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
9912 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
9913 b->addr_string = addr_string;
9914 b->language = language_ada;
9915 }
9916
9917 /* Cleanup function for a syscall filter list. */
9918 static void
9919 clean_up_filters (void *arg)
9920 {
9921 VEC(int) *iter = *(VEC(int) **) arg;
9922 VEC_free (int, iter);
9923 }
9924
9925 /* Splits the argument using space as delimiter. Returns an xmalloc'd
9926 filter list, or NULL if no filtering is required. */
9927 static VEC(int) *
9928 catch_syscall_split_args (char *arg)
9929 {
9930 VEC(int) *result = NULL;
9931 struct cleanup *cleanup = make_cleanup (clean_up_filters, &result);
9932
9933 while (*arg != '\0')
9934 {
9935 int i, syscall_number;
9936 char *endptr;
9937 char cur_name[128];
9938 struct syscall s;
9939
9940 /* Skip whitespace. */
9941 while (isspace (*arg))
9942 arg++;
9943
9944 for (i = 0; i < 127 && arg[i] && !isspace (arg[i]); ++i)
9945 cur_name[i] = arg[i];
9946 cur_name[i] = '\0';
9947 arg += i;
9948
9949 /* Check if the user provided a syscall name or a number. */
9950 syscall_number = (int) strtol (cur_name, &endptr, 0);
9951 if (*endptr == '\0')
9952 get_syscall_by_number (syscall_number, &s);
9953 else
9954 {
9955 /* We have a name. Let's check if it's valid and convert it
9956 to a number. */
9957 get_syscall_by_name (cur_name, &s);
9958
9959 if (s.number == UNKNOWN_SYSCALL)
9960 /* Here we have to issue an error instead of a warning,
9961 because GDB cannot do anything useful if there's no
9962 syscall number to be caught. */
9963 error (_("Unknown syscall name '%s'."), cur_name);
9964 }
9965
9966 /* Ok, it's valid. */
9967 VEC_safe_push (int, result, s.number);
9968 }
9969
9970 discard_cleanups (cleanup);
9971 return result;
9972 }
9973
9974 /* Implement the "catch syscall" command. */
9975
9976 static void
9977 catch_syscall_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
9978 struct cmd_list_element *command)
9979 {
9980 int tempflag;
9981 VEC(int) *filter;
9982 struct syscall s;
9983 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
9984
9985 /* Checking if the feature if supported. */
9986 if (gdbarch_get_syscall_number_p (gdbarch) == 0)
9987 error (_("The feature 'catch syscall' is not supported on \
9988 this architecture yet."));
9989
9990 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
9991
9992 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
9993
9994 /* We need to do this first "dummy" translation in order
9995 to get the syscall XML file loaded or, most important,
9996 to display a warning to the user if there's no XML file
9997 for his/her architecture. */
9998 get_syscall_by_number (0, &s);
9999
10000 /* The allowed syntax is:
10001 catch syscall
10002 catch syscall <name | number> [<name | number> ... <name | number>]
10003
10004 Let's check if there's a syscall name. */
10005
10006 if (arg != NULL)
10007 filter = catch_syscall_split_args (arg);
10008 else
10009 filter = NULL;
10010
10011 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (tempflag, filter,
10012 &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops);
10013 }
10014
10015 static void
10016 catch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10017 {
10018 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
10019 }
10020 \f
10021
10022 static void
10023 tcatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10024 {
10025 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
10026 }
10027
10028 /* Delete breakpoints by address or line. */
10029
10030 static void
10031 clear_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10032 {
10033 struct breakpoint *b;
10034 VEC(breakpoint_p) *found = 0;
10035 int ix;
10036 int default_match;
10037 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
10038 struct symtab_and_line sal;
10039 int i;
10040
10041 if (arg)
10042 {
10043 sals = decode_line_spec (arg, 1);
10044 default_match = 0;
10045 }
10046 else
10047 {
10048 sals.sals = (struct symtab_and_line *)
10049 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
10050 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
10051 init_sal (&sal); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
10052 sal.line = default_breakpoint_line;
10053 sal.symtab = default_breakpoint_symtab;
10054 sal.pc = default_breakpoint_address;
10055 sal.pspace = default_breakpoint_pspace;
10056 if (sal.symtab == 0)
10057 error (_("No source file specified."));
10058
10059 sals.sals[0] = sal;
10060 sals.nelts = 1;
10061
10062 default_match = 1;
10063 }
10064
10065 /* We don't call resolve_sal_pc here. That's not as bad as it
10066 seems, because all existing breakpoints typically have both
10067 file/line and pc set. So, if clear is given file/line, we can
10068 match this to existing breakpoint without obtaining pc at all.
10069
10070 We only support clearing given the address explicitly
10071 present in breakpoint table. Say, we've set breakpoint
10072 at file:line. There were several PC values for that file:line,
10073 due to optimization, all in one block.
10074
10075 We've picked one PC value. If "clear" is issued with another
10076 PC corresponding to the same file:line, the breakpoint won't
10077 be cleared. We probably can still clear the breakpoint, but
10078 since the other PC value is never presented to user, user
10079 can only find it by guessing, and it does not seem important
10080 to support that. */
10081
10082 /* For each line spec given, delete bps which correspond to it. Do
10083 it in two passes, solely to preserve the current behavior that
10084 from_tty is forced true if we delete more than one
10085 breakpoint. */
10086
10087 found = NULL;
10088 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; i++)
10089 {
10090 /* If exact pc given, clear bpts at that pc.
10091 If line given (pc == 0), clear all bpts on specified line.
10092 If defaulting, clear all bpts on default line
10093 or at default pc.
10094
10095 defaulting sal.pc != 0 tests to do
10096
10097 0 1 pc
10098 1 1 pc _and_ line
10099 0 0 line
10100 1 0 <can't happen> */
10101
10102 sal = sals.sals[i];
10103
10104 /* Find all matching breakpoints and add them to 'found'. */
10105 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
10106 {
10107 int match = 0;
10108 /* Are we going to delete b? */
10109 if (b->type != bp_none && !is_watchpoint (b))
10110 {
10111 struct bp_location *loc = b->loc;
10112 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
10113 {
10114 int pc_match = sal.pc
10115 && (loc->pspace == sal.pspace)
10116 && (loc->address == sal.pc)
10117 && (!section_is_overlay (loc->section)
10118 || loc->section == sal.section);
10119 int line_match = ((default_match || (0 == sal.pc))
10120 && b->source_file != NULL
10121 && sal.symtab != NULL
10122 && sal.pspace == loc->pspace
10123 && filename_cmp (b->source_file,
10124 sal.symtab->filename) == 0
10125 && b->line_number == sal.line);
10126 if (pc_match || line_match)
10127 {
10128 match = 1;
10129 break;
10130 }
10131 }
10132 }
10133
10134 if (match)
10135 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p, found, b);
10136 }
10137 }
10138 /* Now go thru the 'found' chain and delete them. */
10139 if (VEC_empty(breakpoint_p, found))
10140 {
10141 if (arg)
10142 error (_("No breakpoint at %s."), arg);
10143 else
10144 error (_("No breakpoint at this line."));
10145 }
10146
10147 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p, found) > 1)
10148 from_tty = 1; /* Always report if deleted more than one. */
10149 if (from_tty)
10150 {
10151 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p, found) == 1)
10152 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoint "));
10153 else
10154 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoints "));
10155 }
10156 breakpoints_changed ();
10157
10158 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate(breakpoint_p, found, ix, b); ix++)
10159 {
10160 if (from_tty)
10161 printf_unfiltered ("%d ", b->number);
10162 delete_breakpoint (b);
10163 }
10164 if (from_tty)
10165 putchar_unfiltered ('\n');
10166 }
10167 \f
10168 /* Delete breakpoint in BS if they are `delete' breakpoints and
10169 all breakpoints that are marked for deletion, whether hit or not.
10170 This is called after any breakpoint is hit, or after errors. */
10171
10172 void
10173 breakpoint_auto_delete (bpstat bs)
10174 {
10175 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
10176
10177 for (; bs; bs = bs->next)
10178 if (bs->breakpoint_at
10179 && bs->breakpoint_at->disposition == disp_del
10180 && bs->stop)
10181 delete_breakpoint (bs->breakpoint_at);
10182
10183 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
10184 {
10185 if (b->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
10186 delete_breakpoint (b);
10187 }
10188 }
10189
10190 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP being interfaced to
10191 qsort. Sort elements primarily by their ADDRESS (no matter what
10192 does breakpoint_address_is_meaningful say for its OWNER),
10193 secondarily by ordering first bp_permanent OWNERed elements and
10194 terciarily just ensuring the array is sorted stable way despite
10195 qsort being an unstable algorithm. */
10196
10197 static int
10198 bp_location_compare (const void *ap, const void *bp)
10199 {
10200 struct bp_location *a = *(void **) ap;
10201 struct bp_location *b = *(void **) bp;
10202 /* A and B come from existing breakpoints having non-NULL OWNER. */
10203 int a_perm = a->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent;
10204 int b_perm = b->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent;
10205
10206 if (a->address != b->address)
10207 return (a->address > b->address) - (a->address < b->address);
10208
10209 /* Sort permanent breakpoints first. */
10210 if (a_perm != b_perm)
10211 return (a_perm < b_perm) - (a_perm > b_perm);
10212
10213 /* Make the user-visible order stable across GDB runs. Locations of
10214 the same breakpoint can be sorted in arbitrary order. */
10215
10216 if (a->owner->number != b->owner->number)
10217 return (a->owner->number > b->owner->number)
10218 - (a->owner->number < b->owner->number);
10219
10220 return (a > b) - (a < b);
10221 }
10222
10223 /* Set bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max and
10224 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max according to the current
10225 content of the bp_location array. */
10226
10227 static void
10228 bp_location_target_extensions_update (void)
10229 {
10230 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
10231
10232 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max = 0;
10233 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max = 0;
10234
10235 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
10236 {
10237 CORE_ADDR start, end, addr;
10238
10239 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl))
10240 continue;
10241
10242 start = bl->target_info.placed_address;
10243 end = start + bl->target_info.shadow_len;
10244
10245 gdb_assert (bl->address >= start);
10246 addr = bl->address - start;
10247 if (addr > bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max)
10248 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max = addr;
10249
10250 /* Zero SHADOW_LEN would not pass bp_location_has_shadow. */
10251
10252 gdb_assert (bl->address < end);
10253 addr = end - bl->address;
10254 if (addr > bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max)
10255 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max = addr;
10256 }
10257 }
10258
10259 /* Swap the insertion/duplication state between two locations. */
10260
10261 static void
10262 swap_insertion (struct bp_location *left, struct bp_location *right)
10263 {
10264 const int left_inserted = left->inserted;
10265 const int left_duplicate = left->duplicate;
10266 const struct bp_target_info left_target_info = left->target_info;
10267
10268 left->inserted = right->inserted;
10269 left->duplicate = right->duplicate;
10270 left->target_info = right->target_info;
10271 right->inserted = left_inserted;
10272 right->duplicate = left_duplicate;
10273 right->target_info = left_target_info;
10274 }
10275
10276 /* If SHOULD_INSERT is false, do not insert any breakpoint locations
10277 into the inferior, only remove already-inserted locations that no
10278 longer should be inserted. Functions that delete a breakpoint or
10279 breakpoints should pass false, so that deleting a breakpoint
10280 doesn't have the side effect of inserting the locations of other
10281 breakpoints that are marked not-inserted, but should_be_inserted
10282 returns true on them.
10283
10284 This behaviour is useful is situations close to tear-down -- e.g.,
10285 after an exec, while the target still has execution, but breakpoint
10286 shadows of the previous executable image should *NOT* be restored
10287 to the new image; or before detaching, where the target still has
10288 execution and wants to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists, and all
10289 breakpoints had already been removed from the inferior. */
10290
10291 static void
10292 update_global_location_list (int should_insert)
10293 {
10294 struct breakpoint *b;
10295 struct bp_location **locp, *loc;
10296 struct cleanup *cleanups;
10297
10298 /* Used in the duplicates detection below. When iterating over all
10299 bp_locations, points to the first bp_location of a given address.
10300 Breakpoints and watchpoints of different types are never
10301 duplicates of each other. Keep one pointer for each type of
10302 breakpoint/watchpoint, so we only need to loop over all locations
10303 once. */
10304 struct bp_location *bp_loc_first; /* breakpoint */
10305 struct bp_location *wp_loc_first; /* hardware watchpoint */
10306 struct bp_location *awp_loc_first; /* access watchpoint */
10307 struct bp_location *rwp_loc_first; /* read watchpoint */
10308
10309 /* Saved former bp_location array which we compare against the newly
10310 built bp_location from the current state of ALL_BREAKPOINTS. */
10311 struct bp_location **old_location, **old_locp;
10312 unsigned old_location_count;
10313
10314 old_location = bp_location;
10315 old_location_count = bp_location_count;
10316 bp_location = NULL;
10317 bp_location_count = 0;
10318 cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, old_location);
10319
10320 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
10321 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
10322 bp_location_count++;
10323
10324 bp_location = xmalloc (sizeof (*bp_location) * bp_location_count);
10325 locp = bp_location;
10326 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
10327 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
10328 *locp++ = loc;
10329 qsort (bp_location, bp_location_count, sizeof (*bp_location),
10330 bp_location_compare);
10331
10332 bp_location_target_extensions_update ();
10333
10334 /* Identify bp_location instances that are no longer present in the
10335 new list, and therefore should be freed. Note that it's not
10336 necessary that those locations should be removed from inferior --
10337 if there's another location at the same address (previously
10338 marked as duplicate), we don't need to remove/insert the
10339 location.
10340
10341 LOCP is kept in sync with OLD_LOCP, each pointing to the current
10342 and former bp_location array state respectively. */
10343
10344 locp = bp_location;
10345 for (old_locp = old_location; old_locp < old_location + old_location_count;
10346 old_locp++)
10347 {
10348 struct bp_location *old_loc = *old_locp;
10349 struct bp_location **loc2p;
10350
10351 /* Tells if 'old_loc' is found among the new locations. If
10352 not, we have to free it. */
10353 int found_object = 0;
10354 /* Tells if the location should remain inserted in the target. */
10355 int keep_in_target = 0;
10356 int removed = 0;
10357
10358 /* Skip LOCP entries which will definitely never be needed.
10359 Stop either at or being the one matching OLD_LOC. */
10360 while (locp < bp_location + bp_location_count
10361 && (*locp)->address < old_loc->address)
10362 locp++;
10363
10364 for (loc2p = locp;
10365 (loc2p < bp_location + bp_location_count
10366 && (*loc2p)->address == old_loc->address);
10367 loc2p++)
10368 {
10369 if (*loc2p == old_loc)
10370 {
10371 found_object = 1;
10372 break;
10373 }
10374 }
10375
10376 /* If this location is no longer present, and inserted, look if
10377 there's maybe a new location at the same address. If so,
10378 mark that one inserted, and don't remove this one. This is
10379 needed so that we don't have a time window where a breakpoint
10380 at certain location is not inserted. */
10381
10382 if (old_loc->inserted)
10383 {
10384 /* If the location is inserted now, we might have to remove
10385 it. */
10386
10387 if (found_object && should_be_inserted (old_loc))
10388 {
10389 /* The location is still present in the location list,
10390 and still should be inserted. Don't do anything. */
10391 keep_in_target = 1;
10392 }
10393 else
10394 {
10395 /* The location is either no longer present, or got
10396 disabled. See if there's another location at the
10397 same address, in which case we don't need to remove
10398 this one from the target. */
10399
10400 /* OLD_LOC comes from existing struct breakpoint. */
10401 if (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc->owner))
10402 {
10403 for (loc2p = locp;
10404 (loc2p < bp_location + bp_location_count
10405 && (*loc2p)->address == old_loc->address);
10406 loc2p++)
10407 {
10408 struct bp_location *loc2 = *loc2p;
10409
10410 if (breakpoint_locations_match (loc2, old_loc))
10411 {
10412 /* Read watchpoint locations are switched to
10413 access watchpoints, if the former are not
10414 supported, but the latter are. */
10415 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc->owner))
10416 {
10417 gdb_assert (is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2->owner));
10418 loc2->watchpoint_type = old_loc->watchpoint_type;
10419 }
10420
10421 /* loc2 is a duplicated location. We need to check
10422 if it should be inserted in case it will be
10423 unduplicated. */
10424 if (loc2 != old_loc
10425 && unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc2))
10426 {
10427 swap_insertion (old_loc, loc2);
10428 keep_in_target = 1;
10429 break;
10430 }
10431 }
10432 }
10433 }
10434 }
10435
10436 if (!keep_in_target)
10437 {
10438 if (remove_breakpoint (old_loc, mark_uninserted))
10439 {
10440 /* This is just about all we can do. We could keep
10441 this location on the global list, and try to
10442 remove it next time, but there's no particular
10443 reason why we will succeed next time.
10444
10445 Note that at this point, old_loc->owner is still
10446 valid, as delete_breakpoint frees the breakpoint
10447 only after calling us. */
10448 printf_filtered (_("warning: Error removing "
10449 "breakpoint %d\n"),
10450 old_loc->owner->number);
10451 }
10452 removed = 1;
10453 }
10454 }
10455
10456 if (!found_object)
10457 {
10458 if (removed && non_stop
10459 && breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc->owner)
10460 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc->owner))
10461 {
10462 /* This location was removed from the target. In
10463 non-stop mode, a race condition is possible where
10464 we've removed a breakpoint, but stop events for that
10465 breakpoint are already queued and will arrive later.
10466 We apply an heuristic to be able to distinguish such
10467 SIGTRAPs from other random SIGTRAPs: we keep this
10468 breakpoint location for a bit, and will retire it
10469 after we see some number of events. The theory here
10470 is that reporting of events should, "on the average",
10471 be fair, so after a while we'll see events from all
10472 threads that have anything of interest, and no longer
10473 need to keep this breakpoint location around. We
10474 don't hold locations forever so to reduce chances of
10475 mistaking a non-breakpoint SIGTRAP for a breakpoint
10476 SIGTRAP.
10477
10478 The heuristic failing can be disastrous on
10479 decr_pc_after_break targets.
10480
10481 On decr_pc_after_break targets, like e.g., x86-linux,
10482 if we fail to recognize a late breakpoint SIGTRAP,
10483 because events_till_retirement has reached 0 too
10484 soon, we'll fail to do the PC adjustment, and report
10485 a random SIGTRAP to the user. When the user resumes
10486 the inferior, it will most likely immediately crash
10487 with SIGILL/SIGBUS/SIGSEGV, or worse, get silently
10488 corrupted, because of being resumed e.g., in the
10489 middle of a multi-byte instruction, or skipped a
10490 one-byte instruction. This was actually seen happen
10491 on native x86-linux, and should be less rare on
10492 targets that do not support new thread events, like
10493 remote, due to the heuristic depending on
10494 thread_count.
10495
10496 Mistaking a random SIGTRAP for a breakpoint trap
10497 causes similar symptoms (PC adjustment applied when
10498 it shouldn't), but then again, playing with SIGTRAPs
10499 behind the debugger's back is asking for trouble.
10500
10501 Since hardware watchpoint traps are always
10502 distinguishable from other traps, so we don't need to
10503 apply keep hardware watchpoint moribund locations
10504 around. We simply always ignore hardware watchpoint
10505 traps we can no longer explain. */
10506
10507 old_loc->events_till_retirement = 3 * (thread_count () + 1);
10508 old_loc->owner = NULL;
10509
10510 VEC_safe_push (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, old_loc);
10511 }
10512 else
10513 {
10514 old_loc->owner = NULL;
10515 decref_bp_location (&old_loc);
10516 }
10517 }
10518 }
10519
10520 /* Rescan breakpoints at the same address and section, marking the
10521 first one as "first" and any others as "duplicates". This is so
10522 that the bpt instruction is only inserted once. If we have a
10523 permanent breakpoint at the same place as BPT, make that one the
10524 official one, and the rest as duplicates. Permanent breakpoints
10525 are sorted first for the same address.
10526
10527 Do the same for hardware watchpoints, but also considering the
10528 watchpoint's type (regular/access/read) and length. */
10529
10530 bp_loc_first = NULL;
10531 wp_loc_first = NULL;
10532 awp_loc_first = NULL;
10533 rwp_loc_first = NULL;
10534 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp)
10535 {
10536 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always
10537 non-NULL. */
10538 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
10539 struct bp_location **loc_first_p;
10540
10541 if (b->enable_state == bp_disabled
10542 || b->enable_state == bp_call_disabled
10543 || b->enable_state == bp_startup_disabled
10544 || !loc->enabled
10545 || loc->shlib_disabled
10546 || !breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (b)
10547 || is_tracepoint (b))
10548 continue;
10549
10550 /* Permanent breakpoint should always be inserted. */
10551 if (b->enable_state == bp_permanent && ! loc->inserted)
10552 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10553 _("allegedly permanent breakpoint is not "
10554 "actually inserted"));
10555
10556 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
10557 loc_first_p = &wp_loc_first;
10558 else if (b->type == bp_read_watchpoint)
10559 loc_first_p = &rwp_loc_first;
10560 else if (b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
10561 loc_first_p = &awp_loc_first;
10562 else
10563 loc_first_p = &bp_loc_first;
10564
10565 if (*loc_first_p == NULL
10566 || (overlay_debugging && loc->section != (*loc_first_p)->section)
10567 || !breakpoint_locations_match (loc, *loc_first_p))
10568 {
10569 *loc_first_p = loc;
10570 loc->duplicate = 0;
10571 continue;
10572 }
10573
10574
10575 /* This and the above ensure the invariant that the first location
10576 is not duplicated, and is the inserted one.
10577 All following are marked as duplicated, and are not inserted. */
10578 if (loc->inserted)
10579 swap_insertion (loc, *loc_first_p);
10580 loc->duplicate = 1;
10581
10582 if ((*loc_first_p)->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent && loc->inserted
10583 && b->enable_state != bp_permanent)
10584 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10585 _("another breakpoint was inserted on top of "
10586 "a permanent breakpoint"));
10587 }
10588
10589 if (breakpoints_always_inserted_mode () && should_insert
10590 && (have_live_inferiors ()
10591 || (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch))))
10592 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
10593
10594 do_cleanups (cleanups);
10595 }
10596
10597 void
10598 breakpoint_retire_moribund (void)
10599 {
10600 struct bp_location *loc;
10601 int ix;
10602
10603 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
10604 if (--(loc->events_till_retirement) == 0)
10605 {
10606 decref_bp_location (&loc);
10607 VEC_unordered_remove (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix);
10608 --ix;
10609 }
10610 }
10611
10612 static void
10613 update_global_location_list_nothrow (int inserting)
10614 {
10615 struct gdb_exception e;
10616
10617 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
10618 update_global_location_list (inserting);
10619 }
10620
10621 /* Clear BKP from a BPS. */
10622
10623 static void
10624 bpstat_remove_bp_location (bpstat bps, struct breakpoint *bpt)
10625 {
10626 bpstat bs;
10627
10628 for (bs = bps; bs; bs = bs->next)
10629 if (bs->breakpoint_at == bpt)
10630 {
10631 bs->breakpoint_at = NULL;
10632 bs->old_val = NULL;
10633 /* bs->commands will be freed later. */
10634 }
10635 }
10636
10637 /* Callback for iterate_over_threads. */
10638 static int
10639 bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback (struct thread_info *th, void *data)
10640 {
10641 struct breakpoint *bpt = data;
10642
10643 bpstat_remove_bp_location (th->control.stop_bpstat, bpt);
10644 return 0;
10645 }
10646
10647 /* Helper for breakpoint and tracepoint breakpoint_ops->mention
10648 callbacks. */
10649
10650 static void
10651 say_where (struct breakpoint *b)
10652 {
10653 struct value_print_options opts;
10654
10655 get_user_print_options (&opts);
10656
10657 /* i18n: cagney/2005-02-11: Below needs to be merged into a
10658 single string. */
10659 if (b->loc == NULL)
10660 {
10661 printf_filtered (_(" (%s) pending."), b->addr_string);
10662 }
10663 else
10664 {
10665 if (opts.addressprint || b->source_file == NULL)
10666 {
10667 printf_filtered (" at ");
10668 fputs_filtered (paddress (b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address),
10669 gdb_stdout);
10670 }
10671 if (b->source_file)
10672 printf_filtered (": file %s, line %d.",
10673 b->source_file, b->line_number);
10674
10675 if (b->loc->next)
10676 {
10677 struct bp_location *loc = b->loc;
10678 int n = 0;
10679 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
10680 ++n;
10681 printf_filtered (" (%d locations)", n);
10682 }
10683 }
10684 }
10685
10686 /* Default bp_location_ops methods. */
10687
10688 static void
10689 bp_location_dtor (struct bp_location *self)
10690 {
10691 xfree (self->cond);
10692 xfree (self->function_name);
10693 }
10694
10695 static const struct bp_location_ops bp_location_ops =
10696 {
10697 bp_location_dtor
10698 };
10699
10700 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods all breakpoint_ops ultimately
10701 inherit from. */
10702
10703 static void
10704 base_breakpoint_dtor (struct breakpoint *self)
10705 {
10706 decref_counted_command_line (&self->commands);
10707 xfree (self->cond_string);
10708 xfree (self->addr_string);
10709 xfree (self->addr_string_range_end);
10710 xfree (self->source_file);
10711 }
10712
10713 static struct bp_location *
10714 base_breakpoint_allocate_location (struct breakpoint *self)
10715 {
10716 struct bp_location *loc;
10717
10718 loc = XNEW (struct bp_location);
10719 init_bp_location (loc, &bp_location_ops, self);
10720 return loc;
10721 }
10722
10723 static void
10724 base_breakpoint_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
10725 {
10726 /* Nothing to re-set. */
10727 }
10728
10729 #define internal_error_pure_virtual_called() \
10730 gdb_assert_not_reached ("pure virtual function called")
10731
10732 static int
10733 base_breakpoint_insert_location (struct bp_location *bl)
10734 {
10735 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
10736 }
10737
10738 static int
10739 base_breakpoint_remove_location (struct bp_location *bl)
10740 {
10741 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
10742 }
10743
10744 static int
10745 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
10746 struct address_space *aspace,
10747 CORE_ADDR bp_addr)
10748 {
10749 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
10750 }
10751
10752 static void
10753 base_breakpoint_check_status (bpstat bs)
10754 {
10755 /* Always stop. */
10756 }
10757
10758 /* A "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
10759 errors. */
10760
10761 static int
10762 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode (const struct breakpoint *b)
10763 {
10764 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
10765 }
10766
10767 /* A "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
10768 errors. */
10769
10770 static int
10771 base_breakpoint_resources_needed (const struct bp_location *bl)
10772 {
10773 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
10774 }
10775
10776 static enum print_stop_action
10777 base_breakpoint_print_it (bpstat bs)
10778 {
10779 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
10780 }
10781
10782 static void
10783 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint *self,
10784 struct ui_out *uiout)
10785 {
10786 /* nothing */
10787 }
10788
10789 static void
10790 base_breakpoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
10791 {
10792 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
10793 }
10794
10795 static void
10796 base_breakpoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
10797 {
10798 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
10799 }
10800
10801 static struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops =
10802 {
10803 base_breakpoint_dtor,
10804 base_breakpoint_allocate_location,
10805 base_breakpoint_re_set,
10806 base_breakpoint_insert_location,
10807 base_breakpoint_remove_location,
10808 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit,
10809 base_breakpoint_check_status,
10810 base_breakpoint_resources_needed,
10811 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode,
10812 base_breakpoint_print_it,
10813 NULL,
10814 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail,
10815 base_breakpoint_print_mention,
10816 base_breakpoint_print_recreate
10817 };
10818
10819 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods. */
10820
10821 static void
10822 bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
10823 {
10824 /* Do not attempt to re-set breakpoints disabled during startup. */
10825 if (b->enable_state == bp_startup_disabled)
10826 return;
10827
10828 /* FIXME: is this still reachable? */
10829 if (b->addr_string == NULL)
10830 {
10831 /* Anything without a string can't be re-set. */
10832 delete_breakpoint (b);
10833 return;
10834 }
10835
10836 breakpoint_re_set_default (b);
10837 }
10838
10839 static int
10840 bkpt_insert_location (struct bp_location *bl)
10841 {
10842 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
10843 return target_insert_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
10844 &bl->target_info);
10845 else
10846 return target_insert_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
10847 &bl->target_info);
10848 }
10849
10850 static int
10851 bkpt_remove_location (struct bp_location *bl)
10852 {
10853 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
10854 return target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, &bl->target_info);
10855 else
10856 return target_remove_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, &bl->target_info);
10857 }
10858
10859 static int
10860 bkpt_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
10861 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr)
10862 {
10863 struct breakpoint *b = bl->owner;
10864
10865 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
10866 aspace, bp_addr))
10867 return 0;
10868
10869 if (overlay_debugging /* unmapped overlay section */
10870 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
10871 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
10872 return 0;
10873
10874 return 1;
10875 }
10876
10877 static int
10878 bkpt_resources_needed (const struct bp_location *bl)
10879 {
10880 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
10881
10882 return 1;
10883 }
10884
10885 static enum print_stop_action
10886 bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs)
10887 {
10888 struct breakpoint *b;
10889 const struct bp_location *bl;
10890 int bp_temp;
10891
10892 gdb_assert (bs->bp_location_at != NULL);
10893
10894 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
10895 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
10896
10897 bp_temp = b->disposition == disp_del;
10898 if (bl->address != bl->requested_address)
10899 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bl->requested_address,
10900 bl->address,
10901 b->number, 1);
10902 annotate_breakpoint (b->number);
10903 if (bp_temp)
10904 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary breakpoint ");
10905 else
10906 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nBreakpoint ");
10907 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10908 {
10909 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
10910 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT));
10911 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
10912 }
10913 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
10914 ui_out_text (uiout, ", ");
10915
10916 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
10917 }
10918
10919 static void
10920 bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
10921 {
10922 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10923 return;
10924
10925 switch (b->type)
10926 {
10927 case bp_breakpoint:
10928 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
10929 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
10930 printf_filtered (_("Temporary breakpoint"));
10931 else
10932 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint"));
10933 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
10934 if (b->type == bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver)
10935 printf_filtered (_(" at gnu-indirect-function resolver"));
10936 break;
10937 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
10938 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted breakpoint %d"), b->number);
10939 break;
10940 }
10941
10942 say_where (b);
10943 }
10944
10945 static void
10946 bkpt_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *tp, struct ui_file *fp)
10947 {
10948 if (tp->type == bp_breakpoint && tp->disposition == disp_del)
10949 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "tbreak");
10950 else if (tp->type == bp_breakpoint)
10951 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "break");
10952 else if (tp->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
10953 && tp->disposition == disp_del)
10954 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "thbreak");
10955 else if (tp->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
10956 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "hbreak");
10957 else
10958 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10959 _("unhandled breakpoint type %d"), (int) tp->type);
10960
10961 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", tp->addr_string);
10962 }
10963
10964 /* Virtual table for internal breakpoints. */
10965
10966 static void
10967 internal_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
10968 {
10969 switch (b->type)
10970 {
10971 /* Delete overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints; they
10972 will be reset later by breakpoint_re_set. */
10973 case bp_overlay_event:
10974 case bp_longjmp_master:
10975 case bp_std_terminate_master:
10976 case bp_exception_master:
10977 delete_breakpoint (b);
10978 break;
10979
10980 /* This breakpoint is special, it's set up when the inferior
10981 starts and we really don't want to touch it. */
10982 case bp_shlib_event:
10983
10984 /* Like bp_shlib_event, this breakpoint type is special. Once
10985 it is set up, we do not want to touch it. */
10986 case bp_thread_event:
10987 break;
10988 }
10989 }
10990
10991 static void
10992 internal_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs)
10993 {
10994 /* We do not stop for these. */
10995 bs->stop = 0;
10996 }
10997
10998 static enum print_stop_action
10999 internal_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs)
11000 {
11001 struct breakpoint *b;
11002
11003 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
11004
11005 switch (b->type)
11006 {
11007 case bp_shlib_event:
11008 /* Did we stop because the user set the stop_on_solib_events
11009 variable? (If so, we report this as a generic, "Stopped due
11010 to shlib event" message.) */
11011 printf_filtered (_("Stopped due to shared library event\n"));
11012 break;
11013
11014 case bp_thread_event:
11015 /* Not sure how we will get here.
11016 GDB should not stop for these breakpoints. */
11017 printf_filtered (_("Thread Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
11018 break;
11019
11020 case bp_overlay_event:
11021 /* By analogy with the thread event, GDB should not stop for these. */
11022 printf_filtered (_("Overlay Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
11023 break;
11024
11025 case bp_longjmp_master:
11026 /* These should never be enabled. */
11027 printf_filtered (_("Longjmp Master Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
11028 break;
11029
11030 case bp_std_terminate_master:
11031 /* These should never be enabled. */
11032 printf_filtered (_("std::terminate Master Breakpoint: "
11033 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
11034 break;
11035
11036 case bp_exception_master:
11037 /* These should never be enabled. */
11038 printf_filtered (_("Exception Master Breakpoint: "
11039 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
11040 break;
11041 }
11042
11043 return PRINT_NOTHING;
11044 }
11045
11046 static void
11047 internal_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
11048 {
11049 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
11050 }
11051
11052 /* Virtual table for momentary breakpoints */
11053
11054 static void
11055 momentary_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
11056 {
11057 /* Keep temporary breakpoints, which can be encountered when we step
11058 over a dlopen call and SOLIB_ADD is resetting the breakpoints.
11059 Otherwise these should have been blown away via the cleanup chain
11060 or by breakpoint_init_inferior when we rerun the executable. */
11061 }
11062
11063 static void
11064 momentary_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs)
11065 {
11066 /* Nothing. The point of these breakpoints is causing a stop. */
11067 }
11068
11069 static enum print_stop_action
11070 momentary_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs)
11071 {
11072 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
11073 {
11074 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
11075
11076 switch (b->type)
11077 {
11078 case bp_finish:
11079 ui_out_field_string
11080 (uiout, "reason",
11081 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FUNCTION_FINISHED));
11082 break;
11083
11084 case bp_until:
11085 ui_out_field_string
11086 (uiout, "reason",
11087 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_LOCATION_REACHED));
11088 break;
11089 }
11090 }
11091
11092 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
11093 }
11094
11095 static void
11096 momentary_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
11097 {
11098 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
11099 }
11100
11101 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in tracepoints. */
11102
11103 static void
11104 tracepoint_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
11105 {
11106 breakpoint_re_set_default (b);
11107 }
11108
11109 static int
11110 tracepoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
11111 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr)
11112 {
11113 /* By definition, the inferior does not report stops at
11114 tracepoints. */
11115 return 0;
11116 }
11117
11118 static void
11119 tracepoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint *self,
11120 struct ui_out *uiout)
11121 {
11122 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) self;
11123 if (tp->static_trace_marker_id)
11124 {
11125 gdb_assert (self->type == bp_static_tracepoint);
11126
11127 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tmarker id is ");
11128 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "static-tracepoint-marker-string-id",
11129 tp->static_trace_marker_id);
11130 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
11131 }
11132 }
11133
11134 static void
11135 tracepoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
11136 {
11137 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
11138 return;
11139
11140 switch (b->type)
11141 {
11142 case bp_tracepoint:
11143 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint"));
11144 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
11145 break;
11146 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
11147 printf_filtered (_("Fast tracepoint"));
11148 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
11149 break;
11150 case bp_static_tracepoint:
11151 printf_filtered (_("Static tracepoint"));
11152 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
11153 break;
11154 default:
11155 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
11156 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) b->type);
11157 }
11158
11159 say_where (b);
11160 }
11161
11162 static void
11163 tracepoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *self, struct ui_file *fp)
11164 {
11165 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) self;
11166
11167 if (self->type == bp_fast_tracepoint)
11168 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "ftrace");
11169 if (self->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
11170 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "strace");
11171 else if (self->type == bp_tracepoint)
11172 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "trace");
11173 else
11174 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
11175 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) self->type);
11176
11177 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", self->addr_string);
11178 print_recreate_thread (self, fp);
11179
11180 if (tp->pass_count)
11181 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " passcount %d\n", tp->pass_count);
11182 }
11183
11184 struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
11185
11186 /* Delete a breakpoint and clean up all traces of it in the data
11187 structures. */
11188
11189 void
11190 delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
11191 {
11192 struct breakpoint *b;
11193
11194 gdb_assert (bpt != NULL);
11195
11196 /* Has this bp already been deleted? This can happen because
11197 multiple lists can hold pointers to bp's. bpstat lists are
11198 especial culprits.
11199
11200 One example of this happening is a watchpoint's scope bp. When
11201 the scope bp triggers, we notice that the watchpoint is out of
11202 scope, and delete it. We also delete its scope bp. But the
11203 scope bp is marked "auto-deleting", and is already on a bpstat.
11204 That bpstat is then checked for auto-deleting bp's, which are
11205 deleted.
11206
11207 A real solution to this problem might involve reference counts in
11208 bp's, and/or giving them pointers back to their referencing
11209 bpstat's, and teaching delete_breakpoint to only free a bp's
11210 storage when no more references were extent. A cheaper bandaid
11211 was chosen. */
11212 if (bpt->type == bp_none)
11213 return;
11214
11215 /* At least avoid this stale reference until the reference counting
11216 of breakpoints gets resolved. */
11217 if (bpt->related_breakpoint != bpt)
11218 {
11219 struct breakpoint *related;
11220 struct watchpoint *w;
11221
11222 if (bpt->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
11223 w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt->related_breakpoint;
11224 else if (bpt->related_breakpoint->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
11225 w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt;
11226 else
11227 w = NULL;
11228 if (w != NULL)
11229 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (w);
11230
11231 /* Unlink bpt from the bpt->related_breakpoint ring. */
11232 for (related = bpt; related->related_breakpoint != bpt;
11233 related = related->related_breakpoint);
11234 related->related_breakpoint = bpt->related_breakpoint;
11235 bpt->related_breakpoint = bpt;
11236 }
11237
11238 /* watch_command_1 creates a watchpoint but only sets its number if
11239 update_watchpoint succeeds in creating its bp_locations. If there's
11240 a problem in that process, we'll be asked to delete the half-created
11241 watchpoint. In that case, don't announce the deletion. */
11242 if (bpt->number)
11243 observer_notify_breakpoint_deleted (bpt);
11244
11245 if (breakpoint_chain == bpt)
11246 breakpoint_chain = bpt->next;
11247
11248 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
11249 if (b->next == bpt)
11250 {
11251 b->next = bpt->next;
11252 break;
11253 }
11254
11255 /* Be sure no bpstat's are pointing at the breakpoint after it's
11256 been freed. */
11257 /* FIXME, how can we find all bpstat's? We just check stop_bpstat
11258 in all threads for now. Note that we cannot just remove bpstats
11259 pointing at bpt from the stop_bpstat list entirely, as breakpoint
11260 commands are associated with the bpstat; if we remove it here,
11261 then the later call to bpstat_do_actions (&stop_bpstat); in
11262 event-top.c won't do anything, and temporary breakpoints with
11263 commands won't work. */
11264
11265 iterate_over_threads (bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback, bpt);
11266
11267 /* Now that breakpoint is removed from breakpoint list, update the
11268 global location list. This will remove locations that used to
11269 belong to this breakpoint. Do this before freeing the breakpoint
11270 itself, since remove_breakpoint looks at location's owner. It
11271 might be better design to have location completely
11272 self-contained, but it's not the case now. */
11273 update_global_location_list (0);
11274
11275 bpt->ops->dtor (bpt);
11276 /* On the chance that someone will soon try again to delete this
11277 same bp, we mark it as deleted before freeing its storage. */
11278 bpt->type = bp_none;
11279 xfree (bpt);
11280 }
11281
11282 static void
11283 do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup (void *b)
11284 {
11285 delete_breakpoint (b);
11286 }
11287
11288 struct cleanup *
11289 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
11290 {
11291 return make_cleanup (do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup, b);
11292 }
11293
11294 /* Iterator function to call a user-provided callback function once
11295 for each of B and its related breakpoints. */
11296
11297 static void
11298 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (struct breakpoint *b,
11299 void (*function) (struct breakpoint *,
11300 void *),
11301 void *data)
11302 {
11303 struct breakpoint *related;
11304
11305 related = b;
11306 do
11307 {
11308 struct breakpoint *next;
11309
11310 /* FUNCTION may delete RELATED. */
11311 next = related->related_breakpoint;
11312
11313 if (next == related)
11314 {
11315 /* RELATED is the last ring entry. */
11316 function (related, data);
11317
11318 /* FUNCTION may have deleted it, so we'd never reach back to
11319 B. There's nothing left to do anyway, so just break
11320 out. */
11321 break;
11322 }
11323 else
11324 function (related, data);
11325
11326 related = next;
11327 }
11328 while (related != b);
11329 }
11330
11331 static void
11332 do_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
11333 {
11334 delete_breakpoint (b);
11335 }
11336
11337 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
11338 delete_breakpoint. */
11339
11340 static void
11341 do_map_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
11342 {
11343 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b, do_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
11344 }
11345
11346 void
11347 delete_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11348 {
11349 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
11350
11351 dont_repeat ();
11352
11353 if (arg == 0)
11354 {
11355 int breaks_to_delete = 0;
11356
11357 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument. Do not delete
11358 internal breakpoints, these have to be deleted with an
11359 explicit breakpoint number argument. */
11360 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
11361 if (user_breakpoint_p (b))
11362 {
11363 breaks_to_delete = 1;
11364 break;
11365 }
11366
11367 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
11368 if (!from_tty
11369 || (breaks_to_delete && query (_("Delete all breakpoints? "))))
11370 {
11371 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
11372 if (user_breakpoint_p (b))
11373 delete_breakpoint (b);
11374 }
11375 }
11376 else
11377 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, do_map_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
11378 }
11379
11380 static int
11381 all_locations_are_pending (struct bp_location *loc)
11382 {
11383 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
11384 if (!loc->shlib_disabled)
11385 return 0;
11386 return 1;
11387 }
11388
11389 /* Subroutine of update_breakpoint_locations to simplify it.
11390 Return non-zero if multiple fns in list LOC have the same name.
11391 Null names are ignored. */
11392
11393 static int
11394 ambiguous_names_p (struct bp_location *loc)
11395 {
11396 struct bp_location *l;
11397 htab_t htab = htab_create_alloc (13, htab_hash_string,
11398 (int (*) (const void *,
11399 const void *)) streq,
11400 NULL, xcalloc, xfree);
11401
11402 for (l = loc; l != NULL; l = l->next)
11403 {
11404 const char **slot;
11405 const char *name = l->function_name;
11406
11407 /* Allow for some names to be NULL, ignore them. */
11408 if (name == NULL)
11409 continue;
11410
11411 slot = (const char **) htab_find_slot (htab, (const void *) name,
11412 INSERT);
11413 /* NOTE: We can assume slot != NULL here because xcalloc never
11414 returns NULL. */
11415 if (*slot != NULL)
11416 {
11417 htab_delete (htab);
11418 return 1;
11419 }
11420 *slot = name;
11421 }
11422
11423 htab_delete (htab);
11424 return 0;
11425 }
11426
11427 /* When symbols change, it probably means the sources changed as well,
11428 and it might mean the static tracepoint markers are no longer at
11429 the same address or line numbers they used to be at last we
11430 checked. Losing your static tracepoints whenever you rebuild is
11431 undesirable. This function tries to resync/rematch gdb static
11432 tracepoints with the markers on the target, for static tracepoints
11433 that have not been set by marker id. Static tracepoint that have
11434 been set by marker id are reset by marker id in breakpoint_re_set.
11435 The heuristic is:
11436
11437 1) For a tracepoint set at a specific address, look for a marker at
11438 the old PC. If one is found there, assume to be the same marker.
11439 If the name / string id of the marker found is different from the
11440 previous known name, assume that means the user renamed the marker
11441 in the sources, and output a warning.
11442
11443 2) For a tracepoint set at a given line number, look for a marker
11444 at the new address of the old line number. If one is found there,
11445 assume to be the same marker. If the name / string id of the
11446 marker found is different from the previous known name, assume that
11447 means the user renamed the marker in the sources, and output a
11448 warning.
11449
11450 3) If a marker is no longer found at the same address or line, it
11451 may mean the marker no longer exists. But it may also just mean
11452 the code changed a bit. Maybe the user added a few lines of code
11453 that made the marker move up or down (in line number terms). Ask
11454 the target for info about the marker with the string id as we knew
11455 it. If found, update line number and address in the matching
11456 static tracepoint. This will get confused if there's more than one
11457 marker with the same ID (possible in UST, although unadvised
11458 precisely because it confuses tools). */
11459
11460 static struct symtab_and_line
11461 update_static_tracepoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct symtab_and_line sal)
11462 {
11463 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) b;
11464 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker;
11465 CORE_ADDR pc;
11466 int i;
11467
11468 pc = sal.pc;
11469 if (sal.line)
11470 find_line_pc (sal.symtab, sal.line, &pc);
11471
11472 if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (pc, &marker))
11473 {
11474 if (strcmp (tp->static_trace_marker_id, marker.str_id) != 0)
11475 warning (_("static tracepoint %d changed probed marker from %s to %s"),
11476 b->number,
11477 tp->static_trace_marker_id, marker.str_id);
11478
11479 xfree (tp->static_trace_marker_id);
11480 tp->static_trace_marker_id = xstrdup (marker.str_id);
11481 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker);
11482
11483 return sal;
11484 }
11485
11486 /* Old marker wasn't found on target at lineno. Try looking it up
11487 by string ID. */
11488 if (!sal.explicit_pc
11489 && sal.line != 0
11490 && sal.symtab != NULL
11491 && tp->static_trace_marker_id != NULL)
11492 {
11493 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p) *markers;
11494
11495 markers
11496 = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (tp->static_trace_marker_id);
11497
11498 if (!VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers))
11499 {
11500 struct symtab_and_line sal;
11501 struct symbol *sym;
11502 struct static_tracepoint_marker *marker;
11503
11504 marker = VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers, 0);
11505
11506 xfree (tp->static_trace_marker_id);
11507 tp->static_trace_marker_id = xstrdup (marker->str_id);
11508
11509 warning (_("marker for static tracepoint %d (%s) not "
11510 "found at previous line number"),
11511 b->number, tp->static_trace_marker_id);
11512
11513 init_sal (&sal);
11514
11515 sal.pc = marker->address;
11516
11517 sal = find_pc_line (marker->address, 0);
11518 sym = find_pc_sect_function (marker->address, NULL);
11519 ui_out_text (uiout, "Now in ");
11520 if (sym)
11521 {
11522 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "func",
11523 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym));
11524 ui_out_text (uiout, " at ");
11525 }
11526 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "file", sal.symtab->filename);
11527 ui_out_text (uiout, ":");
11528
11529 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
11530 {
11531 char *fullname = symtab_to_fullname (sal.symtab);
11532
11533 if (fullname)
11534 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "fullname", fullname);
11535 }
11536
11537 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "line", sal.line);
11538 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
11539
11540 b->line_number = sal.line;
11541
11542 xfree (b->source_file);
11543 if (sym)
11544 b->source_file = xstrdup (sal.symtab->filename);
11545 else
11546 b->source_file = NULL;
11547
11548 xfree (b->addr_string);
11549 b->addr_string = xstrprintf ("%s:%d",
11550 sal.symtab->filename, b->line_number);
11551
11552 /* Might be nice to check if function changed, and warn if
11553 so. */
11554
11555 release_static_tracepoint_marker (marker);
11556 }
11557 }
11558 return sal;
11559 }
11560
11561 /* Returns 1 iff locations A and B are sufficiently same that
11562 we don't need to report breakpoint as changed. */
11563
11564 static int
11565 locations_are_equal (struct bp_location *a, struct bp_location *b)
11566 {
11567 while (a && b)
11568 {
11569 if (a->address != b->address)
11570 return 0;
11571
11572 if (a->shlib_disabled != b->shlib_disabled)
11573 return 0;
11574
11575 if (a->enabled != b->enabled)
11576 return 0;
11577
11578 a = a->next;
11579 b = b->next;
11580 }
11581
11582 if ((a == NULL) != (b == NULL))
11583 return 0;
11584
11585 return 1;
11586 }
11587
11588 /* Create new breakpoint locations for B (a hardware or software breakpoint)
11589 based on SALS and SALS_END. If SALS_END.NELTS is not zero, then B is
11590 a ranged breakpoint. */
11591
11592 void
11593 update_breakpoint_locations (struct breakpoint *b,
11594 struct symtabs_and_lines sals,
11595 struct symtabs_and_lines sals_end)
11596 {
11597 int i;
11598 struct bp_location *existing_locations = b->loc;
11599
11600 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one start location and one end location. */
11601 gdb_assert (sals_end.nelts == 0 || (sals.nelts == 1 && sals_end.nelts == 1));
11602
11603 /* If there's no new locations, and all existing locations are
11604 pending, don't do anything. This optimizes the common case where
11605 all locations are in the same shared library, that was unloaded.
11606 We'd like to retain the location, so that when the library is
11607 loaded again, we don't loose the enabled/disabled status of the
11608 individual locations. */
11609 if (all_locations_are_pending (existing_locations) && sals.nelts == 0)
11610 return;
11611
11612 b->loc = NULL;
11613
11614 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
11615 {
11616 struct bp_location *new_loc =
11617 add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &(sals.sals[i]));
11618
11619 /* Reparse conditions, they might contain references to the
11620 old symtab. */
11621 if (b->cond_string != NULL)
11622 {
11623 char *s;
11624 struct gdb_exception e;
11625
11626 s = b->cond_string;
11627 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
11628 {
11629 new_loc->cond = parse_exp_1 (&s, block_for_pc (sals.sals[i].pc),
11630 0);
11631 }
11632 if (e.reason < 0)
11633 {
11634 warning (_("failed to reevaluate condition "
11635 "for breakpoint %d: %s"),
11636 b->number, e.message);
11637 new_loc->enabled = 0;
11638 }
11639 }
11640
11641 if (b->source_file != NULL)
11642 xfree (b->source_file);
11643 if (sals.sals[i].symtab == NULL)
11644 b->source_file = NULL;
11645 else
11646 b->source_file = xstrdup (sals.sals[i].symtab->filename);
11647
11648 if (b->line_number == 0)
11649 b->line_number = sals.sals[i].line;
11650
11651 if (sals_end.nelts)
11652 {
11653 CORE_ADDR end = find_breakpoint_range_end (sals_end.sals[0]);
11654
11655 new_loc->length = end - sals.sals[0].pc + 1;
11656 }
11657 }
11658
11659 /* Update locations of permanent breakpoints. */
11660 if (b->enable_state == bp_permanent)
11661 make_breakpoint_permanent (b);
11662
11663 /* If possible, carry over 'disable' status from existing
11664 breakpoints. */
11665 {
11666 struct bp_location *e = existing_locations;
11667 /* If there are multiple breakpoints with the same function name,
11668 e.g. for inline functions, comparing function names won't work.
11669 Instead compare pc addresses; this is just a heuristic as things
11670 may have moved, but in practice it gives the correct answer
11671 often enough until a better solution is found. */
11672 int have_ambiguous_names = ambiguous_names_p (b->loc);
11673
11674 for (; e; e = e->next)
11675 {
11676 if (!e->enabled && e->function_name)
11677 {
11678 struct bp_location *l = b->loc;
11679 if (have_ambiguous_names)
11680 {
11681 for (; l; l = l->next)
11682 if (breakpoint_locations_match (e, l))
11683 {
11684 l->enabled = 0;
11685 break;
11686 }
11687 }
11688 else
11689 {
11690 for (; l; l = l->next)
11691 if (l->function_name
11692 && strcmp (e->function_name, l->function_name) == 0)
11693 {
11694 l->enabled = 0;
11695 break;
11696 }
11697 }
11698 }
11699 }
11700 }
11701
11702 if (!locations_are_equal (existing_locations, b->loc))
11703 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
11704
11705 update_global_location_list (1);
11706 }
11707
11708 /* Find the SaL locations corresponding to the given ADDR_STRING.
11709 On return, FOUND will be 1 if any SaL was found, zero otherwise. */
11710
11711 static struct symtabs_and_lines
11712 addr_string_to_sals (struct breakpoint *b, char *addr_string, int *found)
11713 {
11714 char *s;
11715 int marker_spec;
11716 struct symtabs_and_lines sals = {0};
11717 struct gdb_exception e;
11718
11719 s = addr_string;
11720 marker_spec = b->type == bp_static_tracepoint && is_marker_spec (s);
11721
11722 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
11723 {
11724 if (marker_spec)
11725 {
11726 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) b;
11727
11728 sals = decode_static_tracepoint_spec (&s);
11729 if (sals.nelts > tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx)
11730 {
11731 sals.sals[0] = sals.sals[tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx];
11732 sals.nelts = 1;
11733 }
11734 else
11735 error (_("marker %s not found"), tp->static_trace_marker_id);
11736 }
11737 else
11738 sals = decode_line_1 (&s, 1, (struct symtab *) NULL, 0, NULL);
11739 }
11740 if (e.reason < 0)
11741 {
11742 int not_found_and_ok = 0;
11743 /* For pending breakpoints, it's expected that parsing will
11744 fail until the right shared library is loaded. User has
11745 already told to create pending breakpoints and don't need
11746 extra messages. If breakpoint is in bp_shlib_disabled
11747 state, then user already saw the message about that
11748 breakpoint being disabled, and don't want to see more
11749 errors. */
11750 if (e.error == NOT_FOUND_ERROR
11751 && (b->condition_not_parsed
11752 || (b->loc && b->loc->shlib_disabled)
11753 || b->enable_state == bp_disabled))
11754 not_found_and_ok = 1;
11755
11756 if (!not_found_and_ok)
11757 {
11758 /* We surely don't want to warn about the same breakpoint
11759 10 times. One solution, implemented here, is disable
11760 the breakpoint on error. Another solution would be to
11761 have separate 'warning emitted' flag. Since this
11762 happens only when a binary has changed, I don't know
11763 which approach is better. */
11764 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
11765 throw_exception (e);
11766 }
11767 }
11768
11769 if (e.reason == 0 || e.error != NOT_FOUND_ERROR)
11770 {
11771 gdb_assert (sals.nelts == 1);
11772
11773 resolve_sal_pc (&sals.sals[0]);
11774 if (b->condition_not_parsed && s && s[0])
11775 {
11776 char *cond_string = 0;
11777 int thread = -1;
11778 int task = 0;
11779
11780 find_condition_and_thread (s, sals.sals[0].pc,
11781 &cond_string, &thread, &task);
11782 if (cond_string)
11783 b->cond_string = cond_string;
11784 b->thread = thread;
11785 b->task = task;
11786 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
11787 }
11788
11789 if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint && !marker_spec)
11790 sals.sals[0] = update_static_tracepoint (b, sals.sals[0]);
11791
11792 *found = 1;
11793 }
11794 else
11795 *found = 0;
11796
11797 return sals;
11798 }
11799
11800 /* The default re_set method, for typical hardware or software
11801 breakpoints. Reevaluate the breakpoint and recreate its
11802 locations. */
11803
11804 static void
11805 breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint *b)
11806 {
11807 int found;
11808 struct symtabs_and_lines sals, sals_end;
11809 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded = {0};
11810 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded_end = {0};
11811
11812 sals = addr_string_to_sals (b, b->addr_string, &found);
11813 if (found)
11814 {
11815 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
11816 expanded = expand_line_sal_maybe (sals.sals[0]);
11817 }
11818
11819 if (b->addr_string_range_end)
11820 {
11821 sals_end = addr_string_to_sals (b, b->addr_string_range_end, &found);
11822 if (found)
11823 {
11824 make_cleanup (xfree, sals_end.sals);
11825 expanded_end = expand_line_sal_maybe (sals_end.sals[0]);
11826 }
11827 }
11828
11829 update_breakpoint_locations (b, expanded, expanded_end);
11830 }
11831
11832 /* Prepare the global context for a re-set of breakpoint B. */
11833
11834 static struct cleanup *
11835 prepare_re_set_context (struct breakpoint *b)
11836 {
11837 struct cleanup *cleanups;
11838
11839 input_radix = b->input_radix;
11840 cleanups = save_current_space_and_thread ();
11841 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (b->pspace);
11842 set_language (b->language);
11843
11844 return cleanups;
11845 }
11846
11847 /* Reset a breakpoint given it's struct breakpoint * BINT.
11848 The value we return ends up being the return value from catch_errors.
11849 Unused in this case. */
11850
11851 static int
11852 breakpoint_re_set_one (void *bint)
11853 {
11854 /* Get past catch_errs. */
11855 struct breakpoint *b = (struct breakpoint *) bint;
11856 struct cleanup *cleanups;
11857
11858 cleanups = prepare_re_set_context (b);
11859 b->ops->re_set (b);
11860 do_cleanups (cleanups);
11861 return 0;
11862 }
11863
11864 /* Re-set all breakpoints after symbols have been re-loaded. */
11865 void
11866 breakpoint_re_set (void)
11867 {
11868 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
11869 enum language save_language;
11870 int save_input_radix;
11871 struct cleanup *old_chain;
11872
11873 save_language = current_language->la_language;
11874 save_input_radix = input_radix;
11875 old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
11876
11877 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
11878 {
11879 /* Format possible error msg. */
11880 char *message = xstrprintf ("Error in re-setting breakpoint %d: ",
11881 b->number);
11882 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, message);
11883 catch_errors (breakpoint_re_set_one, b, message, RETURN_MASK_ALL);
11884 do_cleanups (cleanups);
11885 }
11886 set_language (save_language);
11887 input_radix = save_input_radix;
11888
11889 jit_breakpoint_re_set ();
11890
11891 do_cleanups (old_chain);
11892
11893 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
11894 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
11895 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
11896 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
11897 }
11898 \f
11899 /* Reset the thread number of this breakpoint:
11900
11901 - If the breakpoint is for all threads, leave it as-is.
11902 - Else, reset it to the current thread for inferior_ptid. */
11903 void
11904 breakpoint_re_set_thread (struct breakpoint *b)
11905 {
11906 if (b->thread != -1)
11907 {
11908 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid))
11909 b->thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
11910
11911 /* We're being called after following a fork. The new fork is
11912 selected as current, and unless this was a vfork will have a
11913 different program space from the original thread. Reset that
11914 as well. */
11915 b->loc->pspace = current_program_space;
11916 }
11917 }
11918
11919 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
11920 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
11921 which ends with a period (no newline). */
11922
11923 void
11924 set_ignore_count (int bptnum, int count, int from_tty)
11925 {
11926 struct breakpoint *b;
11927
11928 if (count < 0)
11929 count = 0;
11930
11931 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
11932 if (b->number == bptnum)
11933 {
11934 if (is_tracepoint (b))
11935 {
11936 if (from_tty && count != 0)
11937 printf_filtered (_("Ignore count ignored for tracepoint %d."),
11938 bptnum);
11939 return;
11940 }
11941
11942 b->ignore_count = count;
11943 if (from_tty)
11944 {
11945 if (count == 0)
11946 printf_filtered (_("Will stop next time "
11947 "breakpoint %d is reached."),
11948 bptnum);
11949 else if (count == 1)
11950 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next crossing of breakpoint %d."),
11951 bptnum);
11952 else
11953 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next %d "
11954 "crossings of breakpoint %d."),
11955 count, bptnum);
11956 }
11957 breakpoints_changed ();
11958 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
11959 return;
11960 }
11961
11962 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bptnum);
11963 }
11964
11965 /* Command to set ignore-count of breakpoint N to COUNT. */
11966
11967 static void
11968 ignore_command (char *args, int from_tty)
11969 {
11970 char *p = args;
11971 int num;
11972
11973 if (p == 0)
11974 error_no_arg (_("a breakpoint number"));
11975
11976 num = get_number (&p);
11977 if (num == 0)
11978 error (_("bad breakpoint number: '%s'"), args);
11979 if (*p == 0)
11980 error (_("Second argument (specified ignore-count) is missing."));
11981
11982 set_ignore_count (num,
11983 longest_to_int (value_as_long (parse_and_eval (p))),
11984 from_tty);
11985 if (from_tty)
11986 printf_filtered ("\n");
11987 }
11988 \f
11989 /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints
11990 whose numbers are given in ARGS. */
11991
11992 static void
11993 map_breakpoint_numbers (char *args, void (*function) (struct breakpoint *,
11994 void *),
11995 void *data)
11996 {
11997 int num;
11998 struct breakpoint *b, *tmp;
11999 int match;
12000 struct get_number_or_range_state state;
12001
12002 if (args == 0)
12003 error_no_arg (_("one or more breakpoint numbers"));
12004
12005 init_number_or_range (&state, args);
12006
12007 while (!state.finished)
12008 {
12009 char *p = state.string;
12010
12011 match = 0;
12012
12013 num = get_number_or_range (&state);
12014 if (num == 0)
12015 {
12016 warning (_("bad breakpoint number at or near '%s'"), p);
12017 }
12018 else
12019 {
12020 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, tmp)
12021 if (b->number == num)
12022 {
12023 match = 1;
12024 function (b, data);
12025 break;
12026 }
12027 if (match == 0)
12028 printf_unfiltered (_("No breakpoint number %d.\n"), num);
12029 }
12030 }
12031 }
12032
12033 static struct bp_location *
12034 find_location_by_number (char *number)
12035 {
12036 char *dot = strchr (number, '.');
12037 char *p1;
12038 int bp_num;
12039 int loc_num;
12040 struct breakpoint *b;
12041 struct bp_location *loc;
12042
12043 *dot = '\0';
12044
12045 p1 = number;
12046 bp_num = get_number (&p1);
12047 if (bp_num == 0)
12048 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number);
12049
12050 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
12051 if (b->number == bp_num)
12052 {
12053 break;
12054 }
12055
12056 if (!b || b->number != bp_num)
12057 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number);
12058
12059 p1 = dot+1;
12060 loc_num = get_number (&p1);
12061 if (loc_num == 0)
12062 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), number);
12063
12064 --loc_num;
12065 loc = b->loc;
12066 for (;loc_num && loc; --loc_num, loc = loc->next)
12067 ;
12068 if (!loc)
12069 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), dot+1);
12070
12071 return loc;
12072 }
12073
12074
12075 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
12076 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
12077 which ends with a period (no newline). */
12078
12079 void
12080 disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
12081 {
12082 /* Never disable a watchpoint scope breakpoint; we want to
12083 hit them when we leave scope so we can delete both the
12084 watchpoint and its scope breakpoint at that time. */
12085 if (bpt->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
12086 return;
12087
12088 /* You can't disable permanent breakpoints. */
12089 if (bpt->enable_state == bp_permanent)
12090 return;
12091
12092 bpt->enable_state = bp_disabled;
12093
12094 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
12095 && current_trace_status ()->running && is_tracepoint (bpt))
12096 {
12097 struct bp_location *location;
12098
12099 for (location = bpt->loc; location; location = location->next)
12100 target_disable_tracepoint (location);
12101 }
12102
12103 update_global_location_list (0);
12104
12105 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
12106 }
12107
12108 /* A callback for iterate_over_related_breakpoints. */
12109
12110 static void
12111 do_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
12112 {
12113 disable_breakpoint (b);
12114 }
12115
12116 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
12117 disable_breakpoint. */
12118
12119 static void
12120 do_map_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
12121 {
12122 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b, do_disable_breakpoint, NULL);
12123 }
12124
12125 static void
12126 disable_command (char *args, int from_tty)
12127 {
12128 if (args == 0)
12129 {
12130 struct breakpoint *bpt;
12131
12132 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
12133 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt))
12134 disable_breakpoint (bpt);
12135 }
12136 else if (strchr (args, '.'))
12137 {
12138 struct bp_location *loc = find_location_by_number (args);
12139 if (loc)
12140 {
12141 loc->enabled = 0;
12142 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
12143 && current_trace_status ()->running && loc->owner
12144 && is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
12145 target_disable_tracepoint (loc);
12146 }
12147 update_global_location_list (0);
12148 }
12149 else
12150 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_disable_breakpoint, NULL);
12151 }
12152
12153 static void
12154 enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *bpt, enum bpdisp disposition)
12155 {
12156 int target_resources_ok;
12157
12158 if (bpt->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
12159 {
12160 int i;
12161 i = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
12162 target_resources_ok =
12163 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
12164 i + 1, 0);
12165 if (target_resources_ok == 0)
12166 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
12167 else if (target_resources_ok < 0)
12168 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
12169 }
12170
12171 if (is_watchpoint (bpt))
12172 {
12173 /* Initialize it just to avoid a GCC false warning. */
12174 enum enable_state orig_enable_state = 0;
12175 struct gdb_exception e;
12176
12177 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
12178 {
12179 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt;
12180
12181 orig_enable_state = bpt->enable_state;
12182 bpt->enable_state = bp_enabled;
12183 update_watchpoint (w, 1 /* reparse */);
12184 }
12185 if (e.reason < 0)
12186 {
12187 bpt->enable_state = orig_enable_state;
12188 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr, e, _("Cannot enable watchpoint %d: "),
12189 bpt->number);
12190 return;
12191 }
12192 }
12193
12194 if (bpt->enable_state != bp_permanent)
12195 bpt->enable_state = bp_enabled;
12196
12197 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
12198 && current_trace_status ()->running && is_tracepoint (bpt))
12199 {
12200 struct bp_location *location;
12201
12202 for (location = bpt->loc; location; location = location->next)
12203 target_enable_tracepoint (location);
12204 }
12205
12206 bpt->disposition = disposition;
12207 update_global_location_list (1);
12208 breakpoints_changed ();
12209
12210 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
12211 }
12212
12213
12214 void
12215 enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
12216 {
12217 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt, bpt->disposition);
12218 }
12219
12220 static void
12221 do_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *arg)
12222 {
12223 enable_breakpoint (bpt);
12224 }
12225
12226 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
12227 enable_breakpoint. */
12228
12229 static void
12230 do_map_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
12231 {
12232 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b, do_enable_breakpoint, NULL);
12233 }
12234
12235 /* The enable command enables the specified breakpoints (or all defined
12236 breakpoints) so they once again become (or continue to be) effective
12237 in stopping the inferior. */
12238
12239 static void
12240 enable_command (char *args, int from_tty)
12241 {
12242 if (args == 0)
12243 {
12244 struct breakpoint *bpt;
12245
12246 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
12247 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt))
12248 enable_breakpoint (bpt);
12249 }
12250 else if (strchr (args, '.'))
12251 {
12252 struct bp_location *loc = find_location_by_number (args);
12253 if (loc)
12254 {
12255 loc->enabled = 1;
12256 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
12257 && current_trace_status ()->running && loc->owner
12258 && is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
12259 target_enable_tracepoint (loc);
12260 }
12261 update_global_location_list (1);
12262 }
12263 else
12264 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_breakpoint, NULL);
12265 }
12266
12267 static void
12268 do_enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *arg)
12269 {
12270 enum bpdisp disp = *(enum bpdisp *) arg;
12271
12272 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt, disp);
12273 }
12274
12275 static void
12276 do_map_enable_once_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *ignore)
12277 {
12278 enum bpdisp disp = disp_disable;
12279
12280 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt, do_enable_breakpoint_disp, &disp);
12281 }
12282
12283 static void
12284 enable_once_command (char *args, int from_tty)
12285 {
12286 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_once_breakpoint, NULL);
12287 }
12288
12289 static void
12290 do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *ignore)
12291 {
12292 enum bpdisp disp = disp_del;
12293
12294 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt, do_enable_breakpoint_disp, &disp);
12295 }
12296
12297 static void
12298 enable_delete_command (char *args, int from_tty)
12299 {
12300 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
12301 }
12302 \f
12303 static void
12304 set_breakpoint_cmd (char *args, int from_tty)
12305 {
12306 }
12307
12308 static void
12309 show_breakpoint_cmd (char *args, int from_tty)
12310 {
12311 }
12312
12313 /* Invalidate last known value of any hardware watchpoint if
12314 the memory which that value represents has been written to by
12315 GDB itself. */
12316
12317 static void
12318 invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change (CORE_ADDR addr, int len,
12319 const bfd_byte *data)
12320 {
12321 struct breakpoint *bp;
12322
12323 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp)
12324 if (bp->enable_state == bp_enabled
12325 && bp->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
12326 {
12327 struct watchpoint *wp = (struct watchpoint *) bp;
12328
12329 if (wp->val_valid && wp->val)
12330 {
12331 struct bp_location *loc;
12332
12333 for (loc = bp->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next)
12334 if (loc->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
12335 && loc->address + loc->length > addr
12336 && addr + len > loc->address)
12337 {
12338 value_free (wp->val);
12339 wp->val = NULL;
12340 wp->val_valid = 0;
12341 }
12342 }
12343 }
12344 }
12345
12346 /* Use default_breakpoint_'s, or nothing if they aren't valid. */
12347
12348 struct symtabs_and_lines
12349 decode_line_spec_1 (char *string, int funfirstline)
12350 {
12351 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
12352
12353 if (string == 0)
12354 error (_("Empty line specification."));
12355 if (default_breakpoint_valid)
12356 sals = decode_line_1 (&string, funfirstline,
12357 default_breakpoint_symtab,
12358 default_breakpoint_line,
12359 NULL);
12360 else
12361 sals = decode_line_1 (&string, funfirstline,
12362 (struct symtab *) NULL, 0, NULL);
12363 if (*string)
12364 error (_("Junk at end of line specification: %s"), string);
12365 return sals;
12366 }
12367
12368 /* Create and insert a raw software breakpoint at PC. Return an
12369 identifier, which should be used to remove the breakpoint later.
12370 In general, places which call this should be using something on the
12371 breakpoint chain instead; this function should be eliminated
12372 someday. */
12373
12374 void *
12375 deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
12376 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
12377 {
12378 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt;
12379
12380 bp_tgt = XZALLOC (struct bp_target_info);
12381
12382 bp_tgt->placed_address_space = aspace;
12383 bp_tgt->placed_address = pc;
12384
12385 if (target_insert_breakpoint (gdbarch, bp_tgt) != 0)
12386 {
12387 /* Could not insert the breakpoint. */
12388 xfree (bp_tgt);
12389 return NULL;
12390 }
12391
12392 return bp_tgt;
12393 }
12394
12395 /* Remove a breakpoint BP inserted by
12396 deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint. */
12397
12398 int
12399 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, void *bp)
12400 {
12401 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt = bp;
12402 int ret;
12403
12404 ret = target_remove_breakpoint (gdbarch, bp_tgt);
12405 xfree (bp_tgt);
12406
12407 return ret;
12408 }
12409
12410 /* One (or perhaps two) breakpoints used for software single
12411 stepping. */
12412
12413 static void *single_step_breakpoints[2];
12414 static struct gdbarch *single_step_gdbarch[2];
12415
12416 /* Create and insert a breakpoint for software single step. */
12417
12418 void
12419 insert_single_step_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
12420 struct address_space *aspace,
12421 CORE_ADDR next_pc)
12422 {
12423 void **bpt_p;
12424
12425 if (single_step_breakpoints[0] == NULL)
12426 {
12427 bpt_p = &single_step_breakpoints[0];
12428 single_step_gdbarch[0] = gdbarch;
12429 }
12430 else
12431 {
12432 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints[1] == NULL);
12433 bpt_p = &single_step_breakpoints[1];
12434 single_step_gdbarch[1] = gdbarch;
12435 }
12436
12437 /* NOTE drow/2006-04-11: A future improvement to this function would
12438 be to only create the breakpoints once, and actually put them on
12439 the breakpoint chain. That would let us use set_raw_breakpoint.
12440 We could adjust the addresses each time they were needed. Doing
12441 this requires corresponding changes elsewhere where single step
12442 breakpoints are handled, however. So, for now, we use this. */
12443
12444 *bpt_p = deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, aspace, next_pc);
12445 if (*bpt_p == NULL)
12446 error (_("Could not insert single-step breakpoint at %s"),
12447 paddress (gdbarch, next_pc));
12448 }
12449
12450 /* Check if the breakpoints used for software single stepping
12451 were inserted or not. */
12452
12453 int
12454 single_step_breakpoints_inserted (void)
12455 {
12456 return (single_step_breakpoints[0] != NULL
12457 || single_step_breakpoints[1] != NULL);
12458 }
12459
12460 /* Remove and delete any breakpoints used for software single step. */
12461
12462 void
12463 remove_single_step_breakpoints (void)
12464 {
12465 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints[0] != NULL);
12466
12467 /* See insert_single_step_breakpoint for more about this deprecated
12468 call. */
12469 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch[0],
12470 single_step_breakpoints[0]);
12471 single_step_gdbarch[0] = NULL;
12472 single_step_breakpoints[0] = NULL;
12473
12474 if (single_step_breakpoints[1] != NULL)
12475 {
12476 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch[1],
12477 single_step_breakpoints[1]);
12478 single_step_gdbarch[1] = NULL;
12479 single_step_breakpoints[1] = NULL;
12480 }
12481 }
12482
12483 /* Delete software single step breakpoints without removing them from
12484 the inferior. This is intended to be used if the inferior's address
12485 space where they were inserted is already gone, e.g. after exit or
12486 exec. */
12487
12488 void
12489 cancel_single_step_breakpoints (void)
12490 {
12491 int i;
12492
12493 for (i = 0; i < 2; i++)
12494 if (single_step_breakpoints[i])
12495 {
12496 xfree (single_step_breakpoints[i]);
12497 single_step_breakpoints[i] = NULL;
12498 single_step_gdbarch[i] = NULL;
12499 }
12500 }
12501
12502 /* Detach software single-step breakpoints from INFERIOR_PTID without
12503 removing them. */
12504
12505 static void
12506 detach_single_step_breakpoints (void)
12507 {
12508 int i;
12509
12510 for (i = 0; i < 2; i++)
12511 if (single_step_breakpoints[i])
12512 target_remove_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch[i],
12513 single_step_breakpoints[i]);
12514 }
12515
12516 /* Check whether a software single-step breakpoint is inserted at
12517 PC. */
12518
12519 static int
12520 single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace,
12521 CORE_ADDR pc)
12522 {
12523 int i;
12524
12525 for (i = 0; i < 2; i++)
12526 {
12527 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt = single_step_breakpoints[i];
12528 if (bp_tgt
12529 && breakpoint_address_match (bp_tgt->placed_address_space,
12530 bp_tgt->placed_address,
12531 aspace, pc))
12532 return 1;
12533 }
12534
12535 return 0;
12536 }
12537
12538 /* Returns 0 if 'bp' is NOT a syscall catchpoint,
12539 non-zero otherwise. */
12540 static int
12541 is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint *bp)
12542 {
12543 if (syscall_catchpoint_p (bp)
12544 && bp->enable_state != bp_disabled
12545 && bp->enable_state != bp_call_disabled)
12546 return 1;
12547 else
12548 return 0;
12549 }
12550
12551 int
12552 catch_syscall_enabled (void)
12553 {
12554 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
12555
12556 return inf->total_syscalls_count != 0;
12557 }
12558
12559 int
12560 catching_syscall_number (int syscall_number)
12561 {
12562 struct breakpoint *bp;
12563
12564 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp)
12565 if (is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (bp))
12566 {
12567 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) bp;
12568
12569 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
12570 {
12571 int i, iter;
12572 for (i = 0;
12573 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
12574 i++)
12575 if (syscall_number == iter)
12576 return 1;
12577 }
12578 else
12579 return 1;
12580 }
12581
12582 return 0;
12583 }
12584
12585 /* Complete syscall names. Used by "catch syscall". */
12586 static char **
12587 catch_syscall_completer (struct cmd_list_element *cmd,
12588 char *text, char *word)
12589 {
12590 const char **list = get_syscall_names ();
12591 char **retlist
12592 = (list == NULL) ? NULL : complete_on_enum (list, text, word);
12593
12594 xfree (list);
12595 return retlist;
12596 }
12597
12598 /* Tracepoint-specific operations. */
12599
12600 /* Set tracepoint count to NUM. */
12601 static void
12602 set_tracepoint_count (int num)
12603 {
12604 tracepoint_count = num;
12605 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("tpnum"), num);
12606 }
12607
12608 void
12609 trace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
12610 {
12611 if (create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
12612 arg,
12613 NULL, 0, 1 /* parse arg */,
12614 0 /* tempflag */,
12615 bp_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
12616 0 /* Ignore count */,
12617 pending_break_support,
12618 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops,
12619 from_tty,
12620 1 /* enabled */,
12621 0 /* internal */))
12622 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count);
12623 }
12624
12625 void
12626 ftrace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
12627 {
12628 if (create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
12629 arg,
12630 NULL, 0, 1 /* parse arg */,
12631 0 /* tempflag */,
12632 bp_fast_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
12633 0 /* Ignore count */,
12634 pending_break_support,
12635 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops,
12636 from_tty,
12637 1 /* enabled */,
12638 0 /* internal */))
12639 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count);
12640 }
12641
12642 /* strace command implementation. Creates a static tracepoint. */
12643
12644 void
12645 strace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
12646 {
12647 if (create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
12648 arg,
12649 NULL, 0, 1 /* parse arg */,
12650 0 /* tempflag */,
12651 bp_static_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
12652 0 /* Ignore count */,
12653 pending_break_support,
12654 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops,
12655 from_tty,
12656 1 /* enabled */,
12657 0 /* internal */))
12658 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count);
12659 }
12660
12661 /* Set up a fake reader function that gets command lines from a linked
12662 list that was acquired during tracepoint uploading. */
12663
12664 static struct uploaded_tp *this_utp;
12665 static int next_cmd;
12666
12667 static char *
12668 read_uploaded_action (void)
12669 {
12670 char *rslt;
12671
12672 VEC_iterate (char_ptr, this_utp->cmd_strings, next_cmd, rslt);
12673
12674 next_cmd++;
12675
12676 return rslt;
12677 }
12678
12679 /* Given information about a tracepoint as recorded on a target (which
12680 can be either a live system or a trace file), attempt to create an
12681 equivalent GDB tracepoint. This is not a reliable process, since
12682 the target does not necessarily have all the information used when
12683 the tracepoint was originally defined. */
12684
12685 struct tracepoint *
12686 create_tracepoint_from_upload (struct uploaded_tp *utp)
12687 {
12688 char *addr_str, small_buf[100];
12689 struct tracepoint *tp;
12690
12691 if (utp->at_string)
12692 addr_str = utp->at_string;
12693 else
12694 {
12695 /* In the absence of a source location, fall back to raw
12696 address. Since there is no way to confirm that the address
12697 means the same thing as when the trace was started, warn the
12698 user. */
12699 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d has no "
12700 "source location, using raw address"),
12701 utp->number);
12702 sprintf (small_buf, "*%s", hex_string (utp->addr));
12703 addr_str = small_buf;
12704 }
12705
12706 /* There's not much we can do with a sequence of bytecodes. */
12707 if (utp->cond && !utp->cond_string)
12708 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d condition "
12709 "has no source form, ignoring it"),
12710 utp->number);
12711
12712 if (!create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
12713 addr_str,
12714 utp->cond_string, -1, 0 /* parse cond/thread */,
12715 0 /* tempflag */,
12716 utp->type /* type_wanted */,
12717 0 /* Ignore count */,
12718 pending_break_support,
12719 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops,
12720 0 /* from_tty */,
12721 utp->enabled /* enabled */,
12722 0 /* internal */))
12723 return NULL;
12724
12725 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count);
12726
12727 /* Get the tracepoint we just created. */
12728 tp = get_tracepoint (tracepoint_count);
12729 gdb_assert (tp != NULL);
12730
12731 if (utp->pass > 0)
12732 {
12733 sprintf (small_buf, "%d %d", utp->pass, tp->base.number);
12734
12735 trace_pass_command (small_buf, 0);
12736 }
12737
12738 /* If we have uploaded versions of the original commands, set up a
12739 special-purpose "reader" function and call the usual command line
12740 reader, then pass the result to the breakpoint command-setting
12741 function. */
12742 if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->cmd_strings))
12743 {
12744 struct command_line *cmd_list;
12745
12746 this_utp = utp;
12747 next_cmd = 0;
12748
12749 cmd_list = read_command_lines_1 (read_uploaded_action, 1, NULL, NULL);
12750
12751 breakpoint_set_commands (&tp->base, cmd_list);
12752 }
12753 else if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->actions)
12754 || !VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->step_actions))
12755 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d actions "
12756 "have no source form, ignoring them"),
12757 utp->number);
12758
12759 return tp;
12760 }
12761
12762 /* Print information on tracepoint number TPNUM_EXP, or all if
12763 omitted. */
12764
12765 static void
12766 tracepoints_info (char *args, int from_tty)
12767 {
12768 int num_printed;
12769
12770 num_printed = breakpoint_1 (args, 0, is_tracepoint);
12771
12772 if (num_printed == 0)
12773 {
12774 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
12775 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No tracepoints.\n");
12776 else
12777 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No tracepoint matching '%s'.\n", args);
12778 }
12779
12780 default_collect_info ();
12781 }
12782
12783 /* The 'enable trace' command enables tracepoints.
12784 Not supported by all targets. */
12785 static void
12786 enable_trace_command (char *args, int from_tty)
12787 {
12788 enable_command (args, from_tty);
12789 }
12790
12791 /* The 'disable trace' command disables tracepoints.
12792 Not supported by all targets. */
12793 static void
12794 disable_trace_command (char *args, int from_tty)
12795 {
12796 disable_command (args, from_tty);
12797 }
12798
12799 /* Remove a tracepoint (or all if no argument). */
12800 static void
12801 delete_trace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
12802 {
12803 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
12804
12805 dont_repeat ();
12806
12807 if (arg == 0)
12808 {
12809 int breaks_to_delete = 0;
12810
12811 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument.
12812 Do not delete internal or call-dummy breakpoints, these
12813 have to be deleted with an explicit breakpoint number
12814 argument. */
12815 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
12816 if (is_tracepoint (b) && user_breakpoint_p (b))
12817 {
12818 breaks_to_delete = 1;
12819 break;
12820 }
12821
12822 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
12823 if (!from_tty
12824 || (breaks_to_delete && query (_("Delete all tracepoints? "))))
12825 {
12826 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
12827 if (is_tracepoint (b) && user_breakpoint_p (b))
12828 delete_breakpoint (b);
12829 }
12830 }
12831 else
12832 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, do_map_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
12833 }
12834
12835 /* Helper function for trace_pass_command. */
12836
12837 static void
12838 trace_pass_set_count (struct tracepoint *tp, int count, int from_tty)
12839 {
12840 tp->pass_count = count;
12841 observer_notify_tracepoint_modified (tp->base.number);
12842 if (from_tty)
12843 printf_filtered (_("Setting tracepoint %d's passcount to %d\n"),
12844 tp->base.number, count);
12845 }
12846
12847 /* Set passcount for tracepoint.
12848
12849 First command argument is passcount, second is tracepoint number.
12850 If tracepoint number omitted, apply to most recently defined.
12851 Also accepts special argument "all". */
12852
12853 static void
12854 trace_pass_command (char *args, int from_tty)
12855 {
12856 struct tracepoint *t1;
12857 unsigned int count;
12858
12859 if (args == 0 || *args == 0)
12860 error (_("passcount command requires an "
12861 "argument (count + optional TP num)"));
12862
12863 count = strtoul (args, &args, 10); /* Count comes first, then TP num. */
12864
12865 while (*args && isspace ((int) *args))
12866 args++;
12867
12868 if (*args && strncasecmp (args, "all", 3) == 0)
12869 {
12870 struct breakpoint *b;
12871
12872 args += 3; /* Skip special argument "all". */
12873 if (*args)
12874 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
12875
12876 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
12877 {
12878 t1 = (struct tracepoint *) b;
12879 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
12880 }
12881 }
12882 else if (*args == '\0')
12883 {
12884 t1 = get_tracepoint_by_number (&args, NULL, 1);
12885 if (t1)
12886 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
12887 }
12888 else
12889 {
12890 struct get_number_or_range_state state;
12891
12892 init_number_or_range (&state, args);
12893 while (!state.finished)
12894 {
12895 t1 = get_tracepoint_by_number (&args, &state, 1);
12896 if (t1)
12897 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
12898 }
12899 }
12900 }
12901
12902 struct tracepoint *
12903 get_tracepoint (int num)
12904 {
12905 struct breakpoint *t;
12906
12907 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t)
12908 if (t->number == num)
12909 return (struct tracepoint *) t;
12910
12911 return NULL;
12912 }
12913
12914 /* Find the tracepoint with the given target-side number (which may be
12915 different from the tracepoint number after disconnecting and
12916 reconnecting). */
12917
12918 struct tracepoint *
12919 get_tracepoint_by_number_on_target (int num)
12920 {
12921 struct breakpoint *b;
12922
12923 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
12924 {
12925 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
12926
12927 if (t->number_on_target == num)
12928 return t;
12929 }
12930
12931 return NULL;
12932 }
12933
12934 /* Utility: parse a tracepoint number and look it up in the list.
12935 If STATE is not NULL, use, get_number_or_range_state and ignore ARG.
12936 If OPTIONAL_P is true, then if the argument is missing, the most
12937 recent tracepoint (tracepoint_count) is returned. */
12938 struct tracepoint *
12939 get_tracepoint_by_number (char **arg,
12940 struct get_number_or_range_state *state,
12941 int optional_p)
12942 {
12943 extern int tracepoint_count;
12944 struct breakpoint *t;
12945 int tpnum;
12946 char *instring = arg == NULL ? NULL : *arg;
12947
12948 if (state)
12949 {
12950 gdb_assert (!state->finished);
12951 tpnum = get_number_or_range (state);
12952 }
12953 else if (arg == NULL || *arg == NULL || ! **arg)
12954 {
12955 if (optional_p)
12956 tpnum = tracepoint_count;
12957 else
12958 error_no_arg (_("tracepoint number"));
12959 }
12960 else
12961 tpnum = get_number (arg);
12962
12963 if (tpnum <= 0)
12964 {
12965 if (instring && *instring)
12966 printf_filtered (_("bad tracepoint number at or near '%s'\n"),
12967 instring);
12968 else
12969 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint argument missing "
12970 "and no previous tracepoint\n"));
12971 return NULL;
12972 }
12973
12974 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t)
12975 if (t->number == tpnum)
12976 {
12977 return (struct tracepoint *) t;
12978 }
12979
12980 printf_unfiltered ("No tracepoint number %d.\n", tpnum);
12981 return NULL;
12982 }
12983
12984 void
12985 print_recreate_thread (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
12986 {
12987 if (b->thread != -1)
12988 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " thread %d", b->thread);
12989
12990 if (b->task != 0)
12991 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " task %d", b->task);
12992
12993 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "\n");
12994 }
12995
12996 /* Save information on user settable breakpoints (watchpoints, etc) to
12997 a new script file named FILENAME. If FILTER is non-NULL, call it
12998 on each breakpoint and only include the ones for which it returns
12999 non-zero. */
13000
13001 static void
13002 save_breakpoints (char *filename, int from_tty,
13003 int (*filter) (const struct breakpoint *))
13004 {
13005 struct breakpoint *tp;
13006 int any = 0;
13007 char *pathname;
13008 struct cleanup *cleanup;
13009 struct ui_file *fp;
13010 int extra_trace_bits = 0;
13011
13012 if (filename == 0 || *filename == 0)
13013 error (_("Argument required (file name in which to save)"));
13014
13015 /* See if we have anything to save. */
13016 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp)
13017 {
13018 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
13019 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp))
13020 continue;
13021
13022 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
13023 if (filter && !filter (tp))
13024 continue;
13025
13026 any = 1;
13027
13028 if (is_tracepoint (tp))
13029 {
13030 extra_trace_bits = 1;
13031
13032 /* We can stop searching. */
13033 break;
13034 }
13035 }
13036
13037 if (!any)
13038 {
13039 warning (_("Nothing to save."));
13040 return;
13041 }
13042
13043 pathname = tilde_expand (filename);
13044 cleanup = make_cleanup (xfree, pathname);
13045 fp = gdb_fopen (pathname, "w");
13046 if (!fp)
13047 error (_("Unable to open file '%s' for saving (%s)"),
13048 filename, safe_strerror (errno));
13049 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (fp);
13050
13051 if (extra_trace_bits)
13052 save_trace_state_variables (fp);
13053
13054 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp)
13055 {
13056 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
13057 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp))
13058 continue;
13059
13060 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
13061 if (filter && !filter (tp))
13062 continue;
13063
13064 tp->ops->print_recreate (tp, fp);
13065
13066 /* Note, we can't rely on tp->number for anything, as we can't
13067 assume the recreated breakpoint numbers will match. Use $bpnum
13068 instead. */
13069
13070 if (tp->cond_string)
13071 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " condition $bpnum %s\n", tp->cond_string);
13072
13073 if (tp->ignore_count)
13074 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " ignore $bpnum %d\n", tp->ignore_count);
13075
13076 if (tp->commands)
13077 {
13078 volatile struct gdb_exception ex;
13079
13080 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " commands\n");
13081
13082 ui_out_redirect (uiout, fp);
13083 TRY_CATCH (ex, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
13084 {
13085 print_command_lines (uiout, tp->commands->commands, 2);
13086 }
13087 ui_out_redirect (uiout, NULL);
13088
13089 if (ex.reason < 0)
13090 throw_exception (ex);
13091
13092 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " end\n");
13093 }
13094
13095 if (tp->enable_state == bp_disabled)
13096 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "disable\n");
13097
13098 /* If this is a multi-location breakpoint, check if the locations
13099 should be individually disabled. Watchpoint locations are
13100 special, and not user visible. */
13101 if (!is_watchpoint (tp) && tp->loc && tp->loc->next)
13102 {
13103 struct bp_location *loc;
13104 int n = 1;
13105
13106 for (loc = tp->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next, n++)
13107 if (!loc->enabled)
13108 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "disable $bpnum.%d\n", n);
13109 }
13110 }
13111
13112 if (extra_trace_bits && *default_collect)
13113 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "set default-collect %s\n", default_collect);
13114
13115 do_cleanups (cleanup);
13116 if (from_tty)
13117 printf_filtered (_("Saved to file '%s'.\n"), filename);
13118 }
13119
13120 /* The `save breakpoints' command. */
13121
13122 static void
13123 save_breakpoints_command (char *args, int from_tty)
13124 {
13125 save_breakpoints (args, from_tty, NULL);
13126 }
13127
13128 /* The `save tracepoints' command. */
13129
13130 static void
13131 save_tracepoints_command (char *args, int from_tty)
13132 {
13133 save_breakpoints (args, from_tty, is_tracepoint);
13134 }
13135
13136 /* Create a vector of all tracepoints. */
13137
13138 VEC(breakpoint_p) *
13139 all_tracepoints (void)
13140 {
13141 VEC(breakpoint_p) *tp_vec = 0;
13142 struct breakpoint *tp;
13143
13144 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (tp)
13145 {
13146 VEC_safe_push (breakpoint_p, tp_vec, tp);
13147 }
13148
13149 return tp_vec;
13150 }
13151
13152 \f
13153 /* This help string is used for the break, hbreak, tbreak and thbreak
13154 commands. It is defined as a macro to prevent duplication.
13155 COMMAND should be a string constant containing the name of the
13156 command. */
13157 #define BREAK_ARGS_HELP(command) \
13158 command" [LOCATION] [thread THREADNUM] [if CONDITION]\n\
13159 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
13160 If a line number is specified, break at start of code for that line.\n\
13161 If a function is specified, break at start of code for that function.\n\
13162 If an address is specified, break at that exact address.\n\
13163 With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of the selected\n\
13164 stack frame. This is useful for breaking on return to a stack frame.\n\
13165 \n\
13166 THREADNUM is the number from \"info threads\".\n\
13167 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
13168 \n\
13169 Multiple breakpoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
13170 conditions are different.\n\
13171 \n\
13172 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints."
13173
13174 /* List of subcommands for "catch". */
13175 static struct cmd_list_element *catch_cmdlist;
13176
13177 /* List of subcommands for "tcatch". */
13178 static struct cmd_list_element *tcatch_cmdlist;
13179
13180 void
13181 add_catch_command (char *name, char *docstring,
13182 void (*sfunc) (char *args, int from_tty,
13183 struct cmd_list_element *command),
13184 char **(*completer) (struct cmd_list_element *cmd,
13185 char *text, char *word),
13186 void *user_data_catch,
13187 void *user_data_tcatch)
13188 {
13189 struct cmd_list_element *command;
13190
13191 command = add_cmd (name, class_breakpoint, NULL, docstring,
13192 &catch_cmdlist);
13193 set_cmd_sfunc (command, sfunc);
13194 set_cmd_context (command, user_data_catch);
13195 set_cmd_completer (command, completer);
13196
13197 command = add_cmd (name, class_breakpoint, NULL, docstring,
13198 &tcatch_cmdlist);
13199 set_cmd_sfunc (command, sfunc);
13200 set_cmd_context (command, user_data_tcatch);
13201 set_cmd_completer (command, completer);
13202 }
13203
13204 static void
13205 clear_syscall_counts (struct inferior *inf)
13206 {
13207 inf->total_syscalls_count = 0;
13208 inf->any_syscall_count = 0;
13209 VEC_free (int, inf->syscalls_counts);
13210 }
13211
13212 static void
13213 save_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
13214 {
13215 printf_unfiltered (_("\"save\" must be followed by "
13216 "the name of a save subcommand.\n"));
13217 help_list (save_cmdlist, "save ", -1, gdb_stdout);
13218 }
13219
13220 struct breakpoint *
13221 iterate_over_breakpoints (int (*callback) (struct breakpoint *, void *),
13222 void *data)
13223 {
13224 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
13225
13226 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
13227 {
13228 if ((*callback) (b, data))
13229 return b;
13230 }
13231
13232 return NULL;
13233 }
13234
13235 void
13236 initialize_breakpoint_ops (void)
13237 {
13238 static int initialized = 0;
13239
13240 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
13241
13242 if (initialized)
13243 return;
13244 initialized = 1;
13245
13246 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherit by all kinds of
13247 breakpoints (real breakpoints, i.e., user "break" breakpoints,
13248 internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
13249 ops = &bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
13250 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
13251 ops->re_set = bkpt_re_set;
13252 ops->insert_location = bkpt_insert_location;
13253 ops->remove_location = bkpt_remove_location;
13254 ops->breakpoint_hit = bkpt_breakpoint_hit;
13255
13256 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular breakpoints. */
13257 ops = &bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
13258 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
13259 ops->re_set = bkpt_re_set;
13260 ops->resources_needed = bkpt_resources_needed;
13261 ops->print_it = bkpt_print_it;
13262 ops->print_mention = bkpt_print_mention;
13263 ops->print_recreate = bkpt_print_recreate;
13264
13265 /* Ranged breakpoints. */
13266 ops = &ranged_breakpoint_ops;
13267 *ops = bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
13268 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint;
13269 ops->resources_needed = resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint;
13270 ops->print_it = print_it_ranged_breakpoint;
13271 ops->print_one = print_one_ranged_breakpoint;
13272 ops->print_one_detail = print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint;
13273 ops->print_mention = print_mention_ranged_breakpoint;
13274 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint;
13275
13276 /* Internal breakpoints. */
13277 ops = &internal_breakpoint_ops;
13278 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
13279 ops->re_set = internal_bkpt_re_set;
13280 ops->check_status = internal_bkpt_check_status;
13281 ops->print_it = internal_bkpt_print_it;
13282 ops->print_mention = internal_bkpt_print_mention;
13283
13284 /* Momentary breakpoints. */
13285 ops = &momentary_breakpoint_ops;
13286 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
13287 ops->re_set = momentary_bkpt_re_set;
13288 ops->check_status = momentary_bkpt_check_status;
13289 ops->print_it = momentary_bkpt_print_it;
13290 ops->print_mention = momentary_bkpt_print_mention;
13291
13292 /* GNU v3 exception catchpoints. */
13293 ops = &gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops;
13294 *ops = bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
13295 ops->print_it = print_it_exception_catchpoint;
13296 ops->print_one = print_one_exception_catchpoint;
13297 ops->print_mention = print_mention_exception_catchpoint;
13298 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_exception_catchpoint;
13299
13300 /* Watchpoints. */
13301 ops = &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
13302 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
13303 ops->dtor = dtor_watchpoint;
13304 ops->re_set = re_set_watchpoint;
13305 ops->insert_location = insert_watchpoint;
13306 ops->remove_location = remove_watchpoint;
13307 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_watchpoint;
13308 ops->check_status = check_status_watchpoint;
13309 ops->resources_needed = resources_needed_watchpoint;
13310 ops->works_in_software_mode = works_in_software_mode_watchpoint;
13311 ops->print_it = print_it_watchpoint;
13312 ops->print_mention = print_mention_watchpoint;
13313 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_watchpoint;
13314
13315 /* Masked watchpoints. */
13316 ops = &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
13317 *ops = watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
13318 ops->insert_location = insert_masked_watchpoint;
13319 ops->remove_location = remove_masked_watchpoint;
13320 ops->resources_needed = resources_needed_masked_watchpoint;
13321 ops->works_in_software_mode = works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint;
13322 ops->print_it = print_it_masked_watchpoint;
13323 ops->print_one_detail = print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint;
13324 ops->print_mention = print_mention_masked_watchpoint;
13325 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_masked_watchpoint;
13326
13327 /* Tracepoints. */
13328 ops = &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
13329 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
13330 ops->re_set = tracepoint_re_set;
13331 ops->breakpoint_hit = tracepoint_breakpoint_hit;
13332 ops->print_one_detail = tracepoint_print_one_detail;
13333 ops->print_mention = tracepoint_print_mention;
13334 ops->print_recreate = tracepoint_print_recreate;
13335
13336 /* Fork catchpoints. */
13337 ops = &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops;
13338 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
13339 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_fork;
13340 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_fork;
13341 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_fork;
13342 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_fork;
13343 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_fork;
13344 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_fork;
13345 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_fork;
13346
13347 /* Vfork catchpoints. */
13348 ops = &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops;
13349 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
13350 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_vfork;
13351 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_vfork;
13352 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork;
13353 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_vfork;
13354 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_vfork;
13355 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_vfork;
13356 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_vfork;
13357
13358 /* Exec catchpoints. */
13359 ops = &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops;
13360 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
13361 ops->dtor = dtor_catch_exec;
13362 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_exec;
13363 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_exec;
13364 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_exec;
13365 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_exec;
13366 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_exec;
13367 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_exec;
13368 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_exec;
13369
13370 /* Syscall catchpoints. */
13371 ops = &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops;
13372 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
13373 ops->dtor = dtor_catch_syscall;
13374 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_syscall;
13375 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_syscall;
13376 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall;
13377 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_syscall;
13378 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_syscall;
13379 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_syscall;
13380 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_syscall;
13381 }
13382
13383 void
13384 _initialize_breakpoint (void)
13385 {
13386 struct cmd_list_element *c;
13387
13388 initialize_breakpoint_ops ();
13389
13390 observer_attach_solib_unloaded (disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib);
13391 observer_attach_inferior_exit (clear_syscall_counts);
13392 observer_attach_memory_changed (invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change);
13393
13394 breakpoint_objfile_key = register_objfile_data ();
13395
13396 breakpoint_chain = 0;
13397 /* Don't bother to call set_breakpoint_count. $bpnum isn't useful
13398 before a breakpoint is set. */
13399 breakpoint_count = 0;
13400
13401 tracepoint_count = 0;
13402
13403 add_com ("ignore", class_breakpoint, ignore_command, _("\
13404 Set ignore-count of breakpoint number N to COUNT.\n\
13405 Usage is `ignore N COUNT'."));
13406 if (xdb_commands)
13407 add_com_alias ("bc", "ignore", class_breakpoint, 1);
13408
13409 add_com ("commands", class_breakpoint, commands_command, _("\
13410 Set commands to be executed when a breakpoint is hit.\n\
13411 Give breakpoint number as argument after \"commands\".\n\
13412 With no argument, the targeted breakpoint is the last one set.\n\
13413 The commands themselves follow starting on the next line.\n\
13414 Type a line containing \"end\" to indicate the end of them.\n\
13415 Give \"silent\" as the first line to make the breakpoint silent;\n\
13416 then no output is printed when it is hit, except what the commands print."));
13417
13418 add_com ("condition", class_breakpoint, condition_command, _("\
13419 Specify breakpoint number N to break only if COND is true.\n\
13420 Usage is `condition N COND', where N is an integer and COND is an\n\
13421 expression to be evaluated whenever breakpoint N is reached."));
13422
13423 c = add_com ("tbreak", class_breakpoint, tbreak_command, _("\
13424 Set a temporary breakpoint.\n\
13425 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
13426 so it will be deleted when hit. Equivalent to \"break\" followed\n\
13427 by using \"enable delete\" on the breakpoint number.\n\
13428 \n"
13429 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("tbreak")));
13430 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
13431
13432 c = add_com ("hbreak", class_breakpoint, hbreak_command, _("\
13433 Set a hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
13434 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint requires hardware support,\n\
13435 some target hardware may not have this support.\n\
13436 \n"
13437 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("hbreak")));
13438 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
13439
13440 c = add_com ("thbreak", class_breakpoint, thbreak_command, _("\
13441 Set a temporary hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
13442 Like \"hbreak\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
13443 so it will be deleted when hit.\n\
13444 \n"
13445 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("thbreak")));
13446 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
13447
13448 add_prefix_cmd ("enable", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
13449 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
13450 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
13451 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
13452 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
13453 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."),
13454 &enablelist, "enable ", 1, &cmdlist);
13455 if (xdb_commands)
13456 add_com ("ab", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
13457 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
13458 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
13459 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
13460 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
13461 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."));
13462
13463 add_com_alias ("en", "enable", class_breakpoint, 1);
13464
13465 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
13466 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
13467 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
13468 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
13469 May be abbreviated to simply \"enable\".\n"),
13470 &enablebreaklist, "enable breakpoints ", 1, &enablelist);
13471
13472 add_cmd ("once", no_class, enable_once_command, _("\
13473 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
13474 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
13475 &enablebreaklist);
13476
13477 add_cmd ("delete", no_class, enable_delete_command, _("\
13478 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
13479 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
13480 &enablebreaklist);
13481
13482 add_cmd ("delete", no_class, enable_delete_command, _("\
13483 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
13484 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
13485 &enablelist);
13486
13487 add_cmd ("once", no_class, enable_once_command, _("\
13488 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
13489 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
13490 &enablelist);
13491
13492 add_prefix_cmd ("disable", class_breakpoint, disable_command, _("\
13493 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
13494 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
13495 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
13496 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."),
13497 &disablelist, "disable ", 1, &cmdlist);
13498 add_com_alias ("dis", "disable", class_breakpoint, 1);
13499 add_com_alias ("disa", "disable", class_breakpoint, 1);
13500 if (xdb_commands)
13501 add_com ("sb", class_breakpoint, disable_command, _("\
13502 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
13503 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
13504 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
13505 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."));
13506
13507 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias, disable_command, _("\
13508 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
13509 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
13510 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
13511 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled.\n\
13512 This command may be abbreviated \"disable\"."),
13513 &disablelist);
13514
13515 add_prefix_cmd ("delete", class_breakpoint, delete_command, _("\
13516 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
13517 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
13518 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
13519 \n\
13520 Also a prefix command for deletion of other GDB objects.\n\
13521 The \"unset\" command is also an alias for \"delete\"."),
13522 &deletelist, "delete ", 1, &cmdlist);
13523 add_com_alias ("d", "delete", class_breakpoint, 1);
13524 add_com_alias ("del", "delete", class_breakpoint, 1);
13525 if (xdb_commands)
13526 add_com ("db", class_breakpoint, delete_command, _("\
13527 Delete some breakpoints.\n\
13528 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
13529 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n"));
13530
13531 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias, delete_command, _("\
13532 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
13533 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
13534 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
13535 This command may be abbreviated \"delete\"."),
13536 &deletelist);
13537
13538 add_com ("clear", class_breakpoint, clear_command, _("\
13539 Clear breakpoint at specified line or function.\n\
13540 Argument may be line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
13541 If line number is specified, all breakpoints in that line are cleared.\n\
13542 If function is specified, breakpoints at beginning of function are cleared.\n\
13543 If an address is specified, breakpoints at that address are cleared.\n\
13544 \n\
13545 With no argument, clears all breakpoints in the line that the selected frame\n\
13546 is executing in.\n\
13547 \n\
13548 See also the \"delete\" command which clears breakpoints by number."));
13549 add_com_alias ("cl", "clear", class_breakpoint, 1);
13550
13551 c = add_com ("break", class_breakpoint, break_command, _("\
13552 Set breakpoint at specified line or function.\n"
13553 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("break")));
13554 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
13555
13556 add_com_alias ("b", "break", class_run, 1);
13557 add_com_alias ("br", "break", class_run, 1);
13558 add_com_alias ("bre", "break", class_run, 1);
13559 add_com_alias ("brea", "break", class_run, 1);
13560
13561 if (xdb_commands)
13562 add_com_alias ("ba", "break", class_breakpoint, 1);
13563
13564 if (dbx_commands)
13565 {
13566 add_abbrev_prefix_cmd ("stop", class_breakpoint, stop_command, _("\
13567 Break in function/address or break at a line in the current file."),
13568 &stoplist, "stop ", 1, &cmdlist);
13569 add_cmd ("in", class_breakpoint, stopin_command,
13570 _("Break in function or address."), &stoplist);
13571 add_cmd ("at", class_breakpoint, stopat_command,
13572 _("Break at a line in the current file."), &stoplist);
13573 add_com ("status", class_info, breakpoints_info, _("\
13574 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
13575 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
13576 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
13577 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
13578 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
13579 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
13580 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
13581 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
13582 \n\
13583 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
13584 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
13585 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
13586 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
13587 breakpoint set."));
13588 }
13589
13590 add_info ("breakpoints", breakpoints_info, _("\
13591 Status of specified breakpoints (all user-settable breakpoints if no argument).\n\
13592 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
13593 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
13594 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
13595 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
13596 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
13597 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
13598 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
13599 \n\
13600 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
13601 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
13602 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
13603 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
13604 breakpoint set."));
13605
13606 add_info_alias ("b", "breakpoints", 1);
13607
13608 if (xdb_commands)
13609 add_com ("lb", class_breakpoint, breakpoints_info, _("\
13610 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
13611 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
13612 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
13613 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
13614 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
13615 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
13616 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
13617 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
13618 \n\
13619 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
13620 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
13621 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
13622 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
13623 breakpoint set."));
13624
13625 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_maintenance, maintenance_info_breakpoints, _("\
13626 Status of all breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
13627 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
13628 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
13629 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
13630 \tlongjmp - internal breakpoint used to step through longjmp()\n\
13631 \tlongjmp resume - internal breakpoint at the target of longjmp()\n\
13632 \tuntil - internal breakpoint used by the \"until\" command\n\
13633 \tfinish - internal breakpoint used by the \"finish\" command\n\
13634 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
13635 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
13636 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
13637 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
13638 \n\
13639 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
13640 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
13641 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
13642 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
13643 breakpoint set."),
13644 &maintenanceinfolist);
13645
13646 add_prefix_cmd ("catch", class_breakpoint, catch_command, _("\
13647 Set catchpoints to catch events."),
13648 &catch_cmdlist, "catch ",
13649 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
13650
13651 add_prefix_cmd ("tcatch", class_breakpoint, tcatch_command, _("\
13652 Set temporary catchpoints to catch events."),
13653 &tcatch_cmdlist, "tcatch ",
13654 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
13655
13656 /* Add catch and tcatch sub-commands. */
13657 add_catch_command ("catch", _("\
13658 Catch an exception, when caught.\n\
13659 With an argument, catch only exceptions with the given name."),
13660 catch_catch_command,
13661 NULL,
13662 CATCH_PERMANENT,
13663 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
13664 add_catch_command ("throw", _("\
13665 Catch an exception, when thrown.\n\
13666 With an argument, catch only exceptions with the given name."),
13667 catch_throw_command,
13668 NULL,
13669 CATCH_PERMANENT,
13670 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
13671 add_catch_command ("fork", _("Catch calls to fork."),
13672 catch_fork_command_1,
13673 NULL,
13674 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_permanent,
13675 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_temporary);
13676 add_catch_command ("vfork", _("Catch calls to vfork."),
13677 catch_fork_command_1,
13678 NULL,
13679 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_permanent,
13680 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_temporary);
13681 add_catch_command ("exec", _("Catch calls to exec."),
13682 catch_exec_command_1,
13683 NULL,
13684 CATCH_PERMANENT,
13685 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
13686 add_catch_command ("syscall", _("\
13687 Catch system calls by their names and/or numbers.\n\
13688 Arguments say which system calls to catch. If no arguments\n\
13689 are given, every system call will be caught.\n\
13690 Arguments, if given, should be one or more system call names\n\
13691 (if your system supports that), or system call numbers."),
13692 catch_syscall_command_1,
13693 catch_syscall_completer,
13694 CATCH_PERMANENT,
13695 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
13696
13697 c = add_com ("watch", class_breakpoint, watch_command, _("\
13698 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
13699 Usage: watch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
13700 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
13701 an expression changes.\n\
13702 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
13703 the memory to which it refers."));
13704 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
13705
13706 c = add_com ("rwatch", class_breakpoint, rwatch_command, _("\
13707 Set a read watchpoint for an expression.\n\
13708 Usage: rwatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
13709 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
13710 an expression is read.\n\
13711 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
13712 the memory to which it refers."));
13713 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
13714
13715 c = add_com ("awatch", class_breakpoint, awatch_command, _("\
13716 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
13717 Usage: awatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
13718 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
13719 an expression is either read or written.\n\
13720 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
13721 the memory to which it refers."));
13722 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
13723
13724 add_info ("watchpoints", watchpoints_info, _("\
13725 Status of specified watchpoints (all watchpoints if no argument)."));
13726
13727 /* XXX: cagney/2005-02-23: This should be a boolean, and should
13728 respond to changes - contrary to the description. */
13729 add_setshow_zinteger_cmd ("can-use-hw-watchpoints", class_support,
13730 &can_use_hw_watchpoints, _("\
13731 Set debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
13732 Show debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
13733 If zero, gdb will not use hardware for new watchpoints, even if\n\
13734 such is available. (However, any hardware watchpoints that were\n\
13735 created before setting this to nonzero, will continue to use watchpoint\n\
13736 hardware.)"),
13737 NULL,
13738 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints,
13739 &setlist, &showlist);
13740
13741 can_use_hw_watchpoints = 1;
13742
13743 /* Tracepoint manipulation commands. */
13744
13745 c = add_com ("trace", class_breakpoint, trace_command, _("\
13746 Set a tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
13747 \n"
13748 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("trace") "\n\
13749 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
13750 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
13751
13752 add_com_alias ("tp", "trace", class_alias, 0);
13753 add_com_alias ("tr", "trace", class_alias, 1);
13754 add_com_alias ("tra", "trace", class_alias, 1);
13755 add_com_alias ("trac", "trace", class_alias, 1);
13756
13757 c = add_com ("ftrace", class_breakpoint, ftrace_command, _("\
13758 Set a fast tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
13759 \n"
13760 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("ftrace") "\n\
13761 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
13762 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
13763
13764 c = add_com ("strace", class_breakpoint, strace_command, _("\
13765 Set a static tracepoint at specified line, function or marker.\n\
13766 \n\
13767 strace [LOCATION] [if CONDITION]\n\
13768 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, \"*\" and an address,\n\
13769 or -m MARKER_ID.\n\
13770 If a line number is specified, probe the marker at start of code\n\
13771 for that line. If a function is specified, probe the marker at start\n\
13772 of code for that function. If an address is specified, probe the marker\n\
13773 at that exact address. If a marker id is specified, probe the marker\n\
13774 with that name. With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of\n\
13775 the selected stack frame.\n\
13776 Static tracepoints accept an extra collect action -- ``collect $_sdata''.\n\
13777 This collects arbitrary user data passed in the probe point call to the\n\
13778 tracing library. You can inspect it when analyzing the trace buffer,\n\
13779 by printing the $_sdata variable like any other convenience variable.\n\
13780 \n\
13781 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
13782 \n\
13783 Multiple tracepoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
13784 conditions are different.\n\
13785 \n\
13786 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints.\n\
13787 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
13788 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
13789
13790 add_info ("tracepoints", tracepoints_info, _("\
13791 Status of specified tracepoints (all tracepoints if no argument).\n\
13792 Convenience variable \"$tpnum\" contains the number of the\n\
13793 last tracepoint set."));
13794
13795 add_info_alias ("tp", "tracepoints", 1);
13796
13797 add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, delete_trace_command, _("\
13798 Delete specified tracepoints.\n\
13799 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
13800 No argument means delete all tracepoints."),
13801 &deletelist);
13802
13803 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, disable_trace_command, _("\
13804 Disable specified tracepoints.\n\
13805 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
13806 No argument means disable all tracepoints."),
13807 &disablelist);
13808 deprecate_cmd (c, "disable");
13809
13810 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, enable_trace_command, _("\
13811 Enable specified tracepoints.\n\
13812 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
13813 No argument means enable all tracepoints."),
13814 &enablelist);
13815 deprecate_cmd (c, "enable");
13816
13817 add_com ("passcount", class_trace, trace_pass_command, _("\
13818 Set the passcount for a tracepoint.\n\
13819 The trace will end when the tracepoint has been passed 'count' times.\n\
13820 Usage: passcount COUNT TPNUM, where TPNUM may also be \"all\";\n\
13821 if TPNUM is omitted, passcount refers to the last tracepoint defined."));
13822
13823 add_prefix_cmd ("save", class_breakpoint, save_command,
13824 _("Save breakpoint definitions as a script."),
13825 &save_cmdlist, "save ",
13826 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
13827
13828 c = add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint, save_breakpoints_command, _("\
13829 Save current breakpoint definitions as a script.\n\
13830 This includes all types of breakpoints (breakpoints, watchpoints,\n\
13831 catchpoints, tracepoints). Use the 'source' command in another debug\n\
13832 session to restore them."),
13833 &save_cmdlist);
13834 set_cmd_completer (c, filename_completer);
13835
13836 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, save_tracepoints_command, _("\
13837 Save current tracepoint definitions as a script.\n\
13838 Use the 'source' command in another debug session to restore them."),
13839 &save_cmdlist);
13840 set_cmd_completer (c, filename_completer);
13841
13842 c = add_com_alias ("save-tracepoints", "save tracepoints", class_trace, 0);
13843 deprecate_cmd (c, "save tracepoints");
13844
13845 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance, set_breakpoint_cmd, _("\
13846 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
13847 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
13848 pending breakpoint behavior"),
13849 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist, "set breakpoint ",
13850 0/*allow-unknown*/, &setlist);
13851 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance, show_breakpoint_cmd, _("\
13852 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
13853 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
13854 pending breakpoint behavior"),
13855 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist, "show breakpoint ",
13856 0/*allow-unknown*/, &showlist);
13857
13858 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("pending", no_class,
13859 &pending_break_support, _("\
13860 Set debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
13861 Show debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
13862 If on, an unrecognized breakpoint location will cause gdb to create a\n\
13863 pending breakpoint. If off, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in\n\
13864 an error. If auto, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in a\n\
13865 user-query to see if a pending breakpoint should be created."),
13866 NULL,
13867 show_pending_break_support,
13868 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
13869 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
13870
13871 pending_break_support = AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO;
13872
13873 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("auto-hw", no_class,
13874 &automatic_hardware_breakpoints, _("\
13875 Set automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
13876 Show automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
13877 If set, the debugger will automatically use hardware breakpoints for\n\
13878 breakpoints set with \"break\" but falling in read-only memory. If not set,\n\
13879 a warning will be emitted for such breakpoints."),
13880 NULL,
13881 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints,
13882 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
13883 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
13884
13885 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("always-inserted", class_support,
13886 always_inserted_enums, &always_inserted_mode, _("\
13887 Set mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
13888 Show mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
13889 When this mode is off, breakpoints are inserted in inferior when it is\n\
13890 resumed, and removed when execution stops. When this mode is on,\n\
13891 breakpoints are inserted immediately and removed only when the user\n\
13892 deletes the breakpoint. When this mode is auto (which is the default),\n\
13893 the behaviour depends on the non-stop setting (see help set non-stop).\n\
13894 In this case, if gdb is controlling the inferior in non-stop mode, gdb\n\
13895 behaves as if always-inserted mode is on; if gdb is controlling the\n\
13896 inferior in all-stop mode, gdb behaves as if always-inserted mode is off."),
13897 NULL,
13898 &show_always_inserted_mode,
13899 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
13900 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
13901
13902 add_com ("break-range", class_breakpoint, break_range_command, _("\
13903 Set a breakpoint for an address range.\n\
13904 break-range START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION\n\
13905 where START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION can be one of the following:\n\
13906 LINENUM, for that line in the current file,\n\
13907 FILE:LINENUM, for that line in that file,\n\
13908 +OFFSET, for that number of lines after the current line\n\
13909 or the start of the range\n\
13910 FUNCTION, for the first line in that function,\n\
13911 FILE:FUNCTION, to distinguish among like-named static functions.\n\
13912 *ADDRESS, for the instruction at that address.\n\
13913 \n\
13914 The breakpoint will stop execution of the inferior whenever it executes\n\
13915 an instruction at any address within the [START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION]\n\
13916 range (including START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION)."));
13917
13918 automatic_hardware_breakpoints = 1;
13919
13920 observer_attach_about_to_proceed (breakpoint_about_to_proceed);
13921 }
This page took 0.353182 seconds and 5 git commands to generate.